THE RIVERA REPORTS
COMPILED & EDITED BY DAVID ALLEN RIVERA
2 INTRODUCTION For many years, as I have accumulated raw information on a variety of subjects, to freeup space on my computer, I occasionally glean through the material and extract the main points; which I then compile as a report, and keep for future reference. I do this to be informed and to educate myself. Not a lot of people want to spend the time to browse the internet and immerse themselves in this kind of research. The reality is that most people don't have the patience, time, resources or inclination to find out what is really going on out there. However, I have spent a considerable amount of time doing that. But, instead of just keeping this information to myself, I figured I might be able to save someone a lot of time by making this information available. Please be advised, that my role in this document is nothing more than a facilitator. Although I have done some incidental writing in the course of compiling and editing the material, what you will see within these pages is research that belongs to others. It is their work, it is their words– and I offer it for informational purposes only. Do I believe everything that is in these pages? It doesn't matter. Because all I've tried to do is to peripherally explore these subjects and present a general consensus of the information that is being suppressed by the media and the government. Some of this information is circumstantial, and some of it is just downright unbelievable. However, for over 35 years, I have been studying the inner workings and machinations of a group of people who intend to destroy this Republic and replace it with a one-world government. So, when I see something that just may be related to that agenda, no matter how improbable or impossible it may seem to be– it has to be exposed. Besides, I'm a firm believer in the principle of "where there is smoke, there's fire." It is my hope, that by pulling it all together into a concise and cohesive form, this information will be disseminated to a much larger group of people who wouldn't normally spend the time reading this type of fringe research. The forces of darkness are feverishly working behind the scenes to complete the final stages of their plans, and it is up to us to scrutinize everything that could be playing a part in their end-time deception. The conspiracy to establish a one-world government has been going on for so long, and is so vast, that it is important to identify and isolate all the various aspects of their plan. They are pieces of a puzzle, and the more we find, the easier it will be to see the entire picture. David Allen Rivera June 4, 2010
THE RIVERA REPORTS TABLE OF CONTENTS The Fluoride Deception……………………………………………………………………………...……3 The Georgia Guidestones……………………………………………………………………………....12 The Alien Agenda………………………………………………………………………………………..20 The Nazi Connection………………………………………………………………………………….…75 The Underground Military Bases…………………………………………………………………...…..97 Government Duplicity on 9-11……………………………………………………………………...…167 The Executive Orders & Martial Law…………………………………………………………………218 Chateaux des Amerois (The Mother of Darkness Castle)…………………………………………222 Major Sources…………………………………………………………………………………………..226
THE FLUORIDE DECEPTION "Fluoridation is the greatest case of scientific fraud of this century." Robert Carlton, Ph.D (former EPA scientist, 1992) In most communities in the country, Fluoride has been added to the drinking water under the guise of oral health. And in the last 50 years, the additive has been credited with reducing the occurrence of cavities. This is a proven fact, but is it necessarily because of the Fluoride in water? The truth of the matter is, it is actually because of the Fluoride in toothpaste, the use of mouthwash that kills the bacteria that causes dental caries, and because people are just taking better care of their teeth. While it is true that it kills bacteria on contact, it is a bactericidal agent and only works locally, and not systemically, so it does no good to ingest it. The United States, United Kingdom (about 10-12%), Ireland (about 50%), Canada and Australia and a few other countries use water fluoridation; but the following countries have discontinued the fluoridation of their water: Federal Republic of Germany, Denmark, Sweden, Belgium, Luxembourg, Japan, Netherlands, Czechoslovakia, German Democratic Republic, Soviet Union, Finland. In Europe, in the mid-1800s, it was discovered that in areas around metal smelting plants which emitted Fluoride, crops and trees were being killed; people and animals were getting sick and dying. In 1924, Interessen Gemeinschaft Farben (I.G. Farben), a German chemical manufacturing company, began receiving loans from American bankers, which led to the creation of the huge I.G. Farben cartel. In 1928, Henry Ford and American Standard Oil Company (The Rockefellers) were heavily involved with I.G. Farben, and by the early 1930s, there were more than a hundred American corporations which had subsidiaries and co-operative agreements in Germany. The I.G. Farben assets in America were controlled by a holding Company, American I.G. Farben, which listed on its Board of Directors: Edsel Ford (President of the Ford Motor Company), Charles E. Mitchell (President of Rockerfeller’s National City Bank of New York), Walter Teagle (President of Standard Oil New York), Paul Warburg (Chairman of the Federal Reserve and brother of Max Warburg, financier of Germany’s War effort), Herman Metz (a Director of the
4 Bank of Manhattan, controlled by the Warburgs), and a number of other members, three of which were tried and convicted as German war criminals for their crimes against humanity. In 1939, under the Alted Agreement, the American Aluminum Company (ALCOA), then the world's largest producer of Sodium Fluoride, and the Dow Chemical Company, transferred its technology to Germany. Colgate, Kellogg, DuPont and many other companies eventually signed cartel agreements with I.G. Farben, creating a powerful lobby group. After World War II, the US Government sent Charles Eliot Perkins, a research scientist in chemistry, biochemistry, physiology and pathology to oversee the Farben chemical plants in Germany. The German chemists told him of the testing that had been done with Sodium Fluoride, which it then implemented in German prisoner of war camps, by adding it to their drinking water to control them. USAF Major George R. Jordan testified before Un-American Activity committees of Congress in the 1950s that in his post as US-Soviet liaison officer, the Soviets openly admitted to "using the Fluoride in the water supplies in their concentration camps, to make the prisoners stupid, docile, and subservient." During the war, Farben had working on plans to fluoridate the water of occupied countries, because they found out that fluoridation slightly damaged a specific area of the brain which made the subject more docile towards authority, and lowered their mental resistance. The American military continued this Nazi research. In 1925, scientists at Johns Hopkins Hospital began studying Fluoride and discovered when it was fed to rats, their teeth became brittle. In 1930, a Danish public health official began studying the effects of Fluoride on workers, and found that it attacked the nervous system, and caused Pulmonary Fibrosis, Arthritis, Skeletal Fluorosis, and Kidney disease; and in 1937 he published a book called Fluoride Toxicity. In 1935, a US scientist, Gerald J. Cox, employed by ALCOA, the largest producer of toxic Fluoride waste, who was being threatened by a number Fluoride damage claims, Fluoridated some lab rats, and concluded that Fluoride reduced cavities and claimed that it should be added to the nation’s water supplies. In 1937, an article was published in a medical journal that said Fluoride prevented cavities. The true extent of the testing on rats was that they developed brittle teeth, it made them passive, and created hyperactive offspring. In 1947, Oscar R. Ewing, a long time ALCOA (who was running the smelters that were producing the poison) lawyer, was appointed head of the Federal Security Agency, a position that placed him in charge of the Public Health Service (PHS)– even though he had no background in medicine. Over the next 3 years, 87 new American cities began fluoridating their water, including the control city in a water fluoridation study in Michigan, thus eliminating the most scientifically objective test of safety and benefit before it was ever completed. The discovery that Fluoride benefited teeth was introduced to us by an industry that needed an outlet for an ever-growing supply of Fluoride industrial waste, and needed the funds to defend themselves from "lawsuits from workers and communities poisoned by industrial Fluoride emissions." They turned a liability into an asset. In an attempt to encourage public acceptance of Fluoride, Ewing hired Edward Bernays, a nephew of Sigmund Freud, to begin a public relations campaign of deception to sway public opinion in favor of water fluoridation. He was later hired by tobacco company Lucky Strike to convince women that they should smoke, which greatly expanded the acceptance of cigarettes. Barnays explained: "You can get practically any idea accepted if doctors are in favour. The public is willing to accept it because a doctor is an authority to most people, regardless of how
5 much he knows or doesn’t know." Doctors who endorsed fluoridation didn’t know that research discrediting Fluoride’s safety was either suppressed or not conducted in the first place. Fluoride became equated with scientific progress and since it was introduced to the public as a healthenhancing substance, those opposing Fluoride were dismissed as quacks. Fluoride became impervious to criticism because of this relentless public relations offensive. Recently declassified US Military documents such as Manhattan Project, which developed the atomic bomb, shows how Fluoride is the key chemical in its production and millions of tons of it were needed for the manufacture of bomb-grade uranium and plutonium. Fluoride poisoning, not radiation poisoning, emerged as the leading chemical health hazard for both workers and nearby communities. A-bomb scientists were ordered to provide evidence useful for defense in litigation, so they began secretly testing Fluoride on unsuspecting hospital patients and indignant, mentally retarded children. Gen. Leslie R. Groves, head of the Manhattan Project, insisted that we needed to win the war at any cost, and that somehow the American people needed to be convinced that there was nothing wrong with Fluoride. During the Cold War, Dr. Harold C. Hodge, who had been the toxicologist for the US Army Manhattan Project, was the leading scientific promoter of water fluoridation. While Dr. Hodge was reassuring Congress of the safety of water fluoridation, from 1945 to 1956, he was covertly conducting one of the nation’s first public water fluoridation experiments in Newburgh, New York. With the help of the State Health Department, in a classified operation called "Program F," he was secretly studying blood and tissue samples from Newburgh citizens at his US laboratory at the University of Rochester. Since there are no legal constraints against the suppression of scientific data, the only published conclusion resulting from these experiments was that Fluoride was safe in low doses– a profoundly helpful verdict for the US Military who feared lawsuits for Fluoride injury from workers in nuclear power plants and munitions factories. However, the original version of the August 1948 study that was published in the Journal of the American Dental Association shows that the evidence of adverse health effects from Fluoride was censored by the US Atomic Energy Commission for reasons of "national security." On October 30, 1948, in a small Pennsylvania town, a stream of cold air came in over the valley, producing an air inversion, which caused the smoke from the local smelter to become trapped at ground level, permeating the entire town. There were 20 people who died that night, and many more later. Many people had to go to the hospital, as hundreds were affected by the thick smoke. Public health officials came in, and although they didn't know what caused it, said that it had nothing to do with Fluoride. The Center for Disease Control (CDC), which also sent a team in, said the same thing. However, private medical testing indicated it was caused by Fluoride toxicity. The following letter was written by a scientist named Dr. E.H. Bronner, which was printed in the Catholic Mirror (of Springfield, MA, January 1952). He was a research chemist in Los Angeles, a nephew of Albert Einstein, and served time in a WW II prison camp. "It appears that the citizens of Massachusetts are among the 'next' on the agenda of the water poisoners. There is a sinister network of subversive agents, Godless intellectual parasites, working in our country today whose ramifications grow more extensive, more successful and more alarming each new year and whose true objective is to demoralize, paralyze and destroy our great Republic– from within if they can, according to their plan– for their own possession.
6 The tragic success they have already attained in their long siege to destroy the moral fiber of American life is now one of their most potent footholds towards their own ultimate victory over us. Fluoridation of our community water systems can well become their most subtle weapon for our sure physical and mental deterioration. As a research chemist of established standing, I built within the past 22 years 3 American chemical plants and licensed 6 of my 53 patents. Based on my years of practical experience in the health food and chemical field, let me warn: fluoridation of drinking water is criminal insanity, sure national suicide. DON'T DO IT!! Even in very small quantities, Sodium Fluoride is a deadly poison to which no effective antidote has been found. Every exterminator knows that it is the most effective rat-killer. Sodium Fluoride is entirely different from organic calcium-fluorophosphate needed by our bodies and provided by nature, in God's great providence and love, to build and strengthen our bones and our teeth. This organic calciumfluoro-phosphate, derived from proper foods, is an edible organic salt, insoluble in water and assimilable by the human body; whereas the non-organic Sodium Fluoride used in fluoridating water is instant poison to the body and fully water soluble. The body refuses to assimilate it. Careful, bonafide laboratory experimentation by conscientious, patriotic research chemists, and actual medical experience, have both revealed that instead of preserving or promoting 'dental health,' fluoridated drinking water destroys teeth before adulthood and after, by the destructive mottling and other pathological conditions it actually causes in them, and also creates many other very grave pathological conditions in the internal organisms of bodies consuming it. How then can it be called a 'health plan'? What's behind it? That any so-called 'Doctors' would persuade a civilized nation to add voluntarily a deadly poison to its drinking water systems is unbelievable. It is the height of criminal insanity! No wonder Hitler and Stalin fully believed and agreed from 1939 to 1941 that, quoting from both Lenin's 'Last Will' and Hitler's Mein Kampf: 'America we shall demoralize, divide, and destroy from within.' Are our Civil Defense organizations and agencies awake to the perils of water poisoning by fluoridation? Its use has been recorded in other countries. Sodium Fluoride water solutions are the cheapest and most effective rat killers known to chemists: colorless, odorless, tasteless; no antidote, no remedy, no hope: Instant and complete extermination of rats. Fluoridation of water systems can be slow national suicide, or quick national liquidation. It is criminal insanity– treason!!" The following letter was received by the Lee Foundation for Nutritional Research (Milwaukee Wisconsin) on October 2,1954, from a research chemist by the name of Charles E. Perkins. "I have your letter of September 29 asking for further documentation regarding a statement made in my book, The Truth about Water Fluoridation, to the effect that the
7 idea of water fluoridation was brought to England from Russia by the Russian Communist Kreminoff. In the 1930s Hitler and the German Nazis envisioned a world to be dominated and controlled by a Nazi philosophy of pan-Germanism. The German chemists worked out a very ingenious and far-reaching plan of mass-control which was submitted to and adopted by the German General Staff. This plan was to control the population in any given area through mass medication of drinking water supplies. By this method they could control the population in whole areas, reduce population by water medication that would produce sterility in women, and so on. In this scheme of mass-control, Sodium Fluoride occupied a prominent place. Repeated doses of infinitesimal amounts of Fluoride will in time reduce an individual's power to resist domination, by slowly poisoning and narcotizing a certain area of the brain, thus making him submissive to the will of those who wish to govern him. The real reason behind water fluoridation is not to benefit children's teeth. If this were the real reason there are many ways in which it could be done that are much easier, cheaper, and far more effective. The real purpose behind water fluoridation is to reduce the resistance of the masses to domination and control and loss of liberty. When the Nazis under Hitler decided to go to Poland, both the German General Staff and the Russian General Staff exchanged scientific and military ideas, plans, and personnel, and the scheme of mass control through water medication was seized upon by the Russian Communists because it fitted ideally into their plans to communize the world. I was told of this entire scheme by a German chemist who was an official of the great I.G. Farben chemical industries and was also prominent in the Nazi movement at the time. I say this with all the earnestness and sincerity of a scientist who has spent nearly 20 years' research into the chemistry, biochemistry, physiology and pathology of fluorine– any person who drinks artificially fluorinated water for a period of one year or more will never again be the same person mentally or physically." When the 10-year study at Newburgh, NY was completed in 1955, it concluded that the fluoridation was responsible for a significant decrease in dental caries, yet never mentioned that there was twice as much heart disease compared to the control town of Kingston. In 1956, Dr. John Chaffey, a professor of clinical pediatrics at the College of Physicians and Surgeons, at Columbia University, noted cortical defects in the bone x-rays of 13.5% of the children living in fluoridated Newburgh, compared to only 7.5% in the neighboring nonfluoridated Kingston. He also noted the lesions were strikingly similar to Osteosarcoma (bone cancer). Studies have now confirmed a dramatic increase in Osteosarcoma in young males exposed to Fluoride during growth of the bones and a 5% increase in all types of cancers in fluoridated communities. In 1956, an article published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) said that it was perfectly safe to have up to 40 mg of Fluoride a day. That was according to none other than Harold Hodge. Fluoride pollution was one of the biggest legal worries facing key US industrial sectors during the Cold War. A secret group of corporate attorneys, known as the Fluorine Lawyers Committee, whose members included US Steel, ALCOA, Kaiser Aluminum, and Reynolds Metals, commissioned research at the Kettering Laboratory at the University of Cincinnati to
8 "provide ammunition" for those corporations who were fighting a wave of citizen claims for Fluoride injury. The Fluorine Lawyers Committee and their medical ambassadors were in personal and frequent contact with the senior officials of the National Institute for Dental Research, and have been implied in the ‘burying’ of the 40-year old Kettering study, which showed that Fluoride poisoned the lungs and lymph nodes in laboratory animals. Private interests, sought to destroy careers and censor information by ensuring that scientific studies raising doubts about the safety of Fluoride never got funded, and if they did, never got published. Fluorine is a gas that is used in various industries such as aluminum (as well as other metals), uranium enrichment, explosives, and fertilizer manufacturing and certain toxic by-products are produced which have encapsulated fluorine molecules. One such substance is Sodium Fluoride. It is the most acrid element known to man, and is second only to Mercury in its toxicity. Although Fluoride is up to fifty times more toxic than Sulfur Dioxide, it was not regulated as an air pollutant by the American Clean Air Act in 1970. Because it was so expensive to properly dispose of, it was decided to utilize it for other things. It became an active ingredient in pesticides (interfering with the bug's metabolic process), fungicides, and rodenticides (rat poison). It is used in Sarin nerve gas (Isopropyl Methyl Phosphoryl FLUORIDE), it is an essential element in Freon, it is used in flux for soldering, it is used in high octane gasoline, it is used in rocket fuel, and it is used in Teflon. It was an active ingredient in Scotchgard before it was taken off the market. It is used in anesthetics, and pharmaceuticals; and is one of the strongest anti-psychotic substances available, and can be found in some tranquilizers and antidepressants (Prozac, or FLUoxetene Hydrochloride). Compared to communities that did not have Fluoride in the water, populations drinking fluoridated water have shown an increase in various types of disorders. Unlike chemicals that have a signature effect, Fluoride, a systemic poison, produces a wide range of health problems, so its effects are more difficult to diagnose.
9 Fluorosis is a disease caused by Fluoride. According to the National Research Council, Fluorosis affects 8 to 51% and sometimes as many as 80% of the children growing up in areas where drinking water contains one part per million (1 PPM) Fluoride. Fluoride can also have a deleterious effect on bone growth and cause premature joint and ligament aging. It attacks collagen in the body, and can cause tendons to rupture. The visible damage to tooth surfaces is mottled, brittle teeth that are prone to fracture and may cost thousands of dollars to cosmetically repair. Millions of people in India and China suffer a crippling bone disease called Skeletal Fluorosis, caused by moderate to high levels of Fluoride (1.5 to 9 PPM) in their water. Skeletal Fluorosis has several stages of severity, with the least severe being chronic joint pain, and the more severe being hip fractures and bone cancer. Because the symptoms mimic Arthritis, the first two clinical phases of Skeletal Fluorosis could be easily misdiagnosed. Arthritis, Osteoporosis, hip fractures in post-menopausal women, bone fragility and bone cancer are now at epidemic levels in the United States. Fluoride's plausible contribution has been ignored and hidden from the public. The Environmental Working Group, an advocacy organization in Washington, DC, accused Chester Douglass, a prominent researcher and professor at the Harvard School of Dental Medicine (and Editor of the Colgate Oral Health Report), of misrepresenting an unpublished study about bone cancer and fluoridated tap water. He had received a $1.3 million grant from the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences to study the potential link of Osteosarcoma and fluoridated water. At the conclusion of the study, Douglass reported that no connection was found between Fluoride and Osteosarcoma, a rare bone cancer. In written testimony to the National Research Council, he said that he had found no evidence that fluoridation increased the risk of Osteosarcoma. However, a 2001 study he cited, and oversaw, found that boys who drink fluoridated water do have a greater risk of developing the disease. A Harvard doctoral thesis written by Elise Bassin, who, at the time, was a student of Professor Douglass, showed the carcinogenicity of Fluoride in young boys. She started with the same raw data as her teacher– 139 people with Osteosarcoma and 280 healthy "controls," but saw a way to improve on it. Since most of the 400 people diagnosed in the US each year with Osteosarcoma are kids, and since any ill effect of Fluoride would likely come when bones are growing most quickly, she focused on the 91 patients who were under 20. The results of her study: Among boys drinking water with 30% to 99% of the Fluoride levels recommended by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the risk of Osteosarcoma was estimated to be five times as great as among boys drinking non-fluoridated water. At 100% or more, the risk was an estimated seven times as high. The association was greatest for boys 6 to 8 years old. Douglass swept her study under the rug. He was later exonerated of the cover-up by the federal Office of Research Integrity. During the early 1990s, research conducted by Harvard toxicologist Dr. Phyllis Mullenix showed that Fluoride in water may lead to lower IQs (by 10-15 points), and produced symptoms in rats strongly resembling attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder (ADD, ADHD). During her investigation, Mullenix was astonished to discover there had been virtually no previous US studies of Fluoride's effects on the human brain. Just days before her research was accepted for publication, Mullenix was fired as the head of toxicology at the Forsyth Dental Center in Boston (MA). Then her application for a grant to continue her Fluoride and central nervous system research was turned down by the US National Institute of Health (NIH), when an NIH panel told her that "Fluoride does not have central nervous system effects." Animal studies that Mullenix and co-workers conducted at Forsyth indicated that Fluoride was a powerful central
10 nervous system toxin, and might adversely affect human brain functioning, even at low doses. Mullenix's results were published in 1995, in a reputable peer-reviewed scientific journal. Among the other disorders which have been attributed to the effects of Fluoride poisoning: infertility (decrease in sperm motility, and lower sperm count), sexual dysfunction, a decrease of testosterone; an increase in neurological and behavioral disorders, increases in the occurrences of various cancers, increased cases of heart disease, causes earlier ages for menstruation in girls, and adversely affects endocrine, gastrointestinal, kidney, and pineal gland function. There is also increasing evidence that aluminum in the brain is a causative factor in Alzheimer's Disease, and evidence points towards Sodium Fluoride's strong affinity to 'bond' with aluminum (remember it is a by-product of aluminum manufacturing) and it also has the ability to 'trick' the blood-brain barrier by imitating the hydrogen ion thus allowing this chemical access to brain tissue. Since 1985, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) headquarters' union has expressed concerns about Fluoride. In August 2003, the EPA requested that the National Research Council, the research arm of the National Academy of Sciences (NAS), re-evaluate water Fluoride safety standards by reviewing recent scientific literature, because the last review in 1993 had major gaps in research. "Neither the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), nor the National Institute for Dental Research (NIDR), nor the American Academy of Pediatric Dentistry has any proof on Fluoride’s safety or effectiveness." In 2005, eleven EPA employee unions, representing over 7,000 environmental and public health professionals of the Civil Service, called for a halt on drinking water fluoridation programs across the USA and asked EPA management to recognize Fluoride as posing a serious risk of causing cancer in people. Dr. William Hirzy, Vice President of Chapter 280 of the National Treasury Employees Union, stated that "Fluoride (that is added to municipal water) is a hazardous waste product for which there is substantial evidence of adverse health effects and, contrary to public perception, virtually no evidence of significant benefits." Dr. Hardy Limeback, BSC, PhD, DDS was one of the 12 scientists who served on the National Academy of Sciences panel that issued the aforementioned report, Fluoride in Drinking Water: A Scientific Review of the EPA's Standards. Dr. Limeback is an associate professor of dentistry and head of the preventive dentistry program at the University of Toronto. He detailed his concerns in an April 2000 letter titled, "Why I am now officially opposed to adding fluoride to drinking water." The International Academy of Oral Medicine and Toxicology has classified Fluoride as an unapproved dental medicament due to its high toxicity and the US National Cancer Institute Toxicological Program has found Fluoride to be an "equivocal carcinogen." The International Chiropractors Association opposes mass water fluoridation, considering it "possibly harmful and deprivation of the rights of citizens to be free from unwelcome mass medication." In a presentation to the California Assembly Committee of Environmental Safety and Toxic Materials, Dr. Richard Foulkes, BA, MD, former special consultant to the Minister of Health of British Columbia, revealed: "The [water fluoridation] studies that were presented to me were selected and showed only positive results. Studies that were in existence at that time that did not fit the concept that they were 'selling,' were either omitted or declared to be 'bad science.' The endorsements had been won by coercion and the self-interest of professional elites. Some
11 of the basic 'facts' presented to me were, I found out later, of dubious validity. We are brought up to respect these persons in whom we have placed our trust to safeguard the public interest. It is difficult for each of us to accept that these may be misplaced." Over 1,730 health industry professionals, including one Nobel prize winner in medicine (Arvid Carlsson), doctors, dentists, scientists and researchers from a variety of disciplines were calling for an end to water fluoridation in an online petition to Congress. The petition signers express concern for vulnerable groups like "small children, above average water drinkers, diabetics, and people with poor kidney function," who they believe may already be overdosing on Fluoride. Another concern that the petition signers shared was: "The admission by federal agencies, in response to questions from a Congressional subcommittee in 1999-2000, that the industrial grade waste products used to Fluoridate over 90% of America's drinking water supplies (fluorosilicate compounds) have never been subjected to toxicological testing nor received FDA approval for human ingestion." The petition was sponsored by the Fluoride Action Network of Canton, New York, the most active anti-fluoridation organization in North America. Despite the growing evidence that Fluoride is harmful to public health, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), American Dental Association (ADA), and the American Medical Association (AMA) continue to hide the fact of how poisonous it is and continue to promote its use. It does seem clear that there is an ulterior motive for this complete disregard for our wellbeing. Some researchers feel that the real agenda for the use of Fluoride, is a population control mechanism to keep the herd thinned out. In the next section on the Georgia Guidestones, you will see how that philosophy is very evident.
12 THE GEORGIA GUIDESTONES The Georgia Guidestones is a large granite ediface in Elbert County, Georgia that contains a list of 10 guidelines, inscribed in 8 modern languages, with a shorter message inscribed on the top of it in 4 ancient languages– Babylonian, Classical Greek, Sanskrit, and Egyptian hieroglyphics. It has been referred to as the "American Stonehenge," although this more appropriately describes Sam Hill's exact replica of Stonehenge in Washington. They are located on a hilltop, the highest point in the county, about 90 miles east of Atlanta, 45 miles from Athens, and 7 miles north of Elberton, and 8 miles north of Hartwell. They are standing a short distance east of Highway 77 (Hartwell Highway), and is visible from that road; and a small sign on the highway indicates the turn-off for it– which is "Guidestones Rd." It is 18 feet tall (20 feet tall if you include the buried support stones) and made from 6 granite slabs weighing a total of 240,000 pounds. One slab stands in the center, with 4 arranged around it. A capstone lies on top of all 5 slabs, which are astronomically aligned. An additional stone tablet, imbedded in the ground a short distance to the west of the monument gives the history and purpose of the structure. In June 1979, an unknown gentleman using the pseudonym R. C. Christian, who said that he represented a small group of Americans who wished to remain anonymous, walked into the offices of Elberton Granite Finishing Company on Tate Street to inquire about the cost of building a large monument. One popular theory is that the patron's pseudonym may be a tribute to the 14th-century founder of Rosicrucianism– Christian Rosenkreuz. In his article, "Decoding the Georgia Guidestones," researcher Van Smith identifies three potential candidates as the true identity of R.C. Christian (Joe H. Fendley Sr., Dr. Francis Merchant, and Ted Turner), but concludes that Turner is the most likely candidate for being R.C. Christian, stating, "Our investigation into the identity of Robert C. Christian has uncovered highly persuasive yet circumstantial evidence linking Robert Edward “Ted” Turner (the media mogul behind CNN and other cable channels) to the very center of the Georgia Guidestones originators. This evidence is so strong that we believe Ted Turner probably was R.C. Christian. At the very least, Turner probably knows who R.C. Christian is."
13 Although Elberton is considered the granite capital of America, Joe H. Fendley, Sr., the president of the company, was a bit skeptical about the magnitude of the project, and he suggested that he talk to their banker Wyatt C. Martin, president of the Granite City Bank, thinking that would be the end of it. However, 30 minutes later Christian went to the bank and explained to Mr. Martin that although his name was a pseudonym with symbolic meaning, he and the group he represented were very serious about erecting these Guidestones for, "the conservation of the world and to herald the coming age of reason. Should there be a holocaust in the civilized world, the group wished the Guidestones to be one of the most enduring things to help humanity start anew." Mr. Martin agreed to handle the funds, as long as he would reveal his true identity, so that he could verify his ability to finance the project. When that was done, an escrow account was set up, and work began on the monument. Martin promised to never reveal Christian's true identity. Mr. Christian told Martin that he and his sponsors selected Georgia as the location for the monument because of the availability of high quality granite, the mild climate, and the fact that his great-grandmother was a native Georgian. He also emphasized that the monument should be erected in a remote area, away from the main tourist centers. Martin suggested that, to work within the funds available, a local site should be selected because of the cost of transporting the massive stones Christian had in mind. The men spent a day inspecting various sites, and finally selected a five acre plot on the farm of Wayne and Mildred Mullenix; and immediately upon its purchase (October 1, 1979) deeded the 5 acres to Elbert County who now own the site. A few weeks later, work began on the structure. Skilled workers quarried and cut the blocks, which were quarried from the company's Pyramid Blue Granite, others sandblasted the message in 4" high letters (½" deep), and still others hauled them to a hillside north of Elberton where they were astronomically aligned with the North celestial pole, the noonday sun, and the rising and setting points of the sun and moon on the horizon. Fendley claimed that the sheer size of the stones, as well as the exacting specifications set forth by the sponsors made the project one of the most challenging ever for his company. He suggested that "those specifications were so precise that they had to be compiled by experts on stone as well as construction." A book written by the man who called himself R.C. Christian, indicated that he commissioned the monument in recognition of Thomas Paine and the philosophy he espoused. The Age of Reason was a book written by Thomas Paine. Its intent was to destroy the Judeo-Christian beliefs upon which our Republic was founded. The structure was unveiled on March, 22, 1980 in a ceremony with 100 (another source says 400) people present. Once the project was completed, Wyatt Martin delivered his file on the affair to the anonymous sponsors and the secret of their identity was sealed. Van Smith claims to have uncovered numerological messages encoded within the proportions of the various Georgia Guidestones components that link the monument to the Burj Khalifa, the tallest building in the world which opened in Dubai over thirty years after the Georgia Guidestones were designed. Smith presents evidence demonstrating that the opening date of the tower, the death of Dubai's emir, Sheik Maktoum bin Rashid al Maktoum, and the exact height of the Burj Khalifa can all be deduced directly from the proportions of the granite slabs. The message conveyed on the Guidestones is a set of 10 guidelines engraved in 8 different languages, on each face of the four large upright stones. Moving clockwise around the structure
14 from due north, these languages are: English, Spanish, Swahili, Hindi, Hebrew, Arabic, Chinese, and Russian. 1) Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. 2) Guide reproduction wisely - improving fitness and diversity. 3) Unite humanity with a living new language. 4) Rule passion - faith - tradition - and all things with tempered reason. 5) Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts. 6) Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court. 7) Avoid petty laws and useless officials. 8) Balance personal rights with social duties. 9) Prize truth - beauty - love - seeking harmony with the infinite. 10) Be not a cancer on the earth - Leave room for nature - Leave room for nature. The messages engraved on the Georgia Guidestones deal with four major fields: Governance and the establishment of a world government, population and reproduction control, the environment and man's relationship to nature, and spirituality. Limiting the population of the earth to 500 million will require the extermination of nine-tenths of the world's people. The reference to establishing a world court foreshadows the current move to create an International Criminal Court and a world government. The Guidestones' emphasis on preserving nature anticipates the environmental movement of the 1990s, and the reference to "seeking harmony with the infinite" reflects the current effort to replace Judeo-Christian beliefs with a new spirituality commonly referred to as New Age.
The English facing of the Guidestones
15 A few feet to the west of the artifact, an additional granite ledger has been set at ground level which identifies the structure, the languages used on it; as well as various facts about the size, weight, and astronomical features of the stones, the date it was installed, and the sponsors of the project. It also speaks of a time capsule buried under the tablet, but the positions on the stone reserved for filling in the dates on which the capsule was buried and is to be opened are missing, so it's not clear whether the time capsule was ever put in place. Each side of the tablet is perpendicular to one of the cardinal directions, and is inscribed so that the northern edge is the "top" of the inscription. The complete text of the explanatory tablet is detailed below. The accompanying image shows the overall layout. The tablet is somewhat inconsistent with respect to punctuation, and also misspells "pseudonym." The original spelling, punctuation, and line breaks in the text have been preserved in the transcription which follows. At the center of each tablet edge is a small circle, each containing a letter representing the appropriate compass direction (N, S, E, W). At the top center of the tablet is written: THE GEORGIA GUIDESTONES CENTER CLUSTER ERECTED MARCH 22, 1980 Immediately below this is the outline of a square, inside which is written: LET THESE BE GUIDESTONES TO AN AGE OF REASON
16 Around the edges of the square are written the names of four ancient languages, one per edge. Starting from the top and proceeding clockwise, they are:
BABYLONIAN CUNEIFORM CLASSICAL GREEK
SANSKRIT EGYPTIAN HIEROGLYPHICS
On the left side of the tablet is the following column of text: ASTRONOMIC FEATURES 1. CHANNEL THROUGH STONE INDICATES CELESTIAL POLE. 2. HORIZONTAL SLOT INDICATES ANNUAL TRAVEL OF SUN. 3. SUNBEAM THROUGH CAPSTONE MARKS NOONTIME THROUGHOUT THE YEAR AUTHOR: R.C. CHRISTIAN (A PSEUDONYN) SPONSORS: A SMALL GROUP OF AMERICANS WHO SEEK THE AGE OF REASON TIME CAPSULE PLACED SIX FEET BELOW THIS SPOT ON TO BE OPENED ON
On the right side of the tablet is the following column of text: PHYSICAL DATA 1. OVERALL HEIGHT - 19 FEET 3 INCHES [5.87m]. 2. TOTAL WEIGHT - 237,746 POUNDS [107,840kg]. 3. FOUR MAJOR STONES ARE 16 FEET, FOUR INCHES [4.98 m] HIGH, EACH WEIGHING AN AVERAGE OF 42,437 POUNDS [19,249 kg]. 4. CENTER STONE IS 16 FEET, FOURINCHES [4.98 m] HIGH, WEIGHS 20,957 POUNDS [9,506 kg]. 5. CAPSTONE IS 9-FEET, 8-INCHES [2.95 m] LONG, 6-FEET, 6-INCHES [1.98 m] WIDE; 1-FOOT, 7-INCHES [0.48 m] THICK. WEIGHS 24,832 POUNDS [11,264 kg]. 6. SUPPORT STONES (BASES) 7-FEET, 4 INCHES [2.24 m] LONG 2-FEET [0.61 m] WIDE. 1 FOOT, 4-INCHES [0.41 m] THICK, EACH WEIGHING AN AVERAGE OF 4,875 POUNDS [2,211 kg]. 7. SUPPORT STONE (BASE) 4-FEET, 2½ INCHES [1.28 m] LONG, 2-FEET, 2-INCHES [0.66m] WIDE, 1-FOOT, 7-INCHES [0.48 m] THICK. WEIGHT 2,707 POUNDS [1,228 kg]. 8. 951 CUBIC FEET [26.9 m³] GRANITE. 9. GRANITE QUARRIED FROM PYRAMID QUARRIES LOCATED 3 MILES [5 km] WEST OF ELBERTON, GEORGIA.
The words appear as shown under the time capsule heading; no dates are engraved.
Below the two columns of text is written the caption: GUIDESTONE LANGUAGES The names of eight modern languages are inscribed along the long edges of the projecting rectangles, one per edge. Starting from due north and moving clockwise around so that the upper edge of the northeast rectangle is listed first, they are:
• • • •
ENGLISH SPANISH SWAHILI HINDI
• • • •
HEBREW ARABIC CHINESE RUSSIAN
17 At the bottom center of the tablet is the following text: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AVAILABLE AT ELBERTON GRANITE MUSEUM & EXHIBIT COLLEGE AVENUE ELBERTON, GEORGIA
The site was chosen because it commands a view to the East and to the West and is within the range of the Summer and Winter sunrises and sunsets. The stones are oriented in those directions. The four outer stones are oriented to mark the limits of the 18.6 year lunar declination cycle. The stones are placed so that a slit at eye level in the slender central upright slab (Gnomen Stone) permits an observer to view the eastern horizon and aligns with the position of the rising sun at the Summer and Winter Solstices and at the Equinox. Through the center stone, from south to north, an eye-level two-inch diameter hole is inclined at an angle of 34° and points to the North celestial pole, so that the North Star is always visible, symbolizing constancy and orientation with the forces of nature. The capstone includes a calendar of sorts. A beam of sunlight passing through a " aperture hole at noon, and shines on the South face of the center stone. As the sun makes its travel cycle, the spot beamed through the hole can tell the day of the year at noon each day. Allowances are made because of variations between standard time and sun time to set the beam of sunlight at an equation of time.
18 DIMENSIONS Overall Height: 19 feet 3 inches Amount of Granite: 951 cubic feet Weight: 237,746 pounds Four Upright Stones: 6 feet, 6 inches wide; 16 feet, 4 inches high; 1foot, 7 inches thick; 42,437 lbs each on average Gnomen: 3 feet, 3 inches wide; 16feet, 4 inches high; 1 foot, 7 inches thick; Weight 20,957 lbs Capstone: 6 feet, 6 inches wide, 9 feet, 8 inches long; 1foot, 7 inches thick; Weight 24, 832 lbs Outer Support Stones (bases): 7 feet, 4 inches long; 2 feet, 1 inch wide; 1 foot, 4 inches thick; Weight 4,875 lbs each on average. Center Support Stone: 4 feet, 2½ inches long; 2 feet, 2 inches wide; 1 foot, 7 inches thick; Weight 2,707 lbs
20 THE ALIEN AGENDA Although the phenomena of flying saucers and Aliens have only been in the public consciousness since the 1947 incident at Roswell, NM, there have been earlier references to this enigma. There are 3 important Hindu texts among the ancient literature of India, the Bhagavata-Purana, Mahahharata, and Ramayana scriptures, which date back to at least 3000 BC. They are among the oldest writings known to man, and they extensively mention flying machines called vimanas that could travel not only through the ai within the Earth's atmosphere, but could also travel submerged underwater, and into space to other worlds. They were also used in warfare. Richard L. Thompson, an expert on India's Vedic culture who has worked on NASA-funded satellite remote sensing, stated the Hindu vimanas "could be grossly physical machines, or they could be made of two other kinds of energy, which we call subtle energy and transcendental energy. Humans of this Earth generally did not manufacture such machines, although they did sometimes acquire them from more technically advanced beings." There are descriptions that give details of vimanas in various shapes and sizes: • • • • In the Vedas: the sun, and flying wheeled chariots are pulled by animals, usually horses (but the Vedic god Paksan's chariot is pulled by goats). The agnihotra-vimana with two engines. (Agni means 'fire' in Sanskrit) The gaja-vimana with more engines. (Gaja means 'elephant' in Sanskrit) Other types named after the kingfisher, ibis, and other animals.
The word vimana comes from the Sanskrit, and means 'apart' or 'having been measured.' The word also means a part of a Hindu temple. The meaning of the word likely changed in this sequence: • • • • • An area of land measured out and set apart to be used for sacred purposes. Temple A god's palace In the Ramayana: the demon-lord Ravana's flying palace called Pushpaka. In later Indian writings: other flying vehicles, and sometimes as a poetic word for ordinary ground vehicles.
In some modern Indian languages (i.e. Gujarati), the word vimana means ordinary real aircraft. Vedic writings speak of gods from other planetary systems called Devas who act as administrators for a hierarchical universal government, and how the ancient Vedic people were regularly visited by the Devas, often in flying machines. "There is much material in Vedic texts that is practically unknown to Western people who do not have an explicit interest in Indian culture. Some of this material shows parallels with commonly reported features of the appearance and behavior of UFOs and UFO entities," said Thompson. Explaining why the UFO connection within the Vedas has not been seen before, Thompson said, "Some meanings may differ so strongly from what a person is accustomed to thinking that he will fail to grasp them for a long time. He will tend to take words out of their context understood by the author and force them into a context dictated by his own cultural conditioning. This may cause him to reject the text as absurd, and such rejection can create an impediment to true understanding." This
21 explanation could also apply in dealing with any writings of antiquity, such as the Bible, where some researchers are now considering Ezekiel's wheel-within-a-wheel (Ezekiel 10th chapter), and Elijah's fiery chariot as possibly being ancient descriptions of Alien aircraft. Thompson related how the Tenth Canto of the Bhagavata-Purana described an incident that seemed to describe an aerial attack. It spoke of a certain King Salva who asked his god Lord Pasupati, to provide him with an impregnable flying vehicle that could go anywhere he wished and terrify his enemies. Thus a "flying iron city" was constructed and presented to King Salva, and he used it to siege an enemy city. A description from the canto reads, "From his excellent airship he threw down a torrent of weapons, including stones, tree trunks, thunderbolts, snakes and hailstones. A fierce whirlwind arose and blanketed all directions with dust." Many other attributes were given to the mysterious flying vimanas of Hindu legend, such as the ability to become invisible (stealth technology?), to hear and see at great distances (radio and television?), to ascertain the course of enemies (radar?), and to destroy enemy craft. There are also references in other cultures. The Popol Vuh, the hallowed book of the Mayan Indians of Central America, described their ancestors as "admirable men…able to know all, and they examined the four corners, the four points of the arch of the sky, and the round face of the earth." These Indians knew the Earth was round centuries before the Europeans, indicating they gained such knowledge from someone able to view the Earth from high above. Mayan legends also indicated that they kept a close connection with the heavens. The Popol Vuh mentioned that several gods, including Hunahpu, Xbalanque, and the great god-king Quetzalcoatl, returned to the stars after their life on earth ended. Italian author Peter Kolosimo made an in-depth study of Quetzalcoatl, described as the son of the sky-god Mixcoatl, and concluded, "In the opinion of many scholars, this legend may be interpreted as follows. Upon Atlantis there descended one day a race of beings so advanced that they seemed like gods– Mixcoatl– in the eyes of the primitive earth-dwellers. They were borne on a slender spaceship– the cloud-serpent– and mingled with the people of the earth– Chipalman– whom they raised to a high level of civilization." Across the world in Tibet, a book entitled the Kentyua (meaning "the translated word of Buddha") tells of flying "pearls in the sky" and transparent spheres containing gods who come to visit men. A book reportedly written by Tibetan lama T. Lobsang Rampa put forth these ideas from ancient writings: "We in Tibet have never subscribed to the view that Man is the highest and most noble form of evolution. We believe that much higher forms are to be found elsewhere, and they do not drop atom bombs. In Tibet I have seen records of strange craft in the skies. 'the chariots of the gods,' most people call them. The Lama Mingyar Dondup told me that a group of lamas had established communication with these 'gods,' who said that they were watching the Earth, apparently in much the same way as humans watch wild and dangerous animals in a zoo." The Royal Pedigrees of Tibetan Kings, a document dating back to the seventh century, states that the first seven Tibetan kings came from the stars to which they eventually returned. In Babylonia some 4,700 years ago a poem entitled the Flight of Etana was written. It seems to be a lucid account of an ascent into space, much as a modern astronaut might describe: "Etana looked down and saw that the earth had become like a hill and the sea like a well. And so they flew for another hour, and once again Etana looked down: the earth was now like a grinding
22 stone and the sea like a pot. After the third hour the earth was only a speck of dust, and the sea no longer seen."
Did Aliens Build the Pyramids? When we begin exploring the possibility of Alien interference on our planet in ancient times, then we can consider that feats of engineering impossibility attributed to ancient cultures may have possibly been carried out through the use of technology from races of beings from other worlds. For example, the stone-age technology of 2600 BC could not have erected the Great Pyramid of Khufu. It is now plausible to consider that the largest human construction on Earth may not have been built by humans. It was believed to have been built as a tomb, yet no mummies have ever been found there. It is 42-stories tall, covering an area of 10 football fields, containing 2,500,000 blocks weighing 2½ - 10 tons, and weighing a total of 14 billion pounds. It is as big as 35 Empire State Buildings.
These images were found on the ceiling beams of a 3000-year old New Kingdom Temple, located several hundred miles south of Cairo and the Giza Plateau, at Abydos
In modern construction, a settling of 6" in 100 years is acceptable in office buildings. The US Capitol has settled 5" in the past 200 years. In 5,000 years, the Great Pyramid has only settled less than ½". In modern construction, if they could maintain each side of a 756' wall within 6" of being perfectly straight, it would be a tremendous accomplishment. The stones were fitted together with tolerances up to 1/2000th of an inch, that even a razor blade could not be inserted between the joints. The mathematical equations necessary for such construction were not even developed until a few thousand years later. The Great Pyramid is out of straight alignment by only ¼". In the 5th century BC, Egyptians said that a continuous crew of 100,000, replaced every 3 months, worked 20 years to build the Great Pyramid. However, that would have involved setting one of those huge stones every 3½ minutes, 24-hours a day– something we could not even do today. How could a civilization, possessing only the concept of the lever, roller, and inclined plane; using primitive stone and copper tools; without pulleys, winches, derricks, block and tackle; and no modern surveying equipment, build this engineering marvel? How did they transport the stones from the quarry to the construction site? Were they moved on huge sleds, or pulled across a bed of rolling logs? To create a system of log-rolling would not
24 have been practical, as the only trees available in Egypt were Date Palms, and since they were a food source, it is unlikely they would have been cut down. Importing them in would have required more shipping resources than Egypt would have ever had in its entire history, as it would have taken 25 million trees. In addition, it would have been nearly impossible to roll logs on the stone-chip roads, plus the great weight of the stones probably would have crushed the logs. They were barged down the river, to a causeway that led from the river landing, the stones moved off, moved to the site, pulled up ramps and levered from tier to tier, and then set into place. It would have been very labor intensive and the single greatest combined effort in human history. There are some scientists that believe that the stones were not quarried, that they are actually man-made rock– a superior form of concrete. The Egyptians of the 4th dynasty were not a formidable military force, and neither were they very aggressive. They would not have been able to amass the amount of slaves from a 5,000 mile radius to create the workforce needed for this construction. A mile-long ramp would have had to be constructed, rising in slope as the pyramid increased in height; and it would have required more of an effort to build this ramp, than the pyramid itself– afterwards leaving 6 billion pounds of construction garbage to get rid of. Where was it put? It would be literally be impossible to duplicate this structure, even with the technology we have today. During his expedition from Rome to Egypt, Mark Antony wrote that the pyramids of Giza could be seen 100 miles away, shining in the sun like a precious jewel. He was referring to the 150,000 outer casing stones weighing up to 10 tons each. Those finely polished white limestone casing stones were removed in the 14th century to build the city of Cairo. The geographical location of the Great Pyramid is also incredible. Its sides run almost exactly north to south and east to west, and its orientation to true north only deviates by 3 arc minutes. How could a quasi-stone age civilization determine true north. The nearby Sphinx is believed to be at least 10,000 years old– if not older. We have 3,000 years of written and pictorial history of all aspects of the Egyptian civilization and culture, yet there was nothing recorded about the erection of the pyramids of Giza. The greatest single construction endeavor in history, and there is no documentation of its building. That is why it appears to some that the Egyptians were not the architects or builders of the Great Pyramid. In 1813, astronomer Richard Proctor discovered in ancient records, that the Great Pyramid had been used as an astronomical instrument, as it was an essentially crystalline structure, very receptive to radiological waves, and possibly cosmic microwaves. Sumerian texts indicate that pyramids were built as beacons by extraterrestrials. Richard Hoagland, though he didn't discover the "face on Mars," he is recognized as the leading expert on it. In 1976, Mars NASA Viking scientist Dr. Tobias Owen discovered the first of the monuments on Mars– a giant mile-long human-looking head lying in a northern Martian desert. In 1979, 2 NASA-contracted imaging analysts later discovered there were 2 photos of the face taken at 2 different lighting angles by the Viking spacecraft, as well as a massive nearby
25 pyramidal structure, now known as the D & M Pyramid. They were dismissed by NASA as optical illusions. Dr. Mark Carlotto used a state-of-the-art 3-D modeling technique, which indicated that the "face" is a 3-D structure lying on the Martian surface that is 1500' high and over a mile long. A number of other highly geometric anomalies have been found in this same area which is known as Sidonia, which had to have been constructed by an advanced civilization. The key latitude of Giza, north of the equator, is linked to the D & M Pyramid latitude in Sidonia on Mars, which makes it the single most striking intelligent representation we have found on Mars. Efforts have been made for NASA to re-photograph Sidonia, because it has been theorized that there may be a relationship between the Giza plateau and the area of Sidonia on Mars. It is interesting to note, that Cairo is a Seleucid Arabic word that means "Mars."
Background & Timeline "No one would have believed in the last years of the 19th century that human affairs were being watched from the timeless worlds of space. No one could have dreamed that we were being scrutinized as someone with a microscope studies creatures that swarm and multiply in a drop of water. Few men even considered the possibility of life on other planets; and yet, across the gulf of space, minds immeasurably superior to ours regarded this Earth with envious eyes, and slowly, and surely, they drew their plans against us." The War of the Worlds (1898, written by H. G. Wells) During the years following World War II, the government of the United States was confronted with a series of events which were to change its future beyond prediction, and with it the future of humanity. These events were so incredible that they defied belief. A stunned President Truman and his top Military Commanders found themselves virtually impotent after having just won the most devastating and costly war in history. The United States had developed, used, and to date was the only nation on Earth in possession of the Atomic Bomb which alone had the potential to destroy any enemy, and even the Earth itself. At that time the United States had the best economy, the most advanced technology, the highest standard of living, exerted the most influence, and fielded the largest and most powerful military forces in history. We can only imagine the confusion and concern when the informed elite of the United States Government discovered that an Alien spacecraft piloted by insect-like beings from a totally incomprehensible culture had crashed in the desert of New Mexico. The research and information that is available today is due to the work of a relatively small group of people who have dedicated themselves to discovering the truth about what has happened, and the conspiracy surrounding this cover-up. The efforts of the Federal Government, the United States military, certain industrial interests, and various members of secret organizations to perpetuate this secrecy have fueled many rumors in regard to planned future events such as a collapse of the economy, martial law and world government. To this end, it is important to have a concise and comprehensive resource that enables one to have an overview of all the aspects having to do with UFOs, extra-terrestrials, secret projects, and the duplicity of our government to cooperate with the Aliens– enabling these creatures to pursue their own secret agenda.
The Early Evidence Back in 1909, the US Calvary had chased some Mexican bandits across the border, into a small New Mexico town, where they were found in a cave. After they were killed, the soldiers discovered a "horseshoe" ship and "grey demons." As far back as the 1930s, Division Five of the FBI knew about existence of Aliens. In 1933, our government was actively engaged with the Europeans (English and French) in regard to aerial phenomena. The US Navy saw them as early as 1935-36. The first 'deal' or interaction with the Grey entities occurred on July 11, 1934 onboard a naval ship in Balboa. It was here that the agreement was initially made between the Aliens from Orion and representatives of the Illuminati operating within US Government that allowed the Greys to proceed unhindered with the abductions and cattle mutilations. Another agreement was alleged to have been made in 1944.
13 Crashed Alien Spacecraft in the United States Phil Schneider's (a government geologist who helped build immense underground military bases) father, Otto Oscar Schneider, was a U-boat captain, who was captured and repatriated in the United States, and was involved with various projects such as the A-bomb, the H-bomb and the Philadelphia Experiment. He invented a high-speed camera that took pictures of the first hydrogen bomb test at Bikini Island on July 12, 1946. Phil has the original photographs of that test, and they show UFOs fleeing the bomb site at a high rate of speed. Bikini Island at the time was infested with them, especially under the water, and the natives had problems with their animals being mutilated. After he retired from the Army, General Douglas MacArthur (1880-1964) told The New York Times in 1955: "The nations of the world will have to unite for the next war will be an interplanetary war. The nations of the earth must someday make a common front against attack by people from other planets." On July 2, 1947, the Alamogordo radar at the Four Corners area in the southwestern United States affected and took down an Alien disk. It was entirely by accident, and came as a result of the electromagnetic beams, upon which the radar system was based, which interfered with the EM propulsion system of the Alien craft, causing it to become erratic, and before they could recover, the signal was boosted, causing the disk to crash land north and west of Roswell, New Mexico. It was to be the first of two disks that would crash in that area. Onboard, scientists and military personnel found several dead Aliens beings. An immediate analysis of their species could not be determined, but the Aliens (referred to as the EBAN) had both reptilian and insectlike qualities. Also onboard, they found the body parts and clothing of several Army-Air Force officers. "According to Mr. (informant's name withheld), the saucers were found in New Mexico due to the fact that the Government has a very high-powered radar setup in that area and it is believed that the radar (electromagnetic beams) interferes with the controlling mechanism of the saucers...each one of the three saucers were occupied by three bodies of human shape, but only 3 feet tall, dressed in metallic cloth of a very fine texture." (From an FBI Memo from Agent
27 Guy Hottel, of the Washington Field Office, which was sent to Director of the FBI., March 22, 1950) The concern in regard to this UFO activity, was that it was in the vicinity of the military bases at Alamogordo (a nuclear testing facility) and White Sands (where testing was being done on German V2 rockets and guided missiles by Operation Paper Clip personnel such as Werner von Braun, and Willy Ley, who had been involved with Germany's missile program during World War II). The military cover-up was immediate, and the crash was relegated to that of a weather balloon. The debris from the crash was shipped to Fort Bliss, TX (the headquarters of the 8th Army-Air Force). Some of it was then sent to Wright Airfield (later known as Wright-Patterson) in Ohio, and the rest was sent to Fort Riley in Kansas. At least 1 of the Alien bodies was sent to the Walter Reed Army Hospital pathology section for autopsy, while others were autopsied at Wright. The spacecraft and its contents were analyzed, cataloged, and prepared for distribution to various military facilities. The remaining Alien bodies and spacecraft were sent from Wright to Norton Air Force Base (AFB) in California where testing was started to replicate the Alien technology. Ultimately the testing was moved to Nellis AFB in Nevada, to the Groom Lake site, where reverse engineering would garner the development of Stealth technology. First used in the Persian Gulf War, American aircraft were completely invisible to Iraqi radar and heatseeking missiles as they attacked with impunity. In 1997, a book by Col. Philip J. Corso (Ret.) called The Day After Roswell was published. It seemed to clear up much of the mystery surrounding that incident. In 1961, Corso, then a Lieutenant Colonel, began working in the Foreign Technology section of the Army's Research and Development Department at the Pentagon, under its Director, Lt. Gen. Arthur Trudeau. He was given access to a filing cabinet and other containers that contained files, debris and material from the Roswell craft. Although part of his responsibility was observing the technology of other countries, hence the name of the Section; in order to maintain secrecy, the artifacts from the Roswell crash were considered elements of "foreign technology." For nearly 2 years, he was tasked with filtering "the Roswell technology into the mainstream of industrial development through the military defense contracting program (such as IBM, Hughes Aircraft, Bell Labs, Dow Corning)." Without revealing where the technology came from, the plan was to give it to contractors who were already working in those areas; who would develop and produce it, become the originator of the patent, so its military application could be exploited. It would then become available to the general public. Image intensifiers (night vision), lasers, integrated circuitry (microminiaturization of logic boards), fiber-optic networks, accelerated particle beam devices, molecular alignment metallic alloys, and super-tenacity fibers (such as Kevlar, the material used in bulletproof vests) all originated from the Alien craft that crashed at Roswell. The technology also laid the groundwork for massive programs like the Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI) and HAARP (High-Frequency Active Auroral Research. Not even the members of Eisenhower's White House National Security staff knew that Army R & D was the "repository of Roswell artifacts." Fort Belvoir, 30 minutes from the Pentagon, was where some of the Army's research into UFO technology was done. Records were stored there along with photographs and movies of military retrievals of downed extraterrestrial craft. Testing through the 1960s and 1970s on an electromagnetic propulsion system were not able to produce an operational model. Corso said, about the Roswell craft: "The craft was able to displace gravity through the propagation of magnetic wave, controlled by shifting the magnetic
28 poles around the craft so as to control, or vector, not a propulsion system, but the repulsion force of like charges."
Gen. Nathan F. Twining
On September 23, 1947 Air Force Gen. Nathan F. Twining issued a memo to the Commanding General of the Army Air Forces (to the attention of Gen. George Schulgen), to advise him that the flying disks were real: "It is the opinion that: The phenomenon reported is something real and not visionary or fictitious. There are objects probably approximating the shape of a disc, of such appreciable size as to appear to be as large as man-made aircraft. There is a possibility that some of the incidents may be caused by natural phenomena, such as meteors. The reported operating characteristics such as extreme rates of climb, maneuverability (particularly in roll), and action which must be considered evasive when sighted or contacted by friendly aircraft and radar, lend belief to the possibility that some of the objects are controlled either manually, automatically or remotely.” Twining had been ordered by President Truman to investigate the crash, and then report to him directly about what he found. Twining basically became the pointman for all things Alien. Three days after the memo, on September 26th, Twining gave his report on the Roswell crash to Truman and a group of men that were brought together as a braintrust, and became the nucleus of a group that would later become known as Majestic 12: Gen. Nathan F. Twining (AAF and USAF Air Materiel Command) Adm. Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter (Director of the CIA) Dr. Vannevar Bush (Chairman, Joint Research and Development Board) James Forrestal (Secretary of Defense) Gen. Hoyt Vandenberg (former Director of the CIA) Dr. Detlev Bronk (biologist; Chairman, National Research Council)
29 Dr. Jerome Hunsaker (aircraft engineer; Director, National Advisory Committee on Aeronautics Sidney W. Souers (Director, National Security Council) Gordon Gray (Secretary of the Army; Chairman of CIAs Psychological Strategy Board) Dr. Donald Menzel (Harvard astronomer; Naval Intelligence cryptography expert) Gen. Robert M. Montague (Commandant of Fort Bliss; with operational control over the Command at White Sands) Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner (Member, Joint Research and Development Board) Following the crash investigation at Roswell, New Mexico in 1947, Gen. Twining insisted to President Truman that the ‘Alien’ issue “was bigger than the Manhattan Project” and required that it be managed on a larger scale and obviously for a longer period. They would form nothing less than a government within the government, sustaining itself from presidential administration to presidential administration regardless of whatever political party took power, and ruthlessly guarding their secrets while evaluating every new bit of information on flying saucers they received. But at the same time, they would allow disclosure of some of the most far-fetched information, whether true or not, because it would help create a climate of public attitude that would be able to accept the existence of extraterrestrial life without a general sense of panic.
Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter
“Behind the scenes high ranking Air Force officers are soberly concerned about the UFOs. But through official secrecy and ridicule, many citizens are led to believe the unknown flying objects are nonsense.” (Quote from former Director of the CIA, Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter) Between January, 1947 and December, 1952, at least 16 crashed or downed Alien craft were recovered with 65 dead Alien bodies, and one living Alien. An additional Alien craft had exploded, but nothing was recovered from that incident. Of these incidents, 13 occurred within the borders of the United States, not including the craft which disintegrated in the air. Of these 13 crafts, 1 was found in Arizona, 10 were in New Mexico (including Roswell and Aztec), 1 in Nevada, and 1 in California (Mojave Desert). Three incidents also occurred in foreign countries: 1 was in Norway, and the last 2 were in Mexico (one was near Laredo, Texas, about 30 miles
30 inside the Mexican border). Sightings of UFOs were so numerous that serious investigations and debunking of each report became impossible utilizing the existing intelligence assets. "On this land a flying disk has been found intact, with 18 three-foot tall human-like occupants, all dead in it but not burned." (From an FBI memo sent from the New Orleans Branch to the Director of the FBI, March 31, 1950, about a disk found in the Mojave Desert in January, 1950)
Project Sign and Grudge A special group of America's top scientists were organized in December, 1947 under the name Project Sign to study the phenomenon. It was responsible for the collection of Intelligence and determining whether the Alien presence constituted a threat to the US National Security. Sign was considered so critical that J. Edgar Hoover, Director of the FBI, ordered that all future reports of UFOs were not to be investigated, but instead sent to the Air Force. In February 1949, Project Sign released a report examining 243 UFO sightings. About the same time, at the Air Technical Intelligence Center (ATIC), Gen. Hoyt Vandenberg (Air Force Chief of Staff) directed the Air Force to begin tracking and evaluating UFO sightings. They also issued a report– Estimate of the Situation, which said that we were being observed by extraterrestrials. Gen. Vandenberg ordered it to be destroyed before anyone else could read it. Project Sign evolved into Project Grudge in December of 1948. In 1949, a memo came out of the CIAs Office of Scientific Investigation (OSI) that seemed very "apprehensive" about UFOs; and then in 1952, there was another memo from the OSI Weapons and Equipment Division in regard to the lack of knowledge available about UFOs and their occupants. In 1952, a low level UFO and Alien Intelligence collection and disinformation project called Project Blue Book was formed under Grudge, and carried out under the authority of the US Air Force and CIA. This project was terminated and its collected information and duties were absorbed by Project Aquarius. Sixteen volumes came out of Grudge. A controversial classified report named Grudge/Blue Book, Report No. 13 is the only significant information derived from the Project, and other than information from second hand sources, is unavailable to the public. Reports No. 1-12 and No. 14 are available to the public. Report No. 13 mentions that many military government personnel and civilians had been terminated (murdered without due process of law) when they had attempted to reveal the Alien interaction with the Shadow Government that operates within the Federal Government. "Blue Teams" from the Air Force were initially put together to carry out "crash-retrieval" operations. Project Pounce was then formed to recover all downed and/or crashed craft, as well as dead and surviving Aliens; and to provide cover stories and operations to mask the true endeavors whenever necessary, i.e. such as cover stories of crashed 'experimental' aircraft, construction, mining activities, etc. The Blue Teams eventually evolved into "Alpha Teams." In 1961, this secret project was officially named "Moon Dust" (recovery and retrieval teams sent to sanitize crash sites under the guise that they were Russian satellites) and "Blue Fly" (authorizing the immediate delivery of any alien spacecraft or item of technical intelligence to Wright-Patterson AFB).
Most of what was retrieved were stored at the Wright-Patterson AFB in Dayton, Ohio, where it is believed that a secret warehouse exists with multiple underground levels that is quite literally packed with Alien craft, hardware, and even Alien bodies 'on ice.' Others were stored at Air Force bases near the locations of the crashes. One saucer was so big, and the logistical problems in transporting it so enormous, that it was just buried at the crash site, where it remains today. The stories are legendary about the transporting of crashed saucers over long distances, moving only at night, purchasing complete farms, slashing through forests, blocking major highways, and sometimes driving 2 or 3 lo-boys in tandem with an extraterrestrial load a hundred feet in diameter.
CLASSIFIED DOCUMENT Eyes only. Original Majestic-12 Briefing TOP SECRET SUBJECT: OPERATION MAJESTIC-12 PRELIMINARY BRIEFING FOR PRESIDENT EISENHOWER DOCUMENT PREPARED: 18 NOVEMBER, 1952 BRIEFING OFFICER: ADM. ROSCOE H. HILLENKOETTER (MJ-1) NOTE: This document has been prepared as a preliminary briefing only. It should be regarded as introductory to a full operations briefing intended to follow.
32 OPERATION MAJESTIC-12 is a TOP SECRET Research and Development and Intelligence Operation responsible directly and only to the President of the United States. Operations of the project are carried out under control of the Majestic-12 (Majic-12) Group which was established by special classified Executive Order of President Truman on 24 September, 1947, upon recommendation by Dr. Vannevar Bush and Secretary James Forrestal. (See Attachment "A") Members of the Majestic-12 Group were designated as follows: Adm. Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter Dr. Vannevar Bush Secy. James V. Forrestal Gen. Nathan F. Twining Gen. Hoyt S. Vandenberg Dr. Detlev Bronk Dr. Jerome Hunsaker Mr. Sidney W. Souers Mr. Gordon Gray Dr. Donald Menzel Gen. Robert M. Montague Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner The death of Secretary Forrestal on 22 May, 1949, created a vacancy which remained unfilled until 01 August, 1950, upon which date Gen. Walter B. Smith was designated as permanent replacement. See images of the document itself. On 24 June, 1947, a civilian pilot, flying over the Cascade Mountains in the State of Washington observed nine flying disc-shaped aircraft traveling in formation at a high rate of speed. Although this was not the first known sighting of such objects, it was the first to gain widespread attention in the public media. Hundreds of reports of sightings of similar objects followed. Many of these came from highly credible military and civilian sources. These reports resulted in independent efforts by several different elements of the military to ascertain the nature and purpose of these objects in the interest of national defense. A number of witnesses were interviewed and there were several unsuccessful attempts to utilize aircraft in efforts to pursue reported discs in flight. Public reaction bordered on near hysteria at times. In spite of these efforts, little of substance was learned about the objects until a local rancher reported that one had crashed in a remote region of New Mexico located approximately seventy-five miles northwest of Roswell Army Air Base (now Walker Field). On 07 July, 1947, a secret operation was begun to assure recovery of the wreckage of this object for scientific study. During the course of this operation, aerial reconnaissance discovered that four small human-like beings had apparently ejected from the craft at some point before it exploded. These had fallen to earth about two miles east of the wreckage site. All four were dead and badly decomposed due to action by predators and exposure to the elements during the approximately one week time period which had elapsed before their discovery.
33 A special scientific team took charge of removing these bodies for study. (See Attachment "C") The wreckage of the craft was also removed to several different locations. (See Attachment "B") Civilian and military witnesses in the area were debriefed, and news reporters were given the effective cover story that the object had been a misguided weather research balloon. A covert analytical effort organized by Gen. Twining and Dr. Bush acting on the direct orders of the President, resulted in a preliminary consensus (19 September, 1947) that the disc was most likely a short range reconnaissance craft. This conclusion was based, for the most part, on the craft's size and the apparent lack of any identifiable provisioning. (See Attachment "D") A similar analysis of the four dead occupants was arranged by Dr. Bronk. It was the tentative conclusion of this group (30 November, 1947) that although these creatures are human-like in appearance, the biological and evolutionary processes responsible for their development has apparently been quite different from those observed or postulated in homo-sapiens. Dr Bronk's team has suggested the term "Extra-terrestrial Biological Entities," or "EBEs," be adopted as the standard term of reference for these creatures until such time as a more definitive designation can be agreed upon. Since it is virtually certain that these craft do not originate in any country on earth, considerable speculation has centered around what their point of origin may be and how they get here. Mars was and remains a possibility, although some scientists, most notably Dr. Menzel, consider it more likely that we are dealing with beings from another solar system entirely. Numerous examples of what appear to be a form of writing were found in the wreckage. Efforts to decipher these have remained largely unsuccessful. (See Attachment "E") Equally unsuccessful have been efforts to determine the methods of propulsion or the nature or method of transmission of the power source involved. Research along these lines has been complicated by the complete absence of identifiable wings, propellers, jets, or other conventional methods of propulsion and guidance, as well as a total lack of metallic wiring, vacuum tubes, or similar recognizable electronic components. (See Attachment "F") It is assumed that the propulsion unit was completely destroyed by the explosion which caused the crash. A need for as much additional information as possible about these craft, their performance characteristics and their purpose led to the undertaking known as U.S. Air Force Project SIGN in December, 1947. In order to preserve security, liaison between SIGN and Majestic12 was limited to two individuals within the Intelligence Division of Air Material Command whose role was to pass along certain types of information through channels. SIGN evolved into Project GRUDGE in December, 1948. The operation is currently being conducted under the code name BLUE BOOK, with liaison maintained through the Air Force officer who is head of the project. On 06 December, 1950, a second object, probably of similar origin, impacted the earth at high speed in the El Indio - Guerrero area of the Texas - Mexican border after following a long trajectory through the atmosphere. By the time a search team arrived, what remained of the object had been totally incinerated. Such material as could have been recovered was transported to the A.E.C. facility at Sandia, New Mexico, for study.
Implications for the National Security are of continuing importance in that the motives and ultimate intentions of these visitors remain completely unknown. In addition, a significant upsurge in the surveillance activity of these craft beginning in May and continuing through the autumn of this year has caused considerable concern that new developments may be imminent. It is for these reasons, as well as the obvious international and technological considerations and the ultimate need to avoid a public panic at all costs, that the Majestic12 Group remains of the unanimous opinion that imposition of the strictest security precautions should continue without interruption into the new administration. At the same time, contingency plan MJ-1949-04P/78 (Top Secret - Eyes Only) should be held in continued readiness should the need to make a public announcement present itself. (See Attachment "G") RENUMERATION OF ATTACHMENTS: *ATTACHMENT "A"........Special Classified Executive Order #092447. (TS/EO) *ATTACHMENT "B"........Operation Majestic-12 Status Report #1, Part A. 30 NOV '47. (TS-MAJIC/EO) *ATTACHMENT "C"........Operation Majestic-12 Status Report #1, Part B. 30 NOV '47. (TS-MAJIC/EO) *ATTACHMENT "D"........Operation Majestic-12 Preliminary Analytical Report. 19 SEP '47. (TS-MAJIC/EO) *ATTACHMENT "E"........Operation Majestic-12 Blue Team Report #5. 30 JUN '52. (TS-MAJIC/EO) *ATTACHMENT "F"........Operation Majestic-12 Status Report #2. 31 JAN '48. (TS-MAJIC/EO) *ATTACHMENT "G"........Operation Majestic-12 Contingency Plan MJ-1949-04P/78: 31 JAN '49. (TS-MAJIC/EO) *ATTACHMENT "H"........Operation Majestic-12, Maps and Photographs Folio (Extractions). (TS-MAJIC/EO) MEMORANDUM FOR THE SECRETARY OF DEFENSE Dear Secretary Forrestal: As per our recent conversation on this matter, you are hereby authorized to proceed with all due speed and caution upon your undertaking. Hereafter this matter shall be referred to only as Operation Majestic Twelve. It continues to be my feeling that any future considerations relative to the ultimate disposition of this matter should rest solely with the Office of the President following appropriate discussions with yourself, Dr. Bush and the Director of Central Intelligence. Harry Truman
Truman Creates CIA by Executive Order During these early years, the United States Air Force and the CIA exercised complete control over the 'Alien Secret.' In fact, the CIA was formed by a Presidential Executive Order, initially as the 'Central Intelligence Group' whose express purpose was to handle the 'Alien presence.' "The sums made available to the Agency may be expended without regard to the provisions of law and regulations relating to the expenditures of Government." (From the National Security Act of 1947) Subsequently, the National Security Act (NSA) was established to oversee the intelligence community, especially the Alien endeavor. A series of National Security Council Memos and Executive Orders removed the CIA from the sole task of gathering foreign intelligence information, and slowly but thoroughly legalized the direct action in the form of covert activities at home and abroad. On December 9, 1947, President Truman approved issuance of memo NSC-4, entitled "Coordination of Foreign Intelligence Information Measures" at the urging of Secretaries Marshall, Forrestal, Patterson, as well as the Director of the State Department's Policy Planning Staff, George Kennan.
Directive Defines CIA Authority Under NSC-4 The Foreign and Military Intelligence Book 1, "Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations With Respect To Intelligence Activities," (US Senate, 94th Congress, 2nd Session, Report No. 94-755, April 26, 1976, page 49) stated: "This directive empowers the Secretary of State to coordinate overseas information activities designed to counter communism." A top secret annex to NSC-4, is NSC-4A, which instructed the Director of Central Intelligence to undertake covert psychological activities in pursuit of the aims set forth in NSC-4. The initial authority given the CIA for covert operations under NSC-4A did not establish formal procedures for either coordination or approving these operations. It simply directed the Director (of the CIA) "to undertake covert actions and to ensure, through liaison with the Departments of State and Defense, that the resulting operations were consistent with American Policy."
Covert Abilities Expanded Later, NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2 were to supersede NSC-4 and NSC-4A and expanded their covert abilities even further. The Office of Policy Coordination (OPC) was chartered to carry out an expanded program of convert activities. NSC-10/1 and NSC10/2 validated illegal and extralegal practices and procedures as being agreeable to the national security leadership. The reaction was swift. In the eyes of the intelligence community it was "no holds were barred." Under NSC-10/1, an Executive Coordination Group (ECG) was established to review (but not approve) covert project proposals. The ECG was secretly tasked only to coordinate Alien projects. NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2 were interpreted to mean that no one at the top wanted to
36 know about anything until a project was over and successful. These actions established an effective buffer between the President and the information they gathered. It was intended that this buffer serve as a means for the President to deny knowledge of such activities to the public if leaks divulged the true state of affairs. This buffer was used in later years for the purpose of effectively isolating succeeding Presidents from any knowledge whatsoever of the Alien presence other than what the Secret Government and the Intelligence Community wanted him to know. NSC-10/2 established a study panel which met secretly and was made up of the best scientific minds of the day. The study panel was not called MJ-12. Another NSC memo, NSC10/5 further outlined the duties of the study panel. These NSC memos and secret Executive Orders set the stage for the creation of MJ-12 which would come along 4 years later.
Above Top Secret Classification An Alien craft was found on February 13, 1948 on a mesa near Aztec, New Mexico. Another craft was located on March 25, 1948 in Hart Canyon near Aztec, New Mexico. It was 100 feet in diameter, and made of a light metal similar to aluminum. The day after the crash, the Government purchased the property from the landowners, and military trucks were seen going in and out of the area for days. The ship was taken to Wright-Patterson AFB, and was reported to incorporate large rings of metal which revolved around a central stabilized compartment, with no rivets, bolts, screws, or signs of welding. A total of 17 Alien bodies were recovered from those 2 crafts. They were ugly little creatures– shaped like praying mantises. Of even greater significance was the discovery of a large number of human body parts stored within both of these vehicles. A demon had reared its ugly head and paranoia quickly took hold of everyone then "in the know." The 'Secret' classification immediately became an 'Above Top Secret' lid and was screwed down tight. The security blanket was even tighter than that imposed upon the Manhattan Project which developed the Atomic Bomb. In the coming years these events were to become the most closely guarded secrets in the history of the world. In December 1948, the Air Force issued a report (No. 100-203-79) called Analysis of Flying Object Incidents in the US.
Secretary of Defense Forrestal Objects to Alien Secrecy Secretary of Defense (and Secretary of the Navy), James Forrestal began to object to the secrecy since he was a very idealistic and religious man who believed that the public should be told. President Truman asked him to resign his position for divulging information about the Alien presence to leaders of the opposition party and to leaders of the Congress. He expressed his fears to many other people and rightfully believed that he was being watched. His actions were interpreted by those who were ignorant of the facts as paranoia. Forrestal later was said to have suffered a mental breakdown and was admitted to Bethesda Naval Hospital. In fact, it was feared that Forrestal would begin to talk again, so he had to be isolated and discredited. Sometime in the early morning of May 22, 1949, according to sensitive documents that William Cooper (a former member of a Naval Intelligence briefing team) claims to have seen, agents of the CIA tied a bed sheet around his neck, fastened the other end to a light fixture in his room and threw James Forrestal out of the 16th story window to hang, in an attempt to make it appear as though he committed suicide. The sheet tore and he plummeted to his death, screaming on his way down, according to some witnesses, "We're being invaded!" He became one of the first
37 victims of the cover-up. His medical records are sealed to this day. It is alleged that his confiscated diary was furnished by someone at the CIA to the writer Whitley Strieber, who published elements of it as fiction in his book Majestic, about the true story of the Roswell crash.
Living Alien Rescued at Roswell, New Mexico, 1949 The living Alien that had been rescued from the 1949 Roswell crash was named "EBE." Its name had been suggested by Dr. Vannevar Bush as an acronym for Extra-terrestrial Biological Entity (though some sources say the name was suggested by Detley Bronk, also an original MJ12 member, and 6th President of John Hopkins University). EBE had a tendency to lie and for over a year would give only the expected answer to questions asked by his interrogators. Those questions, which would have resulted in an undesirable answer, went unanswered. At some point during the second year of captivity he began to open up and the information derived from EBE was startling, to say the least. This compilation of his revelations became the foundation of what would later be called the "Yellow Book." Photographs taken of EBE had been found years later in Project Grudge Report No. 13.
Alien Biological System Based on Chlorophyll Process In late 1951, EBE became very ill and medical personnel had been unable to determine the cause of his illness, as they had no background in regard to his biological structure from which to draw. EBEs biological system was chlorophyll-based and processed food into energy much the same way as plants do. Waste material was excreted the same as plants. It was decided that an expert on botany was needed. A botanist, Dr. Guillermo Mendoza, was brought in to help EBE recover. Dr. Mendoza worked hard to save his life, but EBE eventually died in June 2, 1952. Dr. Mendoza became an expert on Alien biology. Meanwhile, in the futile attempt to save EBE and gain favor with this technologically superior Alien race, the United States began broadcasting a call into the vast regions of space for help early in 1952. The call went unanswered as EBEs life ebbed away– but the project continued as an effort of good faith.
The Alien Presence is Made Known In July 1952, a panicked American government watched helplessly as a squadron of 'flying saucers' flew over Washington, DC, and buzzed the White House, the Capitol Building, Washington Monument and the Pentagon. Despite the photographic evidence that substantiated it, it took all the imagination and intimidation the government could muster to force that incident out of the memory of the public.
Truman Creates NSA to Decipher Alien Language President Truman created the super-secret NSA (National Security Agency) by secret Executive Order on November 4, 1952. Its primary purpose was to decipher the Alien's communications and language, and establish a dialogue with them. This extremely urgent task was a continuation of an earlier effort and was codenamed Sigma. The secondary purpose of the NSA was to monitor all communications and transmissions from any and all devices worldwide for the purpose of gathering intelligence, both human or Alien, and to contain the secret of the Alien presence from the public at-large. Project Sigma was successful. The NSA also maintained communications with the Lunar base and other Secret Space Programs.
NSA is Above the Law By Executive Order, the NSA is exempt from all laws which do not specifically name the NSA in the text of the law as being subject to that law. That meant that if the agency is not spelled out in the text of any and every law passed by the US Congress, it is not subject to any of those laws. The NSA now performs many other duties, and in fact is the premiere agency within the intelligence community, having more power and influence than the CIA. Today, the NSA receives 75% of the budget allotted to the total intelligence community. The old saying "where the money goes therein the power resides" is true in this case. The primary task of the NSA today is still Alien communications, but now also includes other Alien projects as well; whereas, the Director of Central Intelligence (DCI) is a figurehead maintained as a public ruse.
USA Shares Alien Secret with Soviet Union President Truman had been keeping our military allies, including the Soviet Union, informed of the developing Alien problem since the Roswell recovery. This had been done in case the Aliens turned out to be a threat to the human race. Plans were formulated to defend the Earth in case of invasion. Great difficulty was encountered in maintaining international secrecy. It was decided that an outside group was necessary to coordinate and control international efforts in order to hide the secret from the normal scrutiny of governments by the press. The result was the formation of a secret society known as the "Bilderbergers" whose headquarters is located in Geneva, Switzerland. The Bilderbergers evolved into a secret world government that now controls everything, including the world banking system. The United Nation was considered then, and still is, an international joke among the elite power structure.
President Eisenhower Tackles the Alien Problem In 1953, a new man occupied the White House who was accustomed to a structured staff organization with a chain of command. His method of command was to delegate authority and rule by committee. He made the major decisions but only when his advisors were unable to come to a consensus. His normal method was to read through or listen to several alternatives and then approve one. Those who worked closely with him have stated that his favorite
39 comment was, "just do whatever it takes." He spent a lot of time on the golf course, which was not at all unusual for a man who had been a career Army man with the ultimate position of Supreme Allied Commander during World War II. This President was General of the Army, Dwight David Eisenhower. During his first year in office, 1953, at least 10 more crashed Alien ships were recovered along with 26 dead and 4 living Aliens. Of these 10 downed craft, 4 were found in Arizona, 2 in Texas, 1 in New Mexico, 1 in Louisiana, 1 in Montana, and 1 in South Africa. There were hundreds of disk sightings reported in that year.
Eisenhower and Rockefeller Join Forces Eisenhower knew that he had to wrestle and beat the Alien problem. He also knew that he could not do it by revealing the secret to the US Congress. Early in 1953, the new President turned to his friend and fellow member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), Nelson Rockefeller, for help with the Alien problem. Asking Rockefeller for his assistance with the Alien problem turned out to be the biggest mistake Eisenhower ever made for the future of the United States and (probably most of all) for humanity. Eisenhower and Rockefeller began planning the secret structure of Alien task supervision which would become a reality within a year. The 'matrix' for MJ-12 was thus born. Why had he turned to Nelson Rockefeller on this sensitive Top Secret issue? Nelson's Uncle Winthrop Aldrich had been crucial in convincing Eisenhower to run for President. Consequently, the Rockefeller family used their financial empire to solidly back Ike.
Rockefeller Appointed Chairman of Advisory Committee Within one week of Eisenhower's election he had appointed Nelson Rockefeller as Chairman of a Presidential Advisory Committee on Government Organization. Rockefeller was responsible for planning the reorganization of the government. New Deal programs went into one single cabinet position called the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. When the Congress approved the new cabinet position in April of 1953, Nelson was named to the post of Undersecretary under Oveta Culp Hobby.
Space Visitors Discovered by Astronomers In 1953, astronomers discovered large objects in space that were moving towards the Earth. It was first believed that they were asteroids. Later astronomical evidence proved that the objects could only be spaceships. Project Sigma intercepted Alien radio communication. When the objects reached the Earth, they took up a very high orbit around the equator. There were several huge ships, and their actual intent was unknown. Project Sigma and Plato, a new project utilizing computer binary language in radio telecommunications, were able to arrange a landing that resulted in face-to-face contact with Alien beings from another planet. Project Plato was tasked with establishing diplomatic relations with this Alien race of space beings. "...on Unidentified Flying Objects...The Panel recommends that the national security agencies institute policies...designed to prepare the material defenses and the morale of the country to
40 recognize...and react most effectively to true indications of (Recommendation of the CIA Robertson Panel on UFOs, January, 1953) hostile measures."
Aliens from Pleiades Warns US About the 'Greys' In the meantime, a race of humanoid-looking Aliens landed at Homestead AFB in Florida and made contact with the US Government. This Alien group warned us against the Aliens that were orbiting over the Equator and offered to help us with our spiritual development. They stipulated that we had to dismantle and destroy our nuclear weapons systems as the major condition to their offer. They refused to exchange technology citing that we were spiritually unable to handle the technology that they possessed at that time. They believed that we would only use their new technology to destroy each other. This race stated that we were on a path of self-destruction and therefore must stop killing each other, stop polluting the planet, stop raping the Earth's natural resources, and learn to live in harmony with each other. These terms were met with extreme suspicion– especially the major condition of nuclear disarmament. It was believed that meeting that condition would leave us helpless in the face of an obvious Alien threat. We also had nothing in history to help with the decision. Nuclear disarmament was not considered to be within the best interest of the United States. Therefore the overtures were rejected.
Aliens from Orion Greet President Eisenhower Later in 1954, the race of large-nosed reptilian Grey Aliens, which had been orbiting the Earth, landed at Holloman Air Force Base in New Mexico. A basic agreement was reached with them. This race identified themselves as originating from a planet around a red star in the Constellation of Orion which we call Betelgeuse. They stated that their planet was dying and that at some unknown future time they would no longer be able to survive there. This led to a second landing at Edwards Air Force Base (Muroc). The base was closed for 3 days and nobody was allowed to enter or leave during that time. The historical event had been planned in advance and details of this Greada Treaty had already been agreed upon. Eisenhower arranged to be in Palm Springs on vacation. On the appointed day, February 20, 1954, the President was spirited away to the airbase and the excuse was given to the press that he was visiting a dentist. Witnesses reported that 3 UFOs flew over the base and then landed. Werner Von Braun, along with other Operation Paperclip Nazi personnel were at this 'treaty signing' event according to Dr. Hank Krastman.
Treaty signed with Alien Nation Ambassador Krill President Eisenhower met with the Aliens and a formal treaty was signed between the USA and the Alien race. We then received our first Alien Ambassador from outer space whose name and title was "His Omnipotent Highness Krill." He was the hostage that had been left from the first landing in the desert. In the American tradition of disdain for royal titles, he was secretly called the "Original Hostage Krill." You should also know that the Alien's flag is known at the "Trilateral Insignia." It is displayed on their craft and worn on their uniforms. Both of these landings and second meeting were filmed, and exist today in some vault. Shortly after the meeting President Eisenhower suffered a heart attack.
The Treaty stated that the Aliens would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We would keep their presence on Earth a secret. They in turn would help in our technological development. They would not make any treaty with any other Earth nation. They could abduct humans on a limited and periodic basis for purposes of medical examination and the monitoring of our development; with the stipulation that humans would not be harmed, and would be returned to their point of abduction, with them having no memory of the event. They agreed to this only because they figured that the abductions were going to go on anyway, since they really didn't have the military might to stop them; so they asked that the Aliens furnish MJ12 with a list of all human contacts and abductees on a regularly scheduled basis. It was agreed that each would receive the Ambassador of the other for as long as the treaty remained in force. It was further agreed that the Alien nation and the United States would exchange 16 personnel with each other for the purpose of learning more about one another. Four who were present at the meeting was Franklin Allen (of the Hearst newspapers), Edwin Nourse (Brookings Institute), Gerald Light (metaphysical researcher), and Catholic Bishop MacIntyre (of Los Angeles), and because of their reactions to the event, the Government determined that the public could not be told about the existence of Aliens.
Alien Personnel Exchanged & Underground Base Constructed The Alien "Guests" would remain on Earth and the human "Guests" would travel to the Alien's point of origin for a specified period of time and then return, exchanging personnel to their home planet. The movie Close Encounters of the Third Kind was a fictionalized version of this event. It was also agreed that bases would be constructed underground for the use of the Aliens. Two bases would be constructed for the joint use of the Alien nation and the United States Government. Exchange of technology would take place in the jointly occupied bases. These Alien bases would be constructed under Indian reservations in the four corners area of Utah, New Mexico, Arizona, and Colorado. Another one would be constructed in Nevada within the area known as S-4, located approximately seven miles south of the western border of Area 51 (known as Dreamland). All Alien bases are under complete control of the Naval Department and all personnel who work in these complexes received their paychecks from the Navy. Construction of the bases began immediately, but progress was slow until larger amounts of money were made available in 1957. Work continued on the "Yellow Book" compiling historical and sociological data about the Alien culture. Project Garnet was responsible for the control of all information and documents regarding the Alien subjects and accountability of their information and documents; and Project Pluto was responsible for evaluating all UFO and IAC (Identified Alien Craft) information pertaining to Space technology. The Army was tasked to form the National Reconnaissance Organization (NRO), based at Fort Carson, Colorado, who was responsible for the security on all MAJIC (or MAJI, who oversee MJ-12) Projects, such as Alien sites, Alien Spacecraft and underground base projects (as well as Lunar Base security); which is carried out by the specially trained and tasked Delta Teams.
Alien Space Craft Tested In Nevada: Project Redlight Meanwhile, Project Redlight was formed for the purpose of reverse-engineering recovered Alien craft; and the experimentation and test flying of Alien-like aircraft was begun in earnest at Area 51. A super-top secret facility was built at Groom Lake, Nevada in the midst of the weapons testing range. It was code-named "Dreamland." The installation was placed under the Department of the Navy and the clearance of all personnel required a "Q" clearance as well as Executive (Presidential) Approval. This is ironic due to the fact that the President of the United States does not even have clearance to visit the site. The Alien base and exchange of technology actually took place in an area known as S-4, and the underground area was codenamed, "the Dark Side of the Moon." A project code-named Snowbird was promulgated to explain away any sightings of the Redlight crafts as being advanced Air Force experiments. The Snowbird crafts were manufactured using conventional technology and were flown for the press on several occasions, and were also used to debunk legitimate public sightings of Alien (UFO) craft. Project Snowbird was very successful and reports from the public declined steadily until recent years.
Secret Fund Finances 75 Underground Bases in USA A multi-million dollar Secret Fund was organized and kept by the Military Office of the White House. This fund was used to build over 75 deep underground facilities. Presidents who asked about it were told that the fund was used to build Deep Underground Shelters for the President in case of war. However, only a few were built for the President. Millions of dollars were funneled through this office to MJ-12 and then out to the contractors, and was used to build topsecret Alien bases as well as top secret DUMB (Deep Underground Military Bases), and the facilities promulgated by "Alternative 2," throughout the nation. President Johnson used this fund to build a movie theater and pave the road on his ranch. He had no idea of its true purpose. The location and everything to do with these sites are considered and treated as top-secret. The money was and is in control of the Military Office of the White House; it was and is laundered through a circuitous web, that even the most knowledgeable spy or accountant could not follow. As of 1980, only a few at the beginning and the end of this financial web knew what this money was for. At the beginning was Representative George Mahon of Texas, the Chairman of the House Appropriation Committee and of its Defense Subcommittee; and Representative Robert Sikes of Florida, Chairman of the House Appropriations Military Construction Subcommittee. At the end of the line was the President, the Director of the Military Office, a Commander at the Washington Navy Yard, and the MJ-12. The money was authorized by the Appropriation Committee who allocated funds to the Department of Defense as a top secret item in the Army construction program. The Army, however, could not spend it and in fact did not even know of its intended purpose. Authorization to spend the money was in reality given to the Navy. The money was channeled to the Chesapeake Division of the Navy Engineers who did not know its purpose either. Not even the Commanding Officer, who was an Admiral, knew what the fund was for. Only one man, a Navy Commander, who was assigned to the Chesapeake Division, but in reality was responsible only to the Military office of the White House; knew of its actual purpose, amount, and ultimate
43 destination of the top secret fund. The total secrecy surrounding the fund meant that almost every trace of it could be made to disappear by the very group who controlled it. There has never been and most likely never will be an audit of this secret fund.
Rockefeller assumes post as Cold War Strategist Meanwhile, Nelson Rockefeller changed positions again. This time he was to take C.D. Jackson's old position which had been called the Special Assistant for Psychological Strategy. With Nelson's appointment, the name was changed to the Special Assistant for Cold War Strategy. This position would evolve over the years into the same position Henry Kissinger was ultimately to hold under President Nixon. Officially he was to give "advice and assistance in the development of increased understanding and cooperation among all people." The official description was a smoke screen, because secretly he was the Presidential Coordinator for the Intelligence Community. In his new post, Rockefeller reported directly, and only to the President. He attended meetings of the Cabinet, the Council on Foreign Economic Policy, and the National Security Council which was the highest policy-making body in the government.
NSC-5410 Memo Defines Scope of Majority Twelve Nelson Rockefeller was also given a second important job as the head of a secret unit called the Planning Coordination Group, which was formed under NSC-5412/1 in March of 1955. The group consisted of different ad hoc members depending on the subject of the agenda. The basic members were Rockefeller, a representative of the Department of State, and the Director of Central Intelligence Agency. It was soon called the "5412 Committee" or the "Special Group." NSC-5412/1 established the rule that covert operations were subject to approval by an executive committee, whereas in the past, these operations were initiated solely on the authority of the Director of Central Intelligence. In 1954, by secret Executive Memorandum, NSC-5510, Eisenhower had preceded NSC-5412/1 to establish a permanent committee (not ad hoc) to be known as the Majority Twelve (MJ-12), to oversee and conduct all covert activities concerned with the Alien question. NSC 5412/1 was created to explain the purpose of these meetings when Congress and the Press became curious. MJ-12 was made up of 6 individuals from the Government, including Nelson Rockefeller, Allen Welsh Dulles (Director of the CIA), John Foster Dulles (Secretary of State), Charles E. Wilson (Secretary of Defense), Admiral Arthur W. Radford (Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff), J. Edgar Hoover (Director of the FBI), and 6 key members from the Executive Committee of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) known as the "Wise Men," who at the time were known as the "Eastern Establishment." There were 19 members of Majority Twelve. Its prime directive was that no order could be given and no action could be taken without a majority vote of 12 in favor– thus the name.
Key members from the Jason Scholars, Secret Society MJ-12 was made up over the years of the top officers and directors of the CFR (and Trilateral Commission), including Gordon Dean, George Bush and Zbigniew Brzezinski. The most important and influential of the "Wise Men" who served on MJ-12 were John McCloy (High Commissioner to Germany, later a Disarmament Administrator), Robert Lovett (Under Secretary of State, and later Secretary of Defense), W. Averill Harriman (Marshall Plan Administrator, later Ambassador-at-Large)), Charles E. Bohlen (State Department advisor, later Assistant Secretary of State), George Kennan (State Department advisor), and Dean Acheson (Secretary of State). It is significant to recall that President Eisenhower, as well as the first 6 MJ-12 members, were members of the CFR. The Jason Group was a secret scientific group formed during the Manhattan Project and administered by the Mitre Corporation. A chosen few from the CFR were later initiated into a secret society of scholars that called themselves the "Jason Society," or "Jason Scholars." The inner circle of the CFR recruited their members from the "Skull and Bones" (Harvard) and the "Scroll and Key" (Yale) societies, which should give you a clue as to the far reaching and serious nature of these secret college societies. The Jason Society is alive and well today, and now includes members within the Trilateral Commission as well. The Trilateralists actually existed secretly several years before 1973. It is believed that Trilateral Commission's name was taken from the Alien's flag insignia known as the "Trilateral Insignia." Thorough researchers have discovered that not all the "Wise Men" attended Harvard or Yale, and not all of them were chosen from "Skull and Bones" or "Scroll and Key" memberships during their college years. You will be able to quickly clear up this mystery by obtaining the book The Wise Men by Walter Isaacson and Evan Thomas (published by Simon and Schuster, New York), and under illustration no. 9 in the center of the book, you will find the caption "Lovett with the Yale Unit, above far right, and on the beach: His initiation into Skull and Bones came at an airbase near Dunkirk." It seems that members were chosen on an ongoing basis by invitation based upon merit post-college, and were not confined to only Harvard or Yale graduates.
MJ-12 Known by Many Names Although the Majority Twelve still exists today, none of the original members are still alive. The last one to die was Gordon Gray, former Secretary of the Army, in 1984. As each member passes away, the group itself appoints a new member to fill the position. There is some speculation that the group has expanded to at least seven more members. Under Presidents Eisenhower and Kennedy, it was erroneously called the "5412 Committee," when more correctly, it was called the "Special Group." In the Johnson administration it became known as the "303 Committee" because the name "5412" had been compromised in the book The Secret Government. Actually NSC-5412/1 was leaked to hide the existence of NSC-5410. Under Nixon, Ford, and Carter the "Special Group" was called the "40 Committee." And under Reagan, it became the "PI40 Committee." It is also known as Majesty Twelve. Over all those years its purpose remained the same– only the name changed. The name Majestic Twelve has been put out there for public consumption to cover the real name.
Aliens Break Treaty, Mutilate Human Bodies, 1955 By 1955 it became obvious that the Aliens had deceived Eisenhower and had broken the treaty. Mutilated humans were being found along with mutilated animals all across the United States. It was suspected that the Aliens were not submitting a complete list of human contacts and abductees to "MJ-12" as agreed to in the Treaty, and it was suspected that not all abductees had been returned. In reality, the purposes for the abductions turned out to be: (1) The insertion of a 50 micron to 3 mm spherical device through the nasal cavity of the abductee into the brain (optic and/or nerve center), which is used for the biological monitoring, tracking, and control of the abductee. Dr. J. Allen Hynek estimated in 1972 that one in every 40 Americans were implanted. Now it is believed that it may be as high as one out of 10. They implant small devices near the brain which potentially gives them total control and monitoring capability. These devices are very difficult to detect. The analysis of the devices by technical researchers has produced a description that involves use of crystalline technology combined with molecular circuitry and these ride on the resonant emissions of the brain and the various fields of the human. Information is entrained on the brain waves. When our relatively unsophisticated medical procedures are used in an attempt to remove the implants, major nerve centers are damaged as a result, causing severe injury or even death. This is usually due, in part, to the fact that the implants are attached to major nerve centers, and once attached, the nerve tissues grow in and around the implant, essentially making the implant a part of the nervous system. In 1980, Walter Baumgartner, a natural technologist from Glendale, Arizona, who published a magazine of limited circulation called Energy Unlimited, said that he had started working for a physicist by the name of Paul Bennewitz on electronic instruments at Thunder Scientific Labs (a research facility with government contract ties that was adjacent to Kirtland AFB) in Albuquerque, New Mexico. Bennewitz had first come to prominence during the August, 1980 sightings of UFOs over the Manzano Weapons Storage Area and Kirtland AFB. A Kirtland AFB incident report dated October 28, 1980 mentioned that Bennewitz had filmed the UFOs over Kirtland. He is considered a brilliant scientist who has developed equipment for the Space Shuttles and several Fortune 500 companies. Bennewitz gave a briefing in Albuquerque detailing how he had seen the Aliens on a video screen, through a computer-radio-video system that he developed. Bennewitz had succeeded in communicating with Aliens who are at an underground base situated near Mt. Archuleta near the town of Dulce, NM, that was close to the Colorado border on the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation. He tapped into the Aliens' ship-to-base communications frequency, using a type of hexedecimal mathematical code to break the Alien encryption. He first discovered the signals using specialized equipment, and later concluded that these signals were also being used to influence abductees who had been given electronic mind-control implants. Bennewitz said that the Greys were abducting and implanting people with a device inserted at the base of the skull for the purpose of monitoring and controlling humans, and that the government knew about this and were involved with Alien activities.
46 In a report entitled Project BETA, Paul stated that he had spent two years tracking Alien craft; that he had constant reception of video from an Alien ship and underground base viewscreen; that he used aerial and ground photography to locate the Alien ships' launch ports and charged beam weapons. Paul claimed that the Aliens were devious, employed deception, and did not adhere to agreements. He also stated that the Aliens feared our nuclear weapons and nuclear radiation. (2) The Implementation of a Posthypnotic Suggestion to carry out a specific activity during a specific time period, the actuation of which will occur within the next 2 to 5 years. (3) The termination of some people so that they could function as living sources for biological material and substances. (4) The termination of individuals who represented a threat to the continuation of their activity. (5) The impregnation of human females and early termination of pregnancies to secure the crossbreed infant, although a more accurate term would be a "genetically altered" infant, since there has been no evidence that an actual 'hybrid' between humans and the 'Grey' species had been successful. The offspring would tend to fall to one side or the other, a 'Reptilioid' or 'Grey' entity possessing no soul; or a humanoid being that did possess a soul, although somewhat altered genetically in it's outward physical appearance. The Soviet Union was also suspected of interacting with them, and this proved to be true. They also learned that the Aliens had been and were continuing to manipulate masses of people through the occult movement, various cults, secret societies, witchcraft, magic, and religions. After several Air Force combat air engagements with Alien craft, it became blatantly apparent that our weapons were no match against their technology. "I would say that we know of several, should we say, intergalactic fights that have taken place– dogfights." (United States Army Sgt. Clifford Stone, Roswell, NM Station)
NSC-5412/2 Creates Contingency Plan to Study Alien Problem By secret Executive Memorandum, NSC-5411 (1954), Eisenhower had commissioned a study group to "examine all the facts, evidence, lies, and deception and discover the truth of the Alien question." Subsequently, in November of 1955, Eisenhower issued NSC-5412/2 establishing a study committee to explore "all factors which are involved in the making and implementing of foreign policy in the nuclear age." This was only a cover that had become necessary when the press began inquiring as to the purpose of regular meetings of such important men, and the real subject of intense scrutiny on the Alien question. The first meetings began in 1954 at Quantico Marine Base. The study group was made up of 35 members of the Council on Foreign Relations, and the secret scholars known as the "Jason Society" (or the "Jason Scholars"). Dr. Edward Teller was also invited to participate. Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski was the Study Director for the first 18 months, while Dr. Henry Kissinger was chosen as the group's Study Director for the second 18 months, beginning in November, 1955. Nelson Rockefeller was a frequent visitor during the study.
47 THE STUDY GROUP MEMBERS Gordon Dean (Chairman) Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski (Study Director - 1st Phase) Dr. Henry Kissinger (Study Director - 2nd Phase) Dr. Edward Teller Maj. Gen. Richard C. Lindsay Hanson W. Baldwin Maj. Gen. James McCormack, Jr. Frank C. Nash Paul H. Nitze Charles P. Noyes Frank Pace, Jr. James A. Perkins Don K. Price David Rockefeller Oscar M. Ruebhausen Lt. Gen. James M. Gavin Caryl P. Haskins James T. Hill, Jr. Joseph E. Johnson Mervin J. Kelly Frank Altschul Hamilton Fish Armstrong Lloyd V. Berkner Robert R. Bowie McGeorge Bundy William A.M.Burden John C. Campbell Thomas K. Finletter George S. Franklin, Jr. I.I. Rabi Roswell L. Gilpatric N.E. Halaby Gen. Walter Bedell Smith Henry DeWolf Smyth Shields Warren Carrol L. Wilson Arnold Wolfers
Second Phase Meeting of the "Study Group" The second phase of meetings was also held at the Marine Base at Quantico, Virginia, and the group became known as Quantico II. Nelson Rockefeller built a retreat somewhere in Maryland for the exclusive use of MJ-12 and the study committee that could only be reached by air with its own private airstrip, so that they could meet away from public scrutiny. This secret meeting place is known by the code name "The Country Club." The remote lodge contained sleeping and eating accommodations, recreational facilities including a private golf course, as well as a library and meeting facilities. The Study Group was "publicly" closed in the latter months of 1956 and Henry Kissinger wrote what was officially termed the results of their work in 1957 as Nuclear Weapons and Foreign Policy (published for the Council on Foreign Relations by Harper & Brothers, New York). In reality, the manuscript had already been 80% written while Kissinger was at Harvard. The Study Group continued, veiled in secrecy. A clue to the seriousness Kissinger attached to the Study can be found in statements by his wife and friends. Many of them stated that Henry would leave home early each morning and return late each night without speaking or responding to anyone. It seemed as if he were in another world which held no room for anyone else. This behavior eventually led to divorce. These statements are very revealing into the nature of Henry's personal dilemma. The revelations of the Alien presence and their actions during the Study must have weighed very heavy upon him. Henry Kissinger was definitely out of character during the time surrounding these meetings. He would never again be so affected, no matter the seriousness of any subsequent event.
Major Finding Resulted from Alien Study: Economic Collapse A major finding of the Alien study was that the public could not be told, since it was believed that this knowledge most certainly would lead to economic collapse, decline of the religious structure, and national panic which would lead to anarchy. Secrecy thus was continued. An offshoot of this finding was that if the public could not be told, then the Congress could not be told either; thus funding for the projects and research would have to come from outside normal government channels. In the meantime, money was to be obtained from the military budget and from CIA confidential non-appropriated funds.
Second Major Finding: Genetic Experiments Upon Humans Another major finding was that the Aliens were using humans and animals for sources of glandular and hormonal secretions, enzymes, and blood, as well as in horrible genetic experiments. Cattle mutilations were prevalent throughout the period from 1973 to 1983 and revealed publicly through newspaper and magazine stories. A Strange Harvest, a television documentary produced by Linda Moulton Howe for Denver CBS affiliate KMGH-TV, maintained that the mutilations were for the collection of tissues by the Aliens, according to information she received in April, 1983, from Sgt. Richard Doty, of the Counter-Intelligence Division of the Air Force Office of Special Investigations at Kirtland AFB in New Mexico (who showed her a Presidential Briefing on UFOs). The mutilations included genitals being taken, rectums cored out to the colon; eyes, tongue, and throat all surgically removed with extreme precision. In some cases the incisions were made by cutting between the cells, a process we are not yet capable of performing in the field. In many of the mutilations, there was no blood found at all in the carcass, yet there was no vascular collapse of the internal organs. This has also been noted in the human mutilations. One of the first was Sgt. Jonathan P. Lovette at the White Sands Missile Test Range in 1956, who was found three days after an Air Force Major had witnessed his abduction by a "disk shaped" object while searching for missile debris downrange. His genitals had been removed, rectum cored out in a surgically precise procedure up to the colon, the eyes were removed, as well as all the blood with, again, no vascular collapse. It is apparent that this type of surgery is accomplished, in most cases, while the victim, animal or human, is still alive. The Aliens explained these actions as necessary for their survival. They stated that they have a genetic disorder, in that their digestive system is atrophied and not functional, and if they are unable to improve their genetic structure– their race would soon cease to exist. Their explanations were looked upon with extreme suspicion.
Vatican Archives Reveals End-Times Prophecy is True The events at Fatima in the early part of the century were scrutinized, on the suspicion that it had been Alien manipulation, and an Intelligence operation was put into motion to penetrate the secrecy surrounding the event. The United States utilized its Vatican moles that had been recruited and nurtured during World War II and soon obtained the entire Vatican study which included the prophecy. This prophecy stated that if man did not turn from evil and place himself at the feet of Christ, the planet would self-destruct and the events described in the book of Revelation would indeed come to pass. It stated that a child would be born who would unite the world with a plan for world peace and initiate a false religion beginning in 1992. By 1995 the people would discern that he was evil and connected with the Anti-Christ. World War III would begin in the Middle East in 1995 with an invasion of Israel by the United Arab nations using conventional weapons, which would culminate in a nuclear holocaust in the latter part of 1999. Between 1999 and the year 2003 most of life on the planet Earth would suffer horribly and die as a result. The return of the Christ would occur in the year 2011.
Aliens Confronted with Biblical Prophecy When the Aliens were confronted with this finding they confirmed that it was true (if you can believe them). The Aliens further explained that they had created the human species through hybridization and had manipulated the human race historically through religion, Satanism, witchcraft, magic and other occult movements. They further purported that they were capable of time travel and that events would indeed come to pass according to the text in Revelation if the current trends and attitudes persisted. Later exploitation of Alien technology by the United States and the Soviet Union utilizing time travel confirmed the prophecy. The Aliens claim that they created Christ. Using a type of recording device that has recorded all of Earth's history, they can play back events in the form of a hologram. The Aliens showed a hologram which they claimed was the actual crucifixion of Christ and allowed the government to film it. Although a hologram can be filmed, because of the way holograms work, it does not come out very clear on movie film or video tape. The question then became whether or not they were using genuine religions to manipulate us; or, if they had been the source of our religions with which they have been manipulating us all along? Or, was this an effort to disrupt traditional values for an undetermined purpose. Was this the beginning of the genuine end-times and the return of Christ which has been predicted in the Bible? A symposium was held in 1957 which was attended by some of the greatest scientific minds living then. They reached the conclusion that by the end of the century or shortly after the year 2000, the planet would self-destruct due to increased population and man's exploitation of the environment, without any help from God or the Aliens.
Jason Scholars are Asked to Develop Alternative Scenario By secret Executive Order of President Eisenhower, the Jason Scholars were ordered to study this scenario and make recommendations called "Alternatives 1, 2, & 3." Alternative 1 was the use of nuclear devices to blast holes in the Stratosphere from which the heat and pollution would escape into space, and to change the human cultures from that of exploitation into cultures of environmental protection. Of the three, this was decided to be the least likely to succeed due to the inherent nature of man and the additional damage the nuclear explosions would themselves create. Alternative 2 was to build a vast network of underground cities and tunnels in which a select representation of all cultures and occupations would survive and carry on the human race. The rest of humanity would be left to fend for themselves on the surface of the planet. Alternative 3 was to exploit the Alien and conventional technology in order for a select few to leave the Earth and establish colonies in outer space. Rumors surfaced in regard to "Batch Consignments" of human slaves that would be used for the manual labor in the effort as part of the plan. The Moon, code named "Adam" would be the object of primary interest followed by the planet Mars, code named "Eve." As a delaying action, all three alternatives would include birth control, sterilization, and the introduction of deadly microbes to control or slow the growth of the Earth's population. The AIDS virus is only one result of these plans. There are other contingencies at work. It was decided that since the population must be reduced and controlled that it would be in the best interest of the human race to rid ourselves of the undesirable elements of our society. The joint US and Soviet leadership dismissed Alternative 1, but ordered work to begin on Alternatives 2 and 3 virtually at the same time.
Rand Corporation Symposium on Underground Shelters In January 1946, industrialist Donald Douglas approached the Army and Air Force with a plan for government and industry to work together on long range strategic planning. This was called Project RAND, a name coined by Arthur Raymond from the words "research and development." Much of their first government money went to the von Braun team on the space program (according to Walter McDougall in his book The Heavens and the Earth: A Political History of the Space Age, Basic Books, New York, 1985, pg. 89). In March, 1959 the Rand Corporation hosted a Deep Underground Construction Symposium. There were over 650 attendees, with most being from the Corporate-Industrial Establishment like General Electric, AT&T, Hughes Aircraft, Northrop Corporation, and Sandia Corporation. In the Symposium report, machines are pictured and described which could bore a tunnel 45 feet in diameter at the rate of 5 feet per hour. It also displayed pictures of huge tunnels and underground vaults containing what appear to be complex facilities and possibly even cities. It appears that in the previous five years an all-out underground construction effort had made significant progress by that time. On page no. 645 of the proceedings it says: "Just as airplanes, ships and automobiles have given man mastery of the surface of the Earth, tunnel boring machines will give him access to the subterranean world."
51 Another important company is the San Francisco-based Bechtel Corporation, a super-secret international corporate octopus that was founded in 1898. It is the largest construction and engineering firm in the world that works closely with the CIA, and is so powerful that it is perceived by some to be a 'Shadow Government,' because some of the most important positions in the US Government are held by former Bechtel Officers.
Illegal Drug Markets Become the Financial Resource for CIA The ruling powers decided that one means of funding the Alien connection or other black market projects was to corner the illegal drug market. It was believed that drugs could be shipped from South America to offshore oil platforms by fishing boats, then brought ashore by the normal transportation route used for supplies and personnel. By this method no customs or law enforcement agency would subject the cargo to search procedures. The operation was organized in conjunction with CIA support and the plan worked better than anyone had ever anticipated and has since been expanded worldwide. There are now many other methods of bringing illegal drugs into the country. The CIA now controls all the world's illegal drug markets.
President John F Kennedy Threatened to Reveal the Truth In 1963, President John F. Kennedy, after having discovered from the Russians, that the scenario going on behind the scenes was true, threatened to "dismember" the CIA if they didn't come clean and surrender to Congressional oversight. He issued an ultimatum to MJ-12 member Gordon Gray, saying he was going to spill the beans on the whole mess (CIA disk projects, international drug trafficking, mind control, collusion with Grey Aliens, etc.) and inform the public. On November 22, 1963, Kennedy was murdered in an Illuminati coup d'etat carried out by CIA agents, Mafia hitmen, and the overseers of MJ-12. Their man Lyndon B. Johnson became President, and the conspiracy to establish one-world government was irreversibly entrenched in our nation.
The Treaty Is Extended In April 1964, Cape Kennedy radar technicians tracked disks in pursuit of the Gemini space capsule. On April 15th, two intelligence personnel met under Project Plato with Aliens in the New Mexico desert to arrange a meeting on April 25th at Holloman AFB, New Mexico in order to 'renew' the treaty, in a psychological bid to buy time in order to solve the problem of the Greys.
Current Weapon Technology Useless Against the Aliens During the period between 1979 and 1983 it became increasingly obvious to MJ-12 that things were not going as planned. They found out that many more people (in the thousands) were
52 being abducted than were listed on the official abduction lists being given to them by the Aliens. In addition, it became known that some, but not all, of the nation's missing children had been used for secretions and other parts required by the Aliens. Along with Henry Kissinger, a few of the past and present members of MJ-12 have been: Admiral Bobby Inman, and possibly Admiral Poindexter, Harold Brown (Secretary of Defense), Richard Helms, General Vernon Walters, JPL's Dr. Allen (from the Jet Propulsion Laboratory) and Dr. Theodore van Karman. A plan had been formulated in 1968 to make the public aware of the existence of Aliens on Earth through a metered release of information to the public over the next 20 years, which would culminate with several documentaries to be released from 1985-1987, that would explain the history and intentions of the Aliens. William Moore, the Burbank, California, UFO researcher who wrote The Roswell Incident (a book published in 1980 that detailed the crash, recovery and subsequent cover-up of a UFO with 4 Alien bodies) has a video tape of 2 newsmen interviewing a military officer associated with MJ-12. This military officer answered questions relating to the history of MJ-12 and the cover-up, the recovery of a number of flying saucers and the existence of a live Alien (one of 3 living Aliens captured and designated EBE-1, EBE-2, and EBE-3, that were being held in a facility known YY-II at a base in Los Alamos, New Mexico. The only other facility of this type, which is electromagnetically secure, is at Edwards Air Force Base in Mojave, California. Another reason that the government wanted to reveal this information to the public, was that it was getting harder and harder for them to suppress information on the Alien presence. During October and November, 1987, there were 4,000 reported UFO sightings in Wytheville, Virginia. Dozens of vans with 'NASA' lettering on the side were also seen in the area, and when asked, they said they were doing a weather survey. And then there were the many books, such as 'Night Siege' by J. Allen Hynek, Phillip J. Imbrogno, and Bob Pratt (Ballantine Books, Random House, New York); and the constant efforts by researchers to obtain information. In January of 1980, through the Freedom of Information Act, researcher Peter Gersten was able to get two UFO-related documents from the NSA, which also referenced the fact that the NSA had over 239 Top Secret documents relating to UFOs which could not be released because of 'national security' restrictions. Another video tape allegedly in existence was an interview with an Alien. Since they communicate telepathically (via a psionic crystalline transceiver-like implant that link the Greys together into a mass collective-hive-mind), an Air Force Colonel served as the interpreter. Just before the stock market correction in October of 1987, several newsmen, including William Moore, had been invited to Washington D.C., to personally film a similar type interview, with the understanding that they would be authorized to distribute it to the media for dissemination to the public at the end of 1987. Apparently, because of the correction in the market, it was felt that the timing was not propitious. By this time, MJ-12 realized that they had made a mistake in dealing with the Aliens. They had subtly promoted Close Encounters of the Third Kind and E.T. to get the public accustomed to the 'odd looking' Aliens that were presented as being compassionate, benevolent and very much our 'space brothers.' MJ-12 'sold' the Aliens to the public, and now they were faced with the fact that quite the opposite was true. They realized that a well-planned invasion of Earth for
53 its resources and benefits would not have to begin with mass landings or ray-gun equipped Aliens. A properly planned and executed invasion by a civilization thousands of years more advanced than us would most likely be completed before a handful of people, say 12 (the MJ12), realized what was happening. The discovery of this 'grand deception' put the entire plans, hopes and dreams of MJ-12 into utter confusion and panic. A couple members of MJ-12 wanted to confess the whole thing to the public, but the majority didn't, arguing that there was no way they could do that because the situation was untenable and there was no use in exciting the public with the 'horrible truth.' The Army and Air Force had at least 122 photographs taken by astronauts on the moon that showed evidence of an Alien presence, which is why the Reagan administration pushed so hard for the Space Defense Initiative (SDI) in 1981. In 1983 they began working on the development of a weapon that could be used against them, under the guise of 'SDI,' (tagged the "Star Wars" project), which had nothing whatsoever to do with a defense for inbound Russian nuclear missiles. It was intended to shoot down incoming saucers, but the fact of the matter is that they're already here, in underground bases that are all over the place. Besides the bases that are known, the government found out that the Aliens had also constructed their own bases without our knowledge, where they were performing heinous genetic experiments. The SDI program ended in failure in December of 1987. British UFO researcher Timothy Good claimed that over 22 British scientists who were working on the SDI program for British Marconi and other Aerospace companies had all mysteriously died or 'committed suicide' within the space of a few years. Could this have had anything to do with this its failure? Apparently someone was intent on sabotaging the SDI project. There were also reports that several of our 'defense satellites' have been destroyed as well. "He believes that because of the developments of science all the countries on earth will have to unite to survive and to make a common front against attack by 'people' from other planets." (Mayor Achille Lauro of Naples, quoting General Douglas MacArthur in the New York Times, Saturday October 8, 1955) "I couldn't help but say to him (Russian leader Gorbachev), just think how easy his task and mine might be in these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this world from some other species from another planet outside in the universe... Well, I don't suppose we can wait for some Alien race to come down and threaten us. But I think that between us we can bring about that realization." (President Ronald Reagan, in remarks to Fallston High School students and faculty, Fallston, MD, October 4, 1985) "In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often forget how much unites all the members of humanity. Perhaps we need some outside, universal threat to make us realize this common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences would vanish if we were facing an Alien threat from outside this world. And yet, I ask you, is not an Alien force already among us?" (President Ronald Reagan, in remarks made to the 42nd General Assembly of the United Nations, Sept. 21, 1987) The physicist, Dr. Edward Teller, 'father' of the H-Bomb, and a member of MJ-12 went to the tunnels of the Nevada Test Site, and charged his workers and associates to finding an offensive weapon that could be used against the Aliens.
54 Since our weapons were literally useless against the Aliens, MJ-12 decided to continue friendly diplomatic relations with them until such a time as we were able to develop a technology which would enable us to challenge them on a military basis. Overtures would have to be made to the Soviet Union, and other nations, to join forces for the survival of humanity. In the meantime plans were developed to research and construct two weapons systems using conventional and nuclear technology which would hopefully bring us to parity. The results of the research were Projects Joshua and Excalibur. Joshua was a pulsed sound generating weapon captured from the Germans, which at that time was capable of shattering four-inch thick armor plate at a range of two miles using low frequency sound waves and microwave projections. This weapon was developed and assembled at Ling Tempco Vaught in Anaheim, California. It was described as being able to totally level any man-made structure from a distance of two miles. This long horn-shaped device which connected to a computer and amplifiers, was tested at the White Sands Proving Grounds, and developed between 1975 and 1978. Though Joshua is considered viable and operational, it is believed to have never been used, but is being considered as an effective weapon against the Alien craft and their beam weapons. Excalibur, developed at Los Alamos, is a weapon carried by missile not to exceed 30,000 feet AGL (above ground level), not to deviate from a designated target more that 150 feet, would carry a one to ten-megaton warhead, which incorporated a energosintetizer microwave deflector that would rapidly drill a vertical shaft nearly 3,000 feet deep in hard-packed soil such as that found in New Mexico. A mock test was conducted in September, 1988, at the Tonopah Test Range in Nevada, and details about it were released in 1989. It had not been pushed until recent years, when, officially, the Reagan administration proposed it as a weapons system designed to destroy Soviet command centers buried 1,000 feet down in solid rock. UFO analysts belief that the real target is not the Russians, but that it is actually intended for use in destroying the Aliens deep in their underground bases. Project Gabriel is a high frequency pulsed sound generating weapon that would use high frequency microwaves against Alien crafts and beam weapons.
The Government Continues to Suppress Information on Aliens In Matt Spetalnick's article "Is Anybody Out There? NASA Looks For Real ETs," published in Reuters Magazine, Oct. 5, 1992, he wrote: "At least 70 times scientists have picked up radio waves that bore the marks of communication by beings from other worlds, but they were never verified, (Frank) Drake said." Researcher John Spencer, in a reference to Dr. Otto Strove, told how this astrophysicist assisted Frank Drake in establishing Project OZMA, and it's very mysterious conclusion (from The UFO Encyclopedia): "...the project began its search by focusing on the star Tau Ceti. According to claims made at the time, as soon as the project got underway strong intelligent signals were picked up, leaving all the scientists stunned. Abruptly, Dr. Strove then declared Project OZMA had been shut down, and commented that there was no sensible purpose for listening to messages from another world."
55 The Battle of Los Angeles Five years before Roswell, five years before pilot Kenneth Arnold's landmark sightings of "flying saucers" in the Pacific Northwest, 3 years before the Battle of the Bulge, two years before DDay, and years before the so-called "modern UFO era" had officially begun, there was the Battle of Los Angeles, arguably the most sensational, dramatic UFO mass encounter on record. Have you ever heard of the Battle of Los Angeles? Few have. Imagine a visiting spacecraft from another world, or dimension, hovering over a panicked and blacked-out LA in the middle of the night just weeks after Pearl Harbor, at the height of World War II fear and paranoia. Imagine how this huge ship, assumed to be some unknown Japanese aircraft, was then attacked as it hung, nearly stationary, over Culver City and Santa Monica by dozens of Army anti-aircraft batteries firing nearly 1,500 rounds of 12 pound, high explosive shells in full view of hundreds of thousands of residents. Imagine all of that and you have an idea of what became known as the Battle of Los Angeles.
This picture, produced from the original negative appeared in the Los Angeles Times on February 26, 1942
On Wednesday, February 25, 1942, as war raged in Europe and Asia, at least a million Southern Californians awoke to the scream of air-raid sirens as Los Angeles County cities blacked out at 2:25 AM. The blackout was in effect from there to the Mexican border and inland to the San Joaquin Valley. Many dozed off again while 12,000 air raid wardens reported
56 faithfully to their posts, most of them expecting nothing more than a dress rehearsal for a possible future event– an invasion of the United States by Japan. All radio stations had been ordered off the air at 3:08 AM (and as it turned out were not permitted to resume broadcasting until 8:23 AM). However, around 3:00 AM, slumbering families were rudely roused again, this time by sounds unfamiliar to most Americans outside the military services. The roar of the Army's 37th Coast Artillery Brigade's anti-aircraft batteries jolted them out of bed, and before they could get to the windows, the flashing 12.8 pound shells were detonating with a heavy, ominous sound, and the steel was already raining down. Few in the city were left asleep after the Coastal Defense gunners commenced firing hundreds and hundreds of rounds up toward a glowing ship which was apparently first sighted as it hovered above such west side landmarks as the MGM studios in Culver City. Dozens of gun crews and searchlights easily targeted the huge ship, which hung like a surreal magic lantern in the clear, dark winter sky over the City of the Angels. Army intelligence, although uncommunicative, scoffed at reports of some civilian observers that as many as 200 planes were over the area. Editor Peter Jenkins of the Los Angeles Herald Examiner reported, "I could clearly see the V formation of about 25 silvery planes overhead moving slowly across the sky toward Long Beach." Long Beach Police Chief J.H. McClelland said, "I watched what was described as the second wave of planes from atop the seven-story Long Beach City Hall. I did not see any planes but the younger men with me said they could. An experienced Navy observer with powerful Carl Zeiss binoculars said he counted nine planes in the cone of the searchlight. He said they were silver in color. The (UFO) group passed along from one battery of searchlights to another and under fire from the anti-aircraft guns, flew from the direction of Redondo Beach and Inglewood on the land side of Fort MacArthur, and continued toward Santa Ana and Huntington Beach. Anti-aircraft fire was so heavy we could not hear the motors of the planes." Insistence from official quarters that the alarm was real came as hundreds of thousands of citizens who heard and saw the activity spread countless varying stories of the episode. The spectacular anti-aircraft barrage came after the 14th Interceptor Command had ordered the blackout when strange craft were reported over the coastline. About 3:00 AM, powerful searchlights from countless stations stabbed the sky with brilliant probing fingers while antiaircraft batteries dotted the heavens with beautiful, if sinister, orange bursts of shrapnel. The thump of the batteries and the ignition of the aerial shells reverberated from one end of LA to the other as the gun crews easily landed scores of what many termed as "direct hits," but to no avail. The thing they had been shooting at could not be identified. Caught by the searchlights and captured in photographs, was an object big enough to dwarf an apartment house. Experienced lighter-than-air (dirigible) specialists doubted it could be a Japanese blimp because the Japanese had no known source of helium, and hydrogen was much too dangerous to use under combat conditions. Whatever it was, it was a sitting duck for the guns of the 37th. Photographs showed shells bursting all around it. A Los Angeles Herald Express staffer said he was sure many shells hit it directly. He was amazed it had not been shot down. Reporter Bill Henry of the Los Angeles Times wrote, "I was far enough away to see an object without being able to identify it...I would be willing to bet what shekels I have that there were a number of direct hits scored on the object."
57 The object that triggered the air raid alarm ended up being the target of 1430 rounds of ammunition from the coast artillery, but to no effect. Much of the firing appeared to come from the vicinity of aircraft plants along the coastal area of Santa Monica, Inglewood, Southwest Los Angeles, and Long Beach. There were no reports of dropping bombs, but there were several instances of damaged property from anti-aircraft shells. A garage door was ripped off in a Los Angeles residential district and fragments shattered windows and tore into a bed where a few moments before Miss Blanch Sedgewick and her niece, Josie Duffy had been sleeping. A picture was also published showing where shrapnel had penetrated a pillow of Mrs. H. G. Landis. Unexploded shells damaged pavements, homes and public buildings. A Santa Monica bomb squad was dispatched to remove an unexploded anti-aircraft shell in a driveway there. Three persons were killed and three died of heart attacks that were directly attributed to the halfhour barrage and blackout. Henry B. Ayers, a 63-year-old State Guardsman, died of a heart attack while driving an ammunition truck. Heart failure also accounted for the death of an air raid warden on duty, a woman was killed in a car-truck collision in Arcadia, and a 59 yr. old Long Beach police sergeant, E. Larsen, was killed in a traffic crash en route to an air raid post. Several persons were injured by shrapnel. A dairy herd was hit but only a few cows were killed. Around 3:30 AM, Lt. Gen. John L. DeWitt issued a cease-fire order, after the object disappeared south of Signal Hill, at the east edge of Long Beach, and the "Battle of Los Angeles" was over. Anti-aircraft guns fired steadily for two minute periods, were silent for about 45 seconds, and continued that routine until about 4:14 AM, as the UFO slowly and leisurely made its way over the coastal cities between Santa Monica and Long Beach, taking about 30 minutes of actual flight time to move 20 miles; then it disappeared from view. The blackout was lifted and sirens screamed all clear at 7:21 AM. In February, 1942, Katie was a young, beautiful, and highly-successful interior decorator and artist who worked with many of Hollywood's most glamorous celebrities and film industry luminaries. She lived on the west side of Los Angeles, not far from Santa Monica. With the outbreak of the war with Japan and the rising fear of a Japanese air attack, or even invasion of the West Coast, thousands of residents volunteered for wartime duties on the home front. Katie volunteered to become an Air Raid Warden as did 12,000 other residents in the sprawling city of Los Angeles and surrounding communities. In the early morning hours of February 25th, Katie's phone rang. It was the Air Raid supervisor in her district notifying her of an alert and asking if she had seen the object in the sky very close to her home. She immediately walked to a window and looked up. "It was huge! It was just enormous! And it was practically right over my house. I had never seen anything like it in my life!" she said. "It was just hovering there in the sky and hardly moving at all." With the city blacked out, Katie, and hundreds of thousands of others, were able to see the eerie visitor with spectacular clarity. "It was a lovely pale orange and about the most beautiful thing you've ever seen. I could see it perfectly because it was very close. It was big!" The US Army anti-aircraft searchlights by this time had the object completely covered. "They sent fighter planes up (the Army denied any of its fighters were in action) and I watched them in groups approach it and then turn away. There were shooting at it but it didn't seem to matter." Katie is insistent about the use of planes in the attack on the object. The planes were apparently called off after several minutes and then the ground cannon opened up. "It was like the Fourth
58 of July but much louder. They were firing like crazy but they couldn't touch it." The attack on the object lasted over half an hour before the visitor eventually disappeared from sight. Many eyewitnesses talked of numerous "direct hits" on the big craft but no damage was seen done to it. "I'll never forget what a magnificent sight it was. Just marvelous. And what a gorgeous color!" said Katie. Author Ralph Blum, who was a nine-year-old boy at the time, wrote that he thought "the Japanese were bombing Beverly Hills." He reported: "There were sirens, searchlights, even anti-aircraft guns blamming (sic) away into the skies over Los Angeles. My father had been a balloon observation man (in the AEF) in World War I, and he knew big guns when he heard them. He ordered my mother to take my baby sisters to the underground projection room– our house was heavily supplied with Hollywood paraphernalia– while he and I went out onto the upstairs balcony." "What a scene! It was after three in the morning. Searchlights probed the western sky. Tracers streamed upward. The racket was terrific." Shooting at the aerial intruders were gunners of the 65th Coast Artillery (Anti-Aircraft) Regiment in Inglewood and the 205th Anti-Aircraft Regiment based in Santa Monica. The "white cigar-shaped object" took several direct hits but continued on its eastward flight. Another witness, who identified himself as H.C. wrote: "I'm a WWII veteran. Just thought I'd let you know that I was an eyewitness to the event back in February of 1942. I was 14 at the time, living in the Adams and Crenshaw area of Los Angeles… I lived on Virginia Road, a half block south of West Adams Boulevard and one-quarter mile south of what is now the Interstate 10 Santa Monica Freeway; about 5.5 miles southwest of what is now the Los Angeles Civic Center; and approximately 10.5 miles due east of the Pacific coastline of Santa Monica…My family and I observed the entire episode through the large bay window of our home facing west… We were looking in a westward direction from our large living room bay window which gave us an unobstructed panorama of view facing the northwest, west and southwest. We then went to our south-facing kitchen and porch windows to observe the action where it culminated in the south. Ergo, the action followed the coastline…" "The air raid sirens awoke us at 2 AM. There was a period of silence following that, then the thumping of anti-aircraft fire. The northwest sky was lit up with bursting shells and searchlights. The action was moving south along the coastline. I remember distinctly the convergence of searchlights reflecting off the bottom of some kind of slow moving objects, apparently flying in formation… It could have been two, or three, or up to six miles away, I can't recall exactly since it occurred so long ago. But I strongly remember the searchlights converging on the bottoms of the reddish objects flying in formation…They seemed to be completely oblivious and impervious to the shells exploding around them. I was quite the aviation buff back then, as I am now, but I must admit that I had a devil of a time trying to identify the objects, what with the awe, excitement and speculation of the moment, the bursting shells, tracers, etc. I was surprised in the days that followed to discover that with all that aggressive firepower there was no evidence that we had brought anything down." Scott Littleton wrote: "I was an eye-witness to the events of that unforgettable February morning in February of 1942. I was eight-years-old at the time, and my parents lived at 2500 Strand in Hermosa Beach, right on the beach. We thus had a grandstand seat. While my father went about his air-raid warden duties, my late mother and I watched the glowing object, which was caught in the glare of searchlights from both Palos Verdes and Malibu/Pacific/Palisades and
59 surrounded by the puffs of ineffectual anti-aircraft fire, as it slowly flew across the ocean from northwest to southeast. It headed inland over Redondo Beach, a couple of miles to the south of our vantage point, and eventually disappeared over the eastern end of the Palos Verdes hills, what's today called Rancho Palos Verdes. The whole incident, at least from our perspective, lasted about half an hour, though we didn't time it. Like other kids in the neighborhood, I spend the next morning picking up of pieces of shrapnel on the beach; indeed, it's a wonder more people weren't injured by the stuff, as we were far from the only folks standing outside watching the action." "In any case, I don't recall seeing any truly discernable configuration, just a small, glowing, slight lozenge-shaped blob light-a single, blob, BTW. We only saw one object, not several as some witnesses later reported. At the time, we were convinced that it was a "Jap" reconnaissance plane, and that L.A. might be due for a major air-raid in the near future. Remember, this was less than three months after Pearl Harbor. But that of course never happened. Later on, we all expected "them," that is, the Military, to tell us what was really up there after the war. But that never happened, either." Overshadowing a nation-wide maelstrom of rumors and conflicting reports, the Southern California Sector of the Army's Western Defense Command in Pasadena insisted that Los Angeles' early morning blackout and anti-aircraft action were the result of unidentified aircraft sighted over the beach area. In two official statements, the command confirmed and reconfirmed the presence over the Southland of unidentified planes. The second statement read: "The aircraft which caused the blackout in the Los Angeles area for several hours this a.m. have not been identified." They simply announced that no enemy aircraft had been identified; no craft was shot down; no bombs were dropped; none of our interceptors left the ground to pursue the intruder because of possible danger from the Army's own anti-aircraft fire. However, an official source, which declined to be quoted directly, told The Associated Press in Los Angeles that United States Army Planes quickly went into action. Soon thereafter US Navy Secretary Frank Knox announced that there were no planes sighted over Los Angeles. "That's our understanding," he said. He added that "none have been found and a very wide reconnaissance has been carried on." He added that, "it was just a false alarm." The coastal firing had been triggered, he said, by "jittery nerves." He also suggested that some war industries along the coast might have to be moved inland to points invulnerable to attacks from enemy submarines and carrier-based planes. George Marshall wrote a memorandum to President Roosevelt about the incident, which remained classified until 1974. Marshall concluded that conventional aircraft were involved, probably "commercial sources, operated by enemy agents for purposes of spreading alarm, disclosing location of anti-aircraft positions, and slowing production through blackout." The only description in the LA Times of the UFO was found in this small sidebar article written by Times staff writer the day after the event: "The object...caught in the center of the lights like the hub of a bicycle wheel surrounded by gleaming spokes. The fire seemed to burst in rings all around the object." In its front page editorial, the Los Angeles Times said: "In view of the considerable public excitement and confusion caused by yesterday morning's supposed enemy air raid over this area and its spectacular official accompaniments, it seems to the Times that more specific public information should be forthcoming from government sources on the subject, if only to clarify their own conflicting statements about it."
61 Making Sense of the Alien Intervention One of the major deceptions which the Draconian Aliens have used to subvert humanity, especially the Illuminati, is the idea that they genetically created the human race and placed us on this planet, and therefore they are our 'gods.' And so, powerful individuals with whom the Aliens interact, and who have been given promises which sound too good to be true, in exchange for their cooperation, have opened the door for the Alien infiltration and infestation of all levels of our society. That is, the infiltration of our society by the collectivist-interventionist reptilian-based entities known as the 'Greys' (and 'Reptiloids'). Researcher Jim Bennett, Director of the research organization Planet-Com, in a letter to Jacques Vallee dated January 15, 1992, made some startling disclosures in regard to the Alien situation. The Aliens may have been collaborating with the Illuminati for a very long time, as part of their agenda to implement absolute electronic control over the inhabitants of Planet Earth. The Illuminati were ready and willing to enter into a 'marriage of convenience' with these Draconians, because, like the Aliens themselves, they also wished to rule the planet. The Aliens needed the global economic and fraternal connections of the Illuminati, while the human 'elite' needed the Alien mind control technology. The Illuminati's end-game may be to establish a world government using the Alien 'threat' as an excuse to do so. The Illuminati elitists have already agreed to cede a certain percentage of the planet once their 'New World Order' is implemented. One source, by the name of Michael Younger, a former Area 51 worker, and member of a secret Naval Intelligence group called COM-12 ('The Committee of 12,' an obscure group working to educate the public about the Illuminati-Alien threat to America, and preserve our Constitutional-based Republic as it was established by the original founders of the United States) stated that the Illuminati have agreed to turn over 75% of the planet to the Greys, if they can retain 25 % for themselves. In order to accomplish this, they are using multi-leveled deception and propaganda, mostly through 'channeled' information and information conveyed to 'abductees' to convince humans to capitulate themselves over to Alien 'guides' and thus allow the Aliens access to their minds and in turn, to our society in general. This same tactic, according to various contactees (Billy Meier, Jefferson Souza, Israel Norkin, Maurice Doreal, George Andrews, Thomas Castello, Alex Collier, etc.) has succeeded on many other colonial worlds that the Greys have conquered, and it has also worked on this world to the extent that they have taken control of much of the 'underground black budget empire,' a vast network of interconnected underground MilitaryIndustrial-Executive (which is different from the Military-Constitutional-Electorate) bases and cities that have been constructed with the assistance of trillions of dollars siphoned from the American economy via taxes, drugs, and organized crime– money which has quite literally gone 'down the tubes,' leaving our economy in a state of chaos. Americans are being carefully groomed as an economic slave society to serve the underground 'Master Race' without our knowledge. Prices continue to rise, yet income continues to fall farther and farther behind. The change is almost imperceptible, like the proverbial frog in the boiling pot. The illustration is that if a frog is thrown into a pot of boiling water, it will immediately jump out; yet if it is put into a pot of cool water and the heat is gradually increased, it will remain in the pot until it boils to death. The Alien-fascist underground continues to rely on our continued gullibility and ignorance to keep its empire scam going.
62 The joint reptilian-fascist underground empire, complete with massive 'concentration camps' which make those in Nazi Germany pale by comparison, has chosen America as its major target because America is the last bastion of freedom on Earth. The 'takeover' is more-or-less complete within the underground systems, however numerous attempts to implement a joint Draconian-Fascist (Illuminati) dictatorship in America have failed because of heavy resistance and support for a Constitutional form of government. God and the 2nd Amendment are really the only forces standing in the way of a complete takeover. This has prevented the 'outer world' from succumbing to this Draconian invasion. Now that their secret is beginning to be exposed throughout the media in TV series' such as the V, X-Files, and Dark Skies, they are becoming desperate. Their window of opportunity is closing and they must act fast to set-off the traps that have been prepared for many years, before American 'patriots' have an opportunity to disrupt their plans. The Draconian Empire agents, who according to some contactees are operating within the comet-planetoid 'Hale-Bopp' and numerous other 'asteroids' in this system in order to conceal their activities, are here to build an army of human mind-servants, via abductions, and mind control implants. They realize that Terrans (people of Earth) possess an inherent warrior instinct-passion and a potent 'metagene factor' resulting from a mixture of many racial lines which can produce specialized genetic abilities within individuals– instincts and abilities which the Grey-Reptiloid interventionists believe would be better harnessed and subverted than challenged. They intend to use these programmed abductees as 'human shields' or weapons in the ancient war against their enemies in the 'Andro-Pleiadean' Federation, who incidentally maintain a massive underground base system centered below the Death Valley region of California. This base was originally established around 2500 BC by ancient navigators from Greece and India who discovered vast caverns within the Panamint Mountains. According to Paiute Amerindian legends these Hav-musuves were dressed like Greeks, and had constructed vast cities of "marble beauty" within large cavern systems deep beneath the Mojave Desert regions– cities which some Paiute chiefs had seen with their own eyes. The Hav-musuvs later developed an aerial technology once the inland sea which filled Death Valley in ancient times and connected it to the Pacific Ocean had disappeared. At first these 'silvery flying canoes' which appeared in the skies around 1000-2000 BC were small, possessed wings, and moved with a loud 'whirring' sound. Later models were larger, wingless, and more silent. More sophisticated craft appeared that could travel between worlds, and later between stars, and as a result of their discovery of the secrets of 'Hyperspace' travel, they were able to colonize other worlds and star systems. The manipulation of Hyperspace was incidentally also a part of the Philadelphia-Rainbow projects of the 1940s and Phoenix-Montauk projects of the 1980s. Creating a hyperspace field is not as difficult as one might think, and essentially involves the electromagnetic generation and manipulation of magnetic and antimagnetic fields. It is the concise 'focusing' of such fields in order to accomplish certain tasks without disastrous side-effects which is where things become complex. The Andro-Pleiadean Federation forces based under Death Valley were reportedly in contact with Nikola Tesla, through whom they guided the Navy's Philadelphia Experiment behind the scenes. Forty years later the Draconian forces based under Archuleta Mesa had established contact with Dr. John von Neumann, who was director of the Montauk Projects on behalf of the Nazis. The betrayal of the Navy's Philadelphia-Rainbow Technology to the Nazi PhoenixMontauk Projects was accomplished by a joint CIA-NSA-Sirian-Draconian "double agency"
63 called the "Black Monks," who were involved in both the Philadelphia and Montauk projects. This agency was brought under the psychological control of the Draconian-Illuminati collaboration and became an instrument for the infiltration of these outside forces into American intelligence agencies, and in fact all levels of American society. As for the Phoenix (Montauk) and Philadelphia (Rainbow) projects, they were reportedly being carried out separately by Nazi and US Navy Intelligence, respectively, as late as the 1990s and this has resulted in what might be referred to as a time-space war between the Andro-Pleiadean-Navy-backed "Philadelphian" agents and the Draco-Orion-Nazi backed "Phoenician" agents. There are even rumors that Nikola Tesla's death may have been faked, and that he joined a secret "Marconi" scientific underground colony somewhere in South America. If such rumors have any basis in fact, then what interaction if any they may have had with the secret Nazi bases in South America remains a mystery. In addition, according to contactee Israel Norkin, Draconian and Orionite agents have been infiltrating the so-called "Ashtar" collective lodges based in Sirius-B, and have apparently commandeered a segment of the implant-based electronic collective "hive mind" for their own use, masquerading as "Ascended Masters" to facilitate an easy assimilation of Sirian cultists into their agenda. Other Sirians were able to see through the deception and, joining forces with the 'Federation' (made up of Andromedans, Pleiadeans, Tau Cetians, Procyonese, Koldasians, etc.), they began to break away from the Ashtar collective's cultic stranglehold and develop their lost personal sovereignty and commenced to wage a relentless civil war against the Orion-Sirian collaboration, driving them from the system. The Sirian resistance to the collaboration may have had its roots among those patriotic Sirians who remembered the devastating wars which had been fought in the past against the Orionites over which side would serve as the overlords for this immediate sector of space (21 star systems including Sol). Now the epicenter of the entire galactic battle is gravitating towards the Sol system as the Draconians, Orionites, and their human collaborators are supporting a New World Order agenda which will serve as a power-base through which they can once again regroup their forces. Apparently Planet Earth, the original 'home world,' is the key. If the Draconians and Orionites can impose a fascist New World Order on the planet, ruled by a human elite who are completely sold-out to their agenda, they believe that they can use Planet Earth and the New World Order as a base from which they can destroy forever their enemies in the Federation. According to Preston Nicholes, Federation agents from the Andromeda and Pleiades constellation 'beamed' into the Montauk base under Camp Hero at the northernmost tip of Long Island in New York,, sacrificing their lives, in an attempt to sabotage the projects there and prevent what they believed to be a very real and potential space-time disaster of apocalyptic proportions, which was being precipitated by fascist and Alien scientists who were playing god by experimenting with the elemental forces of the universe. This might have been on the same scale of, or even worse than, the space-time disaster which was precipitated by an ancient antediluvian race, leaving a 'rift' in the time-space continuum in what has become known as the Bermuda Triangle. Several thousand young people, according to Preston Nicholes, Peter Moon and Al Bielek, have reportedly been abducted by the Illuminati-Grey collaboration and have been taken to the Montauk base for 'programming' and release. Several thousands more children who were part of the Montauk Project, before they were sabotaged in 1985, only to be reestablished at a later
64 date by the CIA-NSA, were abducted permanently and used in time-space dimensional window and mind control experiments. Most of these children, who were usually 'street kids' or 'homeless kids' who would not be 'missed,' were 'lost' in the other dimensions as a result of these experiments. So then, according to some, there is absolutely no doubt that the Illuminati and the Greys are collaborating to this day from underground bases beneath Camp Hero (Montauk Point, Long Island); Area 51 (Nellis Air Force Base, Nevada); Dulce (Archuleta Mesa, New Mexico), and a massive underground facility below the Denver International Airport. This latter facility, according to 'inside' sources, is being prepared to be used as the New World Order controlcenter for America. Aside from the many anomalous stories that have surfaced from the DIA, there are bizarre accounts of strange tunnels and seemingly useless equipment at the Airport, 'useless' that is unless one intends to confine and transport large numbers of people to deep underground concentration camps which are rumored even now to be active and occupied by unfortunate men, women and children who have mysteriously 'disappeared' from outer society. Many Americans know on an unconscious level that something has gone terribly wrong with their country. The Aliens and the Illuminati are desperately trying to turn this frustration inward in order to further destabilize American society. An abused society will take out their frustrations on whatever they 'perceive' to be the source of the abuse. And in many cases the true abusers or oppressors will escape justice by carefully creating 'scape goats' who are 'framed' in order to receive the collective wrath of the nation... whether that scapegoat is in the form of a Lee Harvey Oswald, a Sirhan Sirhan, or a Timothy McVey. Although such men may have been 'programmed' to do what they did, they are certainly not the ones who are ultimately responsible. Are we headed for an impending war with an 'underground empire' that was jointly established by Aliens and National Socialists who were given refuge within the Military-Industrial complex by the Illuminati following the end of World War II? And when the world is fully under Illuminati control, what will prevent them from being betrayed, and having the entire global government control-system turned over to the Grey Aliens.
Types of Aliens There are 11 races of Aliens visiting this planet. Of them, 9 are bad news and 2 are friendly. There are basically three Alien networks at work on Earth: The Anti-Nordic Grey-Reptiloid-Saurian (Draco-Orion Empire, Interventionist) factions (with bases near Archuleta Mesa) and Ashtar (or Astarte) Collective which has ties with the ancient humanoid-reptiloid collaborations of Egypt, India and Babylon. This alliance has major centers of influence in Altair Aquila, Sirius-B, Arcturus, Aldebaran, Zeta I Reticuli, Bootes Centaurus, and of course Sol. The Anti-Grey Nordic-Humanoids (Andro-Pleiadean Federation, Non-Interventionist) factions, with bases near Death Valley.
65 The Collectivists, who consist of various Humanoid, Reptiloid, Insectoid, etc. races– who may be either interventionists or non-interventionist depending on which 'side' they are allying themselves with at any given 'time.' The Nordic-Grey collaborators, which would also include the Illuminati and those Terran governments who are involved in the collaboration for whatever motive. Even within the collaboration, there is a great deal of struggle over whether the Humanoid or Reptiloid agendas should have the upper hand. Within the collaboration itself 'speciesism' (very similar to racism) exists at certain levels, so in spite of the different species prejudices, the collaboration continues nevertheless because of a 'marriage of convenience.' Another element may also need to be considered, and that is a 'race' of paraphysical entities that some have referred to as the 'Luciferians' or the 'Poltergeists,' and are often described, by abductees who have encountered them, as have the appearance of being quasi-physical etheric or energy beings, and have often been seen overseeing and directing the actions of the Humanoid-Reptiloid collaborators.
Alleged actual Alien photographs
66 The Greys The 'Reptiloids' of Alpha Draconis (Draconian) and Rigel Orion (Rigelian) claim that they originated on Earth in prehistoric times and were part of a bipedal reptilian or saurian race. When the Reptiloids left Earth, they colonized the Draconis, Orion, and Reticulum (Reticulan) constellations, as well as other systems. Now they are here to take back their planet from the human race. There are accounts in the legends of Babylon, India, Egypt, South America, Central America and elsewhere that reveal the influence of this specie on our own. It may have been a Reptiloid that tempted Eve in the Garden of Eden. They are highly analytical and technologically oriented, and are considered the ruling caste of the Aliens.
Purported Alien autopsy photographs
67 It is the larger Greys with which the Illuminati through elements of the government made a series of diplomatic agreements in the 1950s, 60s and 70s, though there are some sources that maintain there was contact as early as 1933-34. The large Greys are apparently cross-breeds between the tall "lizard-like" saurian bi-peds and the smaller "grey-type" saurian bi-peds. Although the 'treaty' was initiated with the "tall Greys," the very fact that a Reptilian hierarchy exists, with the small Greys working for taller Reptiloids, that explains why the shorter Greys have also been seen working at the underground bases. The Greys are Humanoid in shape, but Reptilian in heritage, and generally have the following characteristics: The quasi-sentient Workers are between 3-5 feet in height, while the large Greys are 6-9 feet tall; standing erect, and are bipeds, though their movement is deliberate, slow and precise. They have a small thin build, yet they are very strong. Their head is larger than humans, they do not have external auditory lobes; and there is an absence of body hair. They have no nose (though the larger Greys have a pronounced nose, with twin nostrils at the end of a short stubby muzzle) and a small lipless mouth (while the larger Greys have a large mouth with prominent teeth, differentiated into incisors, canines, and molars). They have large cat-like, tear-shaped eyes that are slanted at approximately 35 degrees, which are opaque black with vertical slit pupils. The eye is composed of thousands of microscopic facets, in which each facet has its own independent protective lid. The eye is almost never closed entirely during waking hours, but instead sections of the eye are shut down in conjunction with the dominant light source. They see very well in the dark. The Greys are photosensitive– any bright light hurts their eyes. Camera flashes cause them to back up. It could be used as a weapon against them, however they recover quickly. But it could buy enough time to get away from them. Their eyes are also sensitive to ultraviolet light. They avoid sunlight, and travel at night. Their arms resemble that of a praying mantis, which reach to the knees; and have long hands with a small palm, and claw-like fingers (two short digits and two long, one being opposable), and small feet having three or four small claw-like toes. They have tough grey (white or beige, though there are also reports of variations with green or brown) skin which is reptilian in texture, and seems to have a metallic content, and unusual cobalt pigmentation. The Greys are cold-blooded, and like all reptiles, flourish in a warm, tropical-like climate, and have survived by staying hidden inside the Earth within large underground caverns or underground bases. The Greys have a high metabolism rate, even birdlike. One abductee when taken by the hand, said the hand of the Alien was 'red hot,' believing it to be about 115° Fahrenheit. The Aliens cannot stand an uncontrolled environment, and need to have a balanced environment to maintain body temperature. They wear suits for protection against excessive heat. The "soldier class" of the species can bury themselves in the ground and wait long periods of time in order to ambush their enemy. If need be, they can survive on one very large meal every few weeks or even once a year (when hibernating or in suspended animation). As a species, they are well suited for space travel due to their ability to hibernate. They have no sweat glands. They have
68 scales which protect them from moisture loss. The scales (scutes) are much larger on their backs, making the skin waterproof. The scales elsewhere on the body are more flexible. Their organs are similar to human organs. The heart is on the right side. The normal heart rate for a Grey is above that of a human, but they have the ability to control their heart rate. They only have one lung, and with imperfect respiration, providing just enough oxygen to supply tissues and maintain the processing of food and combustion. Their temperature can be raised only a few degrees above the ambient, which suggest that 'heat' emanating weapons, like flame-throwers would be highly effective against them under battle conditions. The Greys have a non-functioning digestive system. They a light yellow green when healthy. If they need to feed, they will turn grey. They do not 'eat' in the same way humans do. Basically, to the Aliens, we are bags of food. In order to sustain themselves, they use a synthetically produced substance that consists of a formula of blood and body parts (various enzymes, hormones and adrenal secretions) which are obtained from the tissues they extract from humans and animals, with plasma and amniotic fluid being the two most vital ingredients, as well as deoxyhemoglobin, albumin, and lysozyme. The slurry produced (nearly clear mixture with a texture of pureed peaches, and almost in that color) is then mixed with hydrogen peroxide (to kill germs, bacteria, viruses, etc.) and applied on the skin by spreading or dipping parts of their bodies in the solution. The body absorbs the solution, then excretes the waste back through the skin (urine is also excreted through the skin in much the same manner, which may explain the ammonia-like stench that many abductees or witnesses have reported during encounters with the 'Grey' Aliens). Food is converted to energy by chlorophyll through a photosynthetic process (which supports results gained from autopsies at the 29 Palms underground base where it was seen that their 'blood' was greenish and the tissue was black). It seems that originally they did not 'require' human blood, but once having used human blood for this purpose, they have since acquired an 'addiction' to this 'vital' substance. This seems to go beyond mere physical hunger, since they tend to feed off the human life-energies resident within human blood plasma (i.e. adrenaline), in what may be considered a vampirial type of hunger for the human fluids. An element of that is something referred to as the Metagene Factor, which is a biological variant lying dormant in select members of the human race on Earth, until an instant of extraordinary physical and emotional over-stress activates it. It is an energo-chemical produced in response to adverse stimuli. This latent self-preservation 'gene' is capable of producing seemingly 'superhuman' abilities in humans during times of extreme stress or crisis. When it is activated, chromosomal combustion takes place, as the Metagene takes the source of biostress, be it chemical, radioactivity, or what ever, and turns the potential energoresponse into a catalyst for genetic change. The main focus of the catalyst power is a gland in the middle of the human brain called the Pineal gland, and the nutrient for increasing the Pineal's action is Adrenaline. The Metagene Factor gives the ability of Psionic Power. They believe the men from Planet Earth are the deadliest creatures in the universe, because only people on Earth are apparently capable of producing the Metagene Factor. One of the reasons that humans on Earth have to be controlled and denied advanced interplanetary technology, is that we pose a deadly threat to the Alien agenda of conquest and control throughout the galaxy. One of the main interests of the Aliens, especially the Greys, is to understand and control the Metagene for their own race. They try to do this through experiments to make Hybrids from both humans and Aliens, so that these forces can be used as 'human shields' or 'warriors' to fight their battles in space against interstellar cultures who would otherwise resist the activities of the Draconian collective.
69 The Greys make the attempt not to 'eat' around the humans, because the odor of it is very unpleasant. They can spend days or even weeks between feedings. The Reptiloids are not above eating human flesh. They are meat-eaters that eat humans, like we eat chicken. It has been said that they prefer flesh that is young enough to be free of toxins, yet old enough to be imbued with a lifetime of accumulated "emotional energy residue" which is resident within the human body. They prefer children because they are not tainted with substances like caffeine, nicotine, alcohol and other things adults, as a group, are saturated with. It seems that the Greys are responsible for the majority of abductions. There are reports of great, underground food-storage rooms full of preserved human bodies. The Greys are evidently involved in the stockpiling of humans for use as a food source for the Reptilian species, and perhaps as a lesser food source for themselves. In extreme circumstances they can subsist on the fluids from cattle. Also, the 'sap' of some plants can keep them alive for months. Most of the plants are parasitic in nature, but red grapes and okra plants can be added to the formula to keep them alive, if they have no 'regular' formula. The Ruling caste is secretive about their foods. They have created several dietary myths that they carefully embellish when the chance arrives. One of their favorite legends involves one of their ancestors' ability to eat an entire flock of geese in one setting. They rarely eat in sight of any other species. They carefully choose their food, then carry their meal to their quarters. It was only when dignitaries arrive at the base did they join together in their meals. They enjoy the same foods we do, and they have been seen secretly munching on a freshly found snail. The working caste of the reptilians eat meat, insects and a large variety of plants including vegetables and fruit. They prefer their meat raw and very fresh, but have learned to enjoy some cooked meat like rare beef steak. Unlike the Greys, they eat frequently and usually carry or send for food on their breaks. The engineered beings have a special diet, created for their dietary needs. The mixture includes several organic foods blended with plasmatic fluids, amniotic liquids and parasitiplasmic materials. These unique 'beings' also enjoy occasional green plants, usually grasses or lettuce. The creatures that are designed to become warriors eat protein-filled liquids. The "human looking" replicants eat some cooked vegetables. They rely on vitamins and liquid protein for sustenance. If they have to eat on the surface world, they can eat what ever they are served, but as soon as possible they regurgitate. Their digestive systems frequently fail to process the food properly. They are emotionless and communicate by telepathy. There are two separate brains that are separated by a mid-cranial lateral bone (anterior and posterior brain, with a capacity is estimated to be between 2500 and 3500 cc, compared to 1300 cc for the average human), with no apparent connection between the two. Their brains are described as having many more lobes than the human brain. The underdeveloped cerebellus results in slow and simpler movements. They read the intent of your mind by being able to tap into your body's frequency. The human race broadcasts a frequency which the Aliens recognize as an electromagnetic impulse. Each
70 person has a slightly different frequency, and that difference is what we call 'personality.' When a human thinks, they broadcast strong impulses; which, in the case of 'fear,' is 'loud' and easy to recognize, while a calm and composed mind-set is far more difficult to 'recognize.' Using nonsensical words (such as "pig-latin") in the form of commands will confuse them and cause them to back up while they try to process it. Their brain is more logical than ours and they do not understand 'fun.' For example, they can't comprehend poetry. Autopsies have revealed a crystalline network which is believed to create a "hive" that allows telepathic communication with each other as part of a group-consciousness. The disadvantage to this is that it results in decisions coming rather slowly as the matter at hand filters through the group awareness to those who are authorized to make a decision. They also seem to 'feed' off nuclear energy, and have manipulated humans into developing sources of nuclear power that emit radiation. Nuclear methods that involve the use of neutrons create radiation, while methods that use positrons emit no radiation. The Draconian leader elite are known to have special 'wings,' which are flaps of skin, supported by long ribs, that can be folded back against the body. They are also known as the "Dragon Race" and their symbology usually includes the Winged Serpent, which many contactees and abductees describe seeing on a shoulder patch, a badge, medallion or a helmet. This being is similar to the one described by John Keel in his book The Mothman Prophecies, released in the 1970's: about 8 feet tall, having winged appendages coming out of their shoulders, dark scaly skin, and have glowing red eyes; and having the ability to fly and usually operate at night. These beings, as well as the elite of the other Reptilian species, that also have winged appendages, were probably the source for some of the legends of the past relating to Gargoyles and Valkyries, as well as Vampires. The 'soldier class' and 'scientists' of the species do not have wings. The large Greys are the dominant Breeders. They are reported to have "no fronts or behinds," (although it is reported that some do), but apparently they have some vestigial sexual organ, because cross-breeding with some of the hybrid species have given them full reproductive capability. Many witnesses have confirmed that within the underground bases the Greys have established facilities for breeding. These facilities, of which Dulce is the most famous, provide for genetic work of all descriptions. Humans are brought to these facilities on a continuing basis in order to provide a genetic pool from which to extract DNA and RNA mixtures that will contribute toward the efforts of the Grey species to strengthen their genetic structure. The reproductive system of the females are ovoviviparous, with eggs hatching in the oviduct prior to birth. The Insectoids are a specie that has mostly been observed in the form of giant mantis, locust or grasshopper-type beings that have a limited exoskeleton. They vary in size from 3 (Servants) to 5 feet (Elites), and have a life expectancy of nearly 130 years. The Insectoid retina is composed entirely of tone-sensitive rods, and is incapable of discrimination between different wavelengths of light. Therefore, the addition of 'color' to the Insectoid's vision is accomplished by the dual antennae which, in addition to being auditory receptors, are made up of a complex network of wavelength-sensitive cones. Owing to the highly directional nature of the antenna, the corona of vision is perceived by the subject in the tones of grey. Because of this correlation of four independent light-receptive organs, Insectoid vision can be correctly termed 'Quadroscopic,' resulting in relatively superior depth perception.
71 Their auditory capabilities are highly developed, and Insectoids are capable of distinguishing from among a wider range of audio frequencies than is normal for humanoids. Because of the mono-directional antennae, they usually listen with their head tilted slightly downward. The Reptilians seem to have little regard for us as living beings, and think that we are as ugly and repulsive to them as we have ever portrayed them to be; and that we, the human race, are "as valuable as weeds." However, they do seem to consider some of us valuable property. One gets the feeling that they will continue to use us as they see fit, and if we ever become a real problem as a group, they would sooner wipe us out than deal with us. They do not fear us, and consider themselves far superior to us by all comparisons. They consider the surface of this planet to be a poisonous, inhospitable environment and 'allow' us to live there. The simple fact of the matter is that dealing with a multi-level subterranean system, the 'border zones' are a little more complex than on the surface, where we obvious have horizontal borders between countries. In 'inner-planetary' warfare the 'battle-lines' are horizontal, vertical and in some cases inter-dimensional. The battle would be one that is being waged above, below and within our society, even though the outward manifestations of that 'war' might not be immediately seen for what they are, unless one is aware of the real conflict behind the scenes. There have been certain indications that at least some elements of the Illuminati-controlled NSA-CIA-MJ12 agencies have 'defected' from the New World Order agenda of "joint interaction" with the Greys-Reptiloids and are now at war with them. At one time there were 37 Nordics stationed at the same place where three of the Greys were being held in captivity. The Illuminati and the Grey Aliens are reportedly working together in the production of so-called 'Hu-brids' within their underground joint-operational facilities. This has been verified by Alexander B. Cuppett (an Action Officer with Pentagon Joint Chiefs of Staff, who received the Bronze Star and Purple Heart and retired in 1990 after 21 years in the Army) who revealed the information on his speaking tour with the Prophecy Club. Most of the Hu-brids (human-hybrids) who are born with imputed reptilian DNA or DNA from other animals, are the unwilling servants of the Draconian collectivists from birth. Some of these 'people' have escaped from the domination of the Collective and have joined with more friendly 'Federation' forces, or have been rescued by the same from captured bases or ships, according to contactee Alex Collier, and others. There are accounts suggesting that the Greys are in fact breeding profusely and reproducing themselves via deep subterranean polyembryony, cloning and incubation facilities below Dulce and elsewhere and are not as 'over-extended' as they might have us to believe. Some estimate that at the very least, 20 million Greys are now actively operating under the surface of planet Earth within bases or within natural cavern systems. Yet there are still others who insist that 20 million is a conservative estimate. Those that have had contact with the Greys say that they stay near the surface, and choose to try to hide and avoid contact. They are soldiers, doing a job and usually there are two or three at each job site. They are 'manning' a remote post. They are not to bother the humans unless they are endangering the post. Most of them are not hostile and won't kidnap you, though they may blast you with a flash gun that will paralyze you for an hour or two, causing confusion and mild fear, or could cause you to pass out for a while (which you won't remember). It is their way to escape and buy time to hide any visible equipment. They are fearsome to meet face-to-face,
72 and their voices are harsh and whispery with heavy s's, but most of them understand English (as well as several other languages). If you see one, keep your hands open, palm forward, arms down. That is the non-aggression approach. Don't raise your arms, unless told to. Don't carry anything in your hands or arms. Wearing something with a reptile (not something violent, like St. George killing the Dragon!) in sight, would improve their perception of you. If he doesn't run, walk slowly towards him. Let him speak first. They consider humans repulsive, hostile and threatening. Don't try to offer him anything. Don't touch him or anything of his. If he hisses at you, back up a couple feet, but don't look away! It simply means he finds you smelly. Don't try to overpower him– he is stronger than ten or twelve men! Usually, if he hasn't run so far, he is curious and wants to talk to you. Fight your fear and your thoughts of panic. The Nordics The Nordics or Pleiadeans look pretty much like us, except they have 6 fingers and toes. Some contactees such as Maurice Doreal claim that in prehistoric times the Reptiloids in lived in the Antarctic region, when it was a subtropical zone, and that they were subsequently driven underground and off the planet by a race of 'pre-Nordic' humans whose lost and long-forgotten civilization now lies buried deep beneath the sands of the Gobi desert. Some of these scientifically advanced Nordics migrated westward and eventually gave rise to the tribes who would in the course of time lay the foundations for the Scandinavian nations, whereas others went underground into a subterranean realm called 'Agharti,' located generally below central Asia and the Gobi. Millions of Buddhists know the legend of Agharti, but they consider it sacred knowledge and are careful about revealing the 'secret of secrets' to skeptical Westerners. World travellers such as Nicholas Roerich in his book Shambhala, and Ferdinand Ossendowski in his work Beasts, Men and Gods had gained the trust of these natives and detailed the legends of 'Agharti' in a humble and respectful manner. According to ancient Agharian crystal holographic recordings which Doreal's 'blond' friends, from an underground colony below Mt. Shasta, California, showed him within an ancient repository vault beneath the Himalayas, these ancient pre-Nordics waged a war for the surface of the planet and later an underground war against the 'serpent' races which had taken residence within a system of massive multi-levelled underground caverns beneath the southwestern slopes of the Himalayas and the Indian subcontinent. These caverns were known by the Hindus as the realm of 'Patala,' or 'Snakeworld,' where the Nagas or "serpent people" dwelled in their capital city of Bhoga-vita. Many Hindus considered the Nagas to be 'demons,' whereas others were prone to worshipping them. Aryan-Hindu legend tells of at least two entrances to the Nagas underground 'world,' one of three worlds spoken of in Hindu cosmology. One entrance is believed to be Sheshna's Well in Benares, India, and another is located in the mountains surrounding Lake Manosarowar, Tibet. Both the Reptiloids and Nordics eventually left the planet, leaving the ancient remains and ruins of their cultures within the underground caverns. Similar ruins as well as current operational bases reportedly exist on and beneath the surface of the Moon and Mars, along with signs of the ancient wars that the Nordic humanoids and Reptiloids fought for control of the solar system– devastating battles and galactic massacres, which in almost every case was initiated by the collectivist-interventionist Reptiloids.
73 Both species later discovered how to manipulate hyperspace and began sending explorers and colonists to other nearby star systems. The humanoids eventually colonized the Lyra, Pleiades, and Andromeda constellations as well as others. Now the 'war' is coming 'back home' one might say, in that Earth, in addition to being their original home world, is also perhaps the most strategic world in the galaxy when one considers its centralized location and the profusely of genetic materials, water, chemicals, minerals, flora, and fauna, in great abundance and variety. Many of those living on other worlds within this sector of the galaxy are descended from colonists who originally had their ancient genesis here on Planet Earth. Many of these are of pre-Scandinavian or 'Nordic' heritage, and are for the most part peaceful and ethical beings. That is not to say that all of the 'Nordics' who are encountered in 'starships' (or UFOs) are NonInterventionists and wish us all the best. There are many collaborators who have joined with the Interventionist-Collectivist Draconian and Orionite forces, and many others who are under the direct psychological control of more malevolent 'Aliens.' In addition, it should not be implied that all Reptiloids are out to destroy us. It may be more accurate to use the terms 'Interventionists,' as opposed to 'Non-Interventionists,' in spite of whatever species an 'Alien' is a part of. There is also a third group who we might refer to as the 'Collectivists,' who, because of their allinclusive nature, are being torn between the Interventionists and Non-Interventionists. Several contactees have stated that the Non-interventionists are centered in an alliance of mostly Humanoid cultures in the Pleiades and Andromeda constellations; whereas the Interventionists are centered in an alliance of mostly Reptiloid cultures in the Draconis and Orion constellations. The fact is that most of the leading Interventionists are Reptiloids, whereas most of the leading Non-interventionists are Humanoids. If we apply this to the third chapter of the book of Genesis, then it would seem that the 'serpent' race is a 'wild' reprobate race which is ruled by base animal or predatory instincts. Since the Reptilians have or did have in the past a limited degree of individual choice and since they are connected to the 'racial memory,' this is to some extent their collective fault. However mankind must accept some of the blame because, being created in the 'image' of God and possessing a soul, which the Reptilians themselves lack (save for the some of the so-called genetic 'Hybrids' or 'Hu-brids'), mankind was originally created spiritually superior to the serpent race, or at least we were spiritually superior to them in the beginning. In other words, man was given charge over the physical creation, something the angels themselves could not do because they were not created as material beings. And yes, they were also given charge over the most cunning and intelligent of all of the 'beasts,' the 'serpent' race (Genesis 3:1). If we are to accept the symbolic and/or literal interpretation of Genesis chapter 3, then it was the rebel angels who moved upon the serpent race and acted through them to deceive and destroy mankind's connection to the Creator or the Source of all life. Once this connection was broken, the Divine supernatural flow was broken at the human level, and a creation which formerly had enjoyed perfection and harmony began to turn wild. The Luciferians may have appealed to the jealousy that the serpent race harbored towards mankind, considering that mankind had been given a higher status in the scheme of things than their own race possessed, and once the Luciferians offered to give them power over humankind (sorcery) and over the creation (technology) in exchange for allowing the rebel angels to incarnate through their race, the reptilians accepted. In so doing however, the serpent race for the most part lost their individual identities and became the absolute physical 'puppets' of the fallen angels. The descendants of
74 these degenerate beings (Genesis 3:15, which has a duel physical and spiritual interpretation) constitute a large majority of the occult-technological manifestations which we know today as 'UFO encounters,' only today the "serpent" comes in the form of a 'Grey Alien' and the "forbidden fruit" is offered in the form of grandiose promises and occult-technology which will supposedly give the 'elite' human recipients 'god-like' powers over their fellow human beings. The Humanoids may be afraid to make a preemptive strike against the Greys as a result of the intimidation and propaganda intended to keep humans from taking offensive action, by making them believe that they are keeping the Greys 'at bay,' when in fact the Greys are attacking human society on many fronts via mass abductions, subliminal programming, implantation, psychic manipulation, recruiting of 'fifth column' human agents, and infiltration. According to a Security Officer (codenamed: 'Yellowfruit,' the name for the first level of security at Area 51 and the name of an old Army-CIA unit), there is a triangle surrounding the Nevada Test Site. In fact, there are actually two of them. Each one frontiers on the other. One is the Electro-Magnetic Triangle installed by MJ-12. This is a shield to protect the 'Benevolents' (Blond-Nordic or Aryan-like people of the Andro-Pleiadean Federation who are members of the subterranean Telosian-Agharti Alliance which maintained ties with the Ashtar Collective, which, in this case is the non-collaboration faction of that collective) while they help us develop our counter-attack capabilities and defenses. The other is an EBE 'trap' to keep the Benevolents in check. At each corner of the Electromagnetic Triangle there are BLM stations which are the transmitters of the shield. Facing each one of these is a transmitter, and there are many of these throughout the world. If any of these are disabled, they would be able to 'double-up' somewhere else and overthrow that position. Once that link is over-thrown, our support system would fail. Their over-extension is deliberate on our part, because we can't out technology them, but we can out number them; especially since it is believed that they can't breed here and it is too far for them to go back home without our help. Many of our EM Triangles are ruses to keep them over-extended. It is purported that they can't get out of our solar system because our electro-magnetic field is the wrong frequency for their propulsion system to work efficiently, which explains why the Aliens can not commit more vehicles to our solar system. Yellowfruit also provided coordinates for the Electro-magnetic Triangles he referred to in his letter. These include: N 37 22 30 - E 117 58 0; N 38 21 0 - E 115 35 0; N 35 39 0 - E 114 51 0; also Yucca Lake: N 37 0 30 - E 116 7 0.
75 THE NAZI CONNECTION
A Nazi Base in Antarctica The German interest in the Polar Regions may date back even before the earliest US Navy polar expeditions. For instance, one segment of Nova related that the remains of Capt. Charles Hall of the ill-fated Polaris expedition, one of the first American ventures to the North Pole, were discovered in an ice grave by a subsequent polar expedition. It seemed that when the body was examined it was found to contain poison. It was also discovered by searching the records that the cook (who would be in the perfect position to administer poison) and the first mate on the Polaris expedition were German spies. Were they attempting to protect a secret hidden deep within the polar regions? Could this secret have had something to do with an ancient collaboration between Nazi and the reptilian Aliens? A German Polar researcher, who refers to himself only as 'Stefan,' revealed that the 'historical' beginnings of the German interest and research into the Antarctic or South Polar region itself began in 1873 when Sir Eduard Dallman on behalf of the newly founded German Society of Polar Research discovered new Antarctic routes with his ship Gronland. Dallman discovered the Kaiser-Wilhelm-Inseln at the western entrance of the Biskmarkstrasse along the Biscoue Islands. Exploring the polar regions, the Germans were already at this time quite innovative, for the Gronland was the first steamship to see the Antarctic ice at all. Long before the end of the Second World War, two further expeditional thrusts took place, and two complete expeditions were fulfilled– 1910 under Wilhem Filchner with his ship Deutschland; and in 1925 with the specially designed polar expedition ship, the Meteor, under the command of Dr. Albert Merz. Soon the Nazis began to send out numerous exploratory missions to the Queen Maud region of Antarctica. The Germans claimed authority over parts of Antarctica and it became more apparent that their intentions were to establish a military base there. At this time the Antarctic was not safe due to international treaties like today and a pragmatic proof of Germany's claim by a single strike to the South Pole on the eve of the war seemed to be the best option. Hitler himself was anxious for a foothold in the Antarctic and such a claim could be used pretty well for the National Socialistic propaganda and a further demonstration of their military superiority. On the other hand, a new provocation of the Allies had to still be avoided for some time. Germany was, at this time, not completely prepared for a war. The Germans certainly had the expertise to attempt such a project as they had already constructed large underground facilities which were well over a mile long and nearly a mile wide. Drawings of those systems have been found, including the American Bombing Survey reports of huge industrial areas beneath the German mountains. The idea of a semi-civilian expedition in cooperation with the German national airline company, the Lufthansa, emerged. A civilian expedition with military and strategic support was a highly political-charged balancing act. The command on this mission was given to the polarexperienced Captain Alfred Ritscher, who had already led some expeditions to the North Pole, and proved his courage and skillfulness in critical situations. The selected ship was the M.S. Schwabenland, a German aircraft carrier used since 1934 for Transatlantic mail delivery by special-flight boats, the famous Dornier Wales. These Wales were mounted on steam catapults on the deck of the ship and could be started and refueled this way easily. The Schwabenland
76 was prepared for the expedition in Hamburg's shipyards, at a cost of 1 Million Reichsmark, which was nearly a third of the complete expedition budget. Meanwhile, the crew was precisely prepared and trained by the German Society of Polar Research. They even invited Richard E. Byrd, the famous American Antarctic explorer and researcher, who at that time was still a civilian. Byrd, who in 1929 was the first human to fly over the South Pole, was already at this time a living legend, and a national hero to the Americans. In mid-November, 1938, he arrived in Hamburg and showed an audience of 84 people (made up of society members and crew) his new Antarctic documentary movie in the Urania of Hamburg. This invitation by the Germans was ironic, because nearly ten years later, this same Richard E. Byrd, who would become a US Navy admiral, was ordered to destroy the secret German Antarctic base. To do this, he was given the command of the biggest military force that the Antarctic ice had ever seen. The renamed Neuschwabenland left the port of Hamburg on December 17, 1938, heading to the Antarctic on a precisely planned and determined route, and reached the ice on January 19, 1939. During the following weeks, on 15 flights, the Passat and the Boreas flew across some 230,000 square miles (though some historians wrongly maintain it was only 125,000) and took more than 11,000 pictures with their special-designed German Zeiss Reihenmessbildkameras RMK 38 camera. The old Norwegian maps from 1931 were scrapped, as they proved to be inaccurate. Nearly one-fifth of the whole Antarctic area was scanned this way, documented for the first time, and simultaneous claimed as German territory. To emphasize this claim, the two planes distributed several thousands of drop-flags, and special metal poles with expedition's insignia on them– the swastika. The whole territory now got the still valid name: Neuschwabenland, referring to a south German region. The Germans discovered vast regions that were surprisingly free of ice, as well as warm water lakes and cave inlets, and a few signs of vegetation, which geologists said were due to hot sources in the ground. One vast ice cave within the glacier was reportedly found to extend 30 miles to a large hot-water geothermal lake deep below. The landing points were marked with "prick-flags." In mid-February, the Nueschwabenland left the Antarctic. It took two months to get back to Hamburg and Capt. Ritscher carefully used this time to organize the results, maps and photos. Ritscher, who was surprised by the results of the flights, immediately made plans for a second, fully civilian expedition, that would use lighter airplanes that could quickly deliver skids of equipment. However, facing the beginning of World War II, those plans were abandoned sometime in October 1939. Rudolph Hess, Hitler's best friend, and second in command, went to England to try to stop the war with Britain and was arrested as a "war criminal" on May 10, 1941. He was kept from having any contact with the public until he was ultimately murdered. He was the only prisoner in Spandau prison. Those who paid any attention to his situation at all have wondered what the big secret was that he knew which made him so dangerous to the Allies? Perhaps the answer is revealed on page 34 of Christof Friedrich's book Secret Nazi Polar Expeditions, where it was revealed that Hess "was entrusted with the all-important Antarctic file...Hess, himself, kept the Polar File..." This book has pictures of the "warm water" (geothermal) ponds and other information that will surprise you.
77 The Germans in the scientific community knew the war was lost as early as 1942, due to signs of an imminent alliance between America, Great Britain and Russia, and time was of the essence in regard to salvaging their society and technology. After all the data was analyzed, deep underground construction and scientific teams came pouring into NeuSchwabenland on cargo ships, military transport ships, and submarines, including hunters, trappers, collectors and zoologists, botanists, agriculturists, plant specialists, mycologists, parasitologists, marine biologists, ornithologists, and many others. The cargo ships that came from South Africa were protected by a host of submarines and military ships, which explain the intense Nazi war efforts in North and South Africa. Any ship that even came close to the shipping route from South Africa to Antarctica were destroyed by German U-boats posted there to protect the secret. Numerous divisions of the German government were involved in the top secret project. ULTRA, a highly specialized Nazi SS team like our MJ-12 was in control of Antarctica, which is ironic because ULTRA is also the name of the secret Alien interface agency in the NSA. According to contactee Alex Collier, the upper level members of the NSA-ULTRA group are either cloned replicates or have been so heavily implanted, that they could be considered as being barely human, but instead are automatons who are remotely controlled by the Greys. It is also noteworthy to point out that ULTRA is also the name of secret NSA-Alien base under the Archuleta plateau and peak northeast of Dulce, New Mexico. This might also explain Valdamar Valerian's insistence that newspaper clippings in 1933 implied that German "tourists" were "all over" the southwestern United States exploring caves and mines, checking mineral rights, buying up property, and engaging in various mysterious activities. No doubt this had more to do with international interests rather than any nationalistic aims, and is certainly connected to the underground facilities that would eventually be established in that area Further secret German expeditions were made to Neuschwabenland, at two of the three marked landing bays documented by Ritscher, northwest of the Hlig-Hoffman Mountains, to begin the construction of the Antarctic base. It is believed that simultaneously a second secret base was established up on a high plateau in the South American Andes. History revealed that more than 100 submarines of the German fleet were missing. Among those were many of the highly technological XXII class equipped with the so-called Walterschnorchel, a specially-designed and coated device, in combination with newly developed engines, that enabled submarines to remain submerged for hundreds of miles. That made a secret 'trip' to the base possible with this technology. In at least 20 well-documented operations, equipment, supplies and people necessary for the construction of the base and maintenance of civilian research stations; were continuously transported to northern Antarctica on submarines until 1945. The German submarine commanders became highly experienced in the Arctic waters, with some of these operations, especially the later ones, being carried out under extreme conditions, with the constant threat of contact with the enemy. Subsequently, during research on the South Pole, scientists discovered a deep straight oceanic trench that was probably the route used by Germany's submarines. On February 16, 1945, the Germans began to transfer their saucer projects to the South Polar underground base.
78 Captain Edward J. Ruppelt (Chief of the US Air Force Project 'Bluebook' in 1956) wrote: "A last convoy of submarine vessels leaves German Harbors with direction to Antarctica and Andes. It is the overall successful attempt to escape the Allies' clutches. Among this last convoy there are the U-530 (Captain Otto Wehrmut) and the U-977 (Captain Heinz Schaumlffer)." Just before the end of the World War II, two German provision U-boats, U-530 and U-977, were launched from a port on the Baltic Sea. Reportedly they took with them members of the antigravity-disk research and development teams (ULTRA), and the last of the craft's most vital components (much of this technology and hardware had already been transported to the base during the course of the war) to the completed base. This included the notes and drawings for the latest saucer or aerial disk designs, and designs for the gigantic underground complexes and living accommodations based on the remarkable underground factories of Nordhausen in the Harz Mountains. The last visual contact with U-977 was on April 26th at Christiansund. Schaumlffer's crew did not reveal anything about the submarine's destination or load. The vessel vanished for nearly 4 months. Meanwhile on May 7, 1945, World War II ended when Germany surrendered. The two U-boats reached the new land of Neuschwabenland where they unloaded everything. Whether it was because the soldiers were not willing to live in the base, or they didn't have the security clearance to be admitted, or if it was just for disinformation purposes (to convey that it was the last bastion of the Nazi presence surrendering), the Germans delivered a completely empty U977 to the German-friendly Argentinian government officials, where the crew was taken into custody. On July 10, 1945, more than two months after the end of the War, the German submarine U-530 surrendered to Argentine authorities. The sub had a crew of 54 men (the normal sub crew was 18 men) and the cargo consisted of 540 barrels of cigarettes and unusually large stocks of food. The Commander was 25 years old, the second officer was 22, and the crew was an average of 25 except for one man who was 32 years old. This was an unusually young crew and upon questioning it was learned that they all claimed that they had no relatives. The major base-city of Antarctica became known as the New Berlin, or by the code-name "Base-211." High US Navy officials immediately traveled down to Argentina to interrogate the crew of U-977. Schaumlffer repeatedly denied to have brought anyone or anything to anywhere. Although most of the crew were unwilling to reveal anything, it seems that they got enough details to piece together information on the base and its location. One source has claimed that among the information the interrogators received involved the escape of Adolph Hitler, Martin Boorman, Eva Braun and a major segment of the Nazi leadership (not including those who were 'sacrificed' to the Nuremberg trials after the war) to the South Polar base. This source also claimed that these interrogations ultimately led to the military action against the entrenched Nazi forces in Antarctica, under the command of Navy Admiral Richard E. Byrd. When Schaumlffer was released, he immediately returned to Argentina, where he lived for the rest of his life. The French Agence France Press on September 25, 1946 wrote: "The continuous rumors about German U-boat activity in the region of Tierra del Fuego (Feuerland, in German), between the
79 southernmost tip of Latin America and the continent of Antarctica are based on true happenings." More than a year after the U-977 was surrendered, on December 2, 1946, the US Navy launched an invasion of the Antarctic under the command of Admiral Richard E. Byrd, known as Operation Highjump (Naval Task Force 68). The three battle groups which left from Norfolk, VA, with 13 ships, including Byrd's command ship, an ice-breaker (Northwind), an aircraft carrier (Phillipine Sea), a catapult ship (Pine Island), two destroyers (Brownsen and Henderson), two support vessels (Yankee and Merrick), two tankers Canisted and Capacan), a floatplane ship (Currituck), a US submarine (Sennet), 2 seaplane tenders, 6 two-engine R4D transports and 4,000 troops from the US, Canada, Great Britain, Norway, and Australia. The official statement on the purpose of this mission was the need for testing "new material under the extreme Antarctic conditions." The operation was planned and equipped for a 6-8 month duration, and some sources indicated that they even carried atomic warheads. The military force set-up a US base in the Ross Sea, before moving up the western Antarctic coast toward the Northern Antarctic coast and Neuschwabenland, establishing a position just west of it on January 27th 1947. The mysterious mission lasted 8 weeks, with only 3 weeks of full-scale military operations, which ended in catastrophic failure, as they met with heavy resistance from Nazi "flying saucers" and had to call off the invasion. The base remained functional, at least in part. Officially the expedition was considered a big success because it delivered many new facts on the use of military equipment under extreme conditions. It was documented that Byrd flew at least one time in a right-twisted circle across the whole territory of Neuschwabenland, heading from southwest over the Ritscher Hochland and the eastern areas to the Pole. On March 5, 1947 the El Mercurio newspaper of Santiago, Chile, had a headline article called "On Board the Mount Olympus on the High Seas" which quoted Byrd in an interview with Lee van Atta: "Adm. Byrd declared today that it was imperative for the United States to initiate immediate defensive actions against enemy air fighters which come from the polar regions. The Admiral further stated that he didn't want to frighten anyone unduly but that it was a bitter reality that in case of a new war, the continental United States would be attacked by flying objects which could fly from pole to pole at incredible speeds. Admiral Byrd repeated the above points of view, resulting from his personal knowledge gathered both at the north and south poles, before a news conference held for International News Service." Byrd also stated in the press conference after his defeat at Antarctica, that the Antarctic continent should be surrounded by a "wall of defense installations since it represented the last line of defense for America." When Byrd returned to the States, he was hospitalized and was not allowed to hold any more press conferences. He had to face a secret cross-examination by government officials. A claim was made by certain researchers that Admiral Byrd went into a rage before the President and Joint Chiefs of Staff, demanding that Antarctica be turned into a thermonuclear test range. In March 1955, he was placed in charge of Operation Deepfreeze which was part of the International Geophysical Year (1957-1958) exploration of the Antarctic. He died (with some suggesting that he was murdered) in 1957. The newspaper France Soir had the following account:
80 "Almost 1½ years after cessation of hostilities in Europe, the Icelandic Whaler Juliana was stopped by a large German U-boat. The Juliana was in the Antarctic region around Malvinas (now the Falkland) Islands when a German submarine surfaced and raised the German official naval Flag of Mourning– red with a black edge. The submarine commander sent out a boarding party, which approached the Juliana in a rubber dinghy, and having boarded the whaler demanded of Captain Hekla part of his fresh food stocks. The request was made in the definite tone of an order to which resistance would have been unwise. The German officer spoke a correct English and paid for his provisions in US dollars, giving the Captain a bonus of $10 for each member of the Juliana crew. Whilst the food stuffs were being transferred to the submarine, the submarine commander informed Captain Hekla of the exact location of a large school of whales. Later the Juliana found the school of whales where designated." The US withdrew from the Antarctic for almost a decade. Most of Neuschwabenland was renamed according to the International Antarctic treaty in 1957, when all participants agreed to avoid any military operations in the region (which ended sometime at the end of the century). Queen Maud Land, Princess Martha Coast, and Princess Astrid Coast have been cited as the area where the Nazi stronghold was established. On the older maps you will find the original names, however, even today, many of the mountains in the northern Antarctic area still carry German names like the Hlig-Hoffman Mountains, Wohltat Mountains, and others, which had been named by the leading Berlin bureaucrats whose strategy it was to establish the Antarctic base. Subsequent reports indicated there was evidence that a large number of the Nazi military had been seen in Argentina. Was this because of the friendly relationship that Germany shared with the country, or did it have more to do with the secret Antarctic base. A man who was very influential in modern German post-war politics was Hans-Ulrich Rudel, a frequent guest speaker in German military and political circles. Rudel was the man groomed by Hitler to become his successor. It is known that Rudel made frequent trips to Tierra del Fuego at the tip of South America nearest Antarctica. One of Martin Bormann's last messages from the bunker in Berlin to Doenitz mentioned Tierra del Fuego. The Germans and other European nations required very meticulous registration records of everybody, including their relatives, employment, addresses, children, etc., and at the end of the war, when the Allies, cross-checked these records in Germany, taking into account casualties and deaths, they determined that there were 250,000 people unaccounted for. As a result of Operation Paperclip, many Nazi scientists and their technology were brought to the United States so that the Illuminati could use their expertise and experience for the furtherance of their plans to takeover the United States. The Nazis had everything before any other country, such as radar in 1933, they had infra-red sensors, heavy water, etc. and etc. With the later re-uniting of East and West Germany, political pressure has been increasingly brought to bear for a complete unification of Europe, which is seen as an important step to ultimately establishing world government.
81 The rumor is that the massive German underground city in Antarctica's Queen Maud Land, is a 2,000,000 strong international community that engages primarily in space travel and human genetic engineering. Except for their saucer research, the most important thing for the Germans was their research and experimentation with genetic engineering. A well-known movie producer in southern California that produced one of the best known UFO documentaries which won a big award, admitted in a private conversation, that while doing research for that film he saw in a militarygovernment archive a silent documentary film about horrific genetic experiments on live human beings that including the cutting off heads, the dismembering and re-assembling human bodies from parts, that were all part of the Frankensteinian experiments in the German genetic program. The film culminated with footage of living, walking, breathing hybrids of humans and animals that were produced in German concentration camps half a century earlier.
The Nazi Saucer Technology In 1928, Thomas Townsend Brown discovered electrogravitic capacitance effect; in 1930, Dr. Henry Coanda began his work on Lenticular Aeroform designs, and in 1935, Germany's experimental rocket research began at Reinickendorf and Kummersdorf West, later to be moved to the underground facilities at Thuringia. Later that year, an American named Wilson (whose non-traditional theories on aerodynamics were rejected by the American government and established scientific organizations as unrealistic) went to Germany to help in aerial research programs. In 1932, Adolph Hitler gained enough control in German to force scientists to work in laboratories on an advanced aircraft design. The advanced technology that was produced included intercontinental ballistic missiles, vertical takeoff aircraft, jet engines, cruise missiles, sound cannons, and many other items. The Germans also developed the Delta wing craft, and were working on stealth technology. Germany had become self-sufficient before the end of the war, and were manufacturing their own oil from coal, produced 'butter,' invented powdered milk, developed freeze drying, learned to store flour indefinitely, and were growing their food in greenhouses on chemical 'soil.' Aided by the implosion vortex technology of Austrian scientist Viktor Schauberger (who developed the "flying hat" type disk) and the technical expertise of scientists like Rudolf Schriever (the father of the German saucer program), Giuseppe Balluzzo, Richard Miethe, and Habermohl, the Germans made extraordinary progress. There is some evidence that they might have been aided by contact with the Greys or another group of humanoid Aliens. In 1934, the vast Rockefeller financial empire, in an effort to back German racial superiority and eugenics, financially supported Nazi Germany, in collaboration with Prescott Bush (George H. W. Bush's father). The first unmanned flights with a new or reverse-engineered anti-gravitational propulsion were done under a special section of the Reichsluftfahrtbehoumlrde with the goal of developing fighters and troop-carriers. They were based on Schauberger's anti-gravity experiments. The project's name was Hanebbu (some sources also call it the Vril project). The prototypes were numbered in ascending order. The project had many setbacks in the first years due to the massive electro-magnetic disturbances and their interaction with conventional electric
82 components. Although the propulsion can be handled and used principally, it seems to be nearly impossible to fly these prototypes in sharper angles than 90º so they were not usable as fighters. Additionally they attempted to apply normal navigation systems somehow to magnetic fields, but they were not successful, so an independent magnetic navigational guidance system was designed, known as Meisterkompass and Peiltochterkompass. Their level of success could be seen with evaluation of the anti-gravity propulsion of a nearly 100% functional flying saucer that went down in the Schwarzwald in the summer 1936. In 1937 (some sources say 1939), the Germans recovered a crashed disk and work began to apply the recovered Alien technology to their saucer program. According to John Lear, renegade Pleiadeans intentionally 'crashed' a disk in Germany that was packed full of technology, so that the technology could be used for the German war efforts to bring about planetary 'de-population' and restore the dominance of the 'Aryan' race, which this group of Pleiadeans believed themselves to be a part of. It was the Aryan races who brought Hinduism to India during the ancient Aryan invasion of the Indian sub-continent from the north. The earliest "pilotless aircraft" had been produced in 1934, and although it had a moderate degree of success, it mainly stayed in laboratory research and development till about 1941, when the Germans successfully tested a Schriever-Habermohl Model I flying prototype. In 1942, the German Feuerball ('fireball') aircraft began harassing Allied pilots and aircraft. They were constructed at an aeronautical factory at Wiener Neustadt.
Alleged actual photographs of German saucers
The Haunebu series of prototypes produced 19-25 ships in two sizes. Haunebu I is a small vessel, Haunebu II is a larger, and more sophisticated craft, while some reports hinted at Haunebu III, which was designed as a mother ship. If the third type had become reality, there probably existed only one single ship. So, the overall transport capacities were very limited, due
83 to the quite small diameter of the disks. Production of ships had gotten more and more difficult, because the Allies managed to cut of Germany's raw materials. Yet the Haunebu still managed to disturb some Allied bomber raids over Germany.
Engineering drawings of the purported Haunebu II & IV crafts
Artist renderings of the Haunebu crafts
It soon became clear that the war was going on faster than the Germans could develop their technology, plus there were delays in metallurgical research which didn't result in an acceptable alloy of magnesium and aluminum until 1944. In 1944, Germany tested the Belluzzo-SchrieverMeithe design based on the Coanda disk, and Wilson replaced the rotor gravitational propulsion with advanced jet propulsion. This final version was as large as 135 feet in diameter, with some up to 225 feet in diameter. They could reach a speed of 1,300 mph and an altitude of 40,000 feet in less than three minutes. None of the craft were ever captured by the Allies, because as soon as one was built, Hitler ordered it disassembled and shipped somewhere– probably Antarctica. The turbo-jet family of saucers were basically very simple crafts made with piston engines that had propellers, spinning the lenticular lens-shaped craft, thus created gyroscopic antigravity. Some of them were also hybrids between helicopters with a spinning rotor, basically the aerodynamic and gyroscopic lift of the spinning heavy mass of rotary engines.
85 According to researcher Horst Schuppman (which was reported in the 1998 book Geheimtechnologien.Wunderwaffen Und Irdischen Facetten Des UFO-Phaenomens by KarlHeinz Zunneck), in July, 1944, a German pilot had landed at Lublin, an airfield that had only 1 hanger, but in that hanger he saw 3 or 4 large (40-50 feet in diameter) dish-shaped metal crafts standing 20 feet off the ground on telescope type legs. He believed them to be the Magnetscheibe ("magnet-disk") that were the subject of rumors among the German pilots. FBI files # 62-83894-383, 62-838994-384 and 62-83894-385, dated November 7-8, 1957, contained an interview with a Polish immigrant who was living in the US, but was elaborating on his wartime experience and how it could shed some light on UFO sightings in Texas at the time. In 1944, at Gut Alt Golssen, 30 miles east of Berlin, the eyewitness reported that while he was a prisoner-of-war, he saw an object rising from a nearby enclosure about 500 feet into the air, accelerating away horizontally. He described the noise it made as a high-pitched whine. He said it was about 75-100 feet in diameter and 14 feet high. It had a dark gray stationary top and bottom, 5-6 feet high, with a rapidly moving center section. The engine of their farm tractor stalled at the same time, and an SS guard told the driver not to try and restart it until after the whine could no longer be heard. In 1944, Allied pilots reported seeing these 'fireballs' over Strasbourg. Every allied bomber pilot, especially in the latter years of the war, knew about the mysterious threat of the so called "foofighters," which appeared and disappeared with incredible speed and caused bright-orange light anomalies and paroxysmal instrumentation failures on all electric and magnetic parts of the bombers, because it emitted an electrical field that interfered with the operation of aviation engines. No reference to a direct attack by these "foo-fighters" ('foo' is 'fire in French, and 'wind' in Japanese) was ever mentioned, so it seems they were only used in a defensive role in the air over Germany late in the war. Some of the Foo Fighters were doing almost 2,000 miles an hour, while a conventional bomber could do maybe up to 300, so we're talking about aircraft that were going 6 to 7 times faster than the bombers. Here are some examples of news items during WW II concerning Germany's UFOs– From the December 14, 1944, New York Times: "Floating Mystery Ball Is New German Weapon. Supreme Headquarters, Allied Expeditionary Force, Dec. 13 – A new German weapon has made its appearance on the western air front, it was disclosed today…Airmen of the American Air Force report that they are encountering silver colored spheres in the air over German territory. The spheres are encountered either singly or in clusters. Sometimes they are semi-translucent." From the Reuters New Service, December 13, 1944 – "The Germans have produced a 'secret' weapon in keeping with the Christmas season…The new device, apparently an air defense weapon, resembles the huge glass balls that adorn Christmas trees. There was no information available as to what holds them up like stars in the sky, what is in them or what their purpose is supposed to be." In the movie The Battle of the Bulge, there is an implication that the Germans were on the verge of developing a whole range of incredible new aerial weapons, and needed to prolong the war for a few more months in order to get their new aircraft into production, and the Battle of the Bulge was a part of this plan. However just as these new weapons were about to go into mass production, the German military failed to fully succeed in their battle plans to buy more time and
86 prolong the war for a few more months, and the Allied invasion of Germany began. That particular victory may have been closer than most of us would dare to believe. On April 4, 1944 at 4:40 AM the German submarine U-859 left on a mysterious mission carrying 67 men and 33 tons of mercury, sealed in glass bottles in watertight tin crates. The sub was sunk by a British submarine and most of the crew died. One survivor on his death bed about 30 years later told about the expensive cargo and some divers checked out his story and found the mercury. For what purpose was this mercury to be used? And where were they trying to take it? It has been claimed that mercury is theoretically usable as a fuel source for certain forms of aerospace propulsion. Was it going to the Antarctic base? There were extremely rare drawings made by the Lipish, the genius of German aviation, the guy who built the first supersonic glider in the 1930s. By the way, it was not Chuck Yeager who broke the sound barrier, it was probably the Germans 10 years earlier with their supersonic glider that Lipish built. Anyway, by the end of the war, Lipish had designed a supersonic ram-jet propulsion craft with anti-gravity assists. They had the fuel tanks spinning inside the jets, going through the engine part of the object to the engine duct, spinning the fuel around thus creating additional anti-gravity lift and greatly improving the lift capabilities and the inertial responses of the craft. By 1945, the Kugelblitz (a crew-carrying 'fireball') was test flown in Thuringia and Kahla, reaching speeds of 1250 mph. In Kahla, the perfected engines were removed to be sent to the polar base, and the rest of the craft was blown up by SS personnel to prevent the design from falling into the hands of the Allies. Afterward, the Kahla complex was closed, and the workers were taken to Buchenwald and gassed so as not to reveal the secret of Nazi disk projects. Slavian slave-laborers from various underground facilities were also taken to Karshagan and other camps to be killed. In 1945, an 8-mile long train of 672 cars left Austria for the coast of Brittany. The contents loaded on board ships, and eventually ended up underground in Southwestern Canada. At the same time over 100 prefab factory buildings were shipped from England to British Columbia. On April 25, 1945, the scientist Wilson was one of the personnel on U-977 bound for the base at the South Pole. There was enormous pressure by the Allied forces for the Germans to give up their secret underground facilities in Eastern Germany. The Allies themselves seemed to be pretty well informed on these facilities and eager to capture them. The Nazi's attempt to rebuild the construction zones in the middle of Germany had failed, so the Germans fled, leaving behind enough of their material on the Haunebu project for someone to remark: "I have seen enough of their designs and production plans to realize that if they (the Germans) had managed to prolong the war some months longer, we would have been confronted with a set of entirely new and deadly developments in air warfare." Sir Roy Feddon, chief of the technical mission to Germany for the Ministry for Aircraft Production in 1945 said: "When World War II ended, the Germans had several radical types of aircraft and guided missiles under development. The majority were in the most preliminary stages, but they were the only known craft that could even approach the performance of objects reported to UFO observers." The Germans had probably 50 models of flying saucers powered by every existing engine in their arsenal such as piston engines with propellers, rotary engines with propellers, inboard and
87 outboard turbo-jets, pulse jets, ram-jets and rocket engines. The rocket-engined craft could go into orbit, and the bigger models could go to the Moon and back with literally a truckload of kerosene and oxygen. On top of the saucer space flights the Germans had an extensive space program with rocketry. The man-made winged version of the V-2 rocket was doing sub-orbital flights with an altitude higher than the altitude of the Mercury and Vostock space capsules. They had also used their Zanger-Brent stratospheric ram-jet bomber, would could potentially circle three quarters of the globe. That was the grandfather of the Aurora craft that was rumored to be so evident in Area 51. A very interesting claim is that the Germans landed on Mars in mid-January 1946 after 8 months of heavy flight with basically a volunteer suicide crew of Germans and Japanese in a giant 230foot diameter dreadnaught, which ran on free energy, using the Hanz-Kohler converters of gravity energy into electromagnetic energy of the flight. In 1945, England made a discovery in regard to Germany's efforts when British technical advisors discovered plans for advanced lenticular aircraft, and joined the efforts of the United States to subvert the German program. After the end of the war, both the Americans and Soviets gained access to elements of German disk technology that the Nazi elite had neglected to eliminate before their hasty departure at the close of the war, including plans for what became the Boeing 747 Jumbo jet. The Americans also got some kind of ray gun from a saucer that Germany had recovered in the late 1930s. America later turned over two-thirds of Germany's aircraft manufacturing over to Soviets. After the war, the aircraft industries of the Allies had a difficult time duplicating and engineering the advanced German designs. After the war, America received a group of over 1,000 (some claim over 3,000) Nazi German scientists who were given false papers in order to work for the US government. It is also believed that Russia may have possibly apprehended Dr. Guenther Bock. On September 20th, 1945, Werner von Braun and other colleagues from Germany's V-2 rocket program arrived in Boston, Massachusetts and were transported to White Sands, New Mexico to work in the US missile program. A book called America's Aircraft Year Book tells about the US using captured German scientists at Ft. Bliss and Wright Field: "Among those in the German group at Wright Field were Rudolph Hermann, Alexander Lippsisch, Heinz Schmitt, Helmut Heinrich, and Fritz Doblhoff and Ernst Kugel. Hermann was attached to the Peenemunde Research Station for Aerodynamics, where Germany's V-2 rockets were hatched and launched against England. A specialist in supersonics, he was in charge of the supersonic wind tunnel at Kochel in the Bavarian Alps. He also was a member of the group entrusted with Hitler's futuristic plans to establish a spacestation rocket-refueling base revolving as a satellite about the Earth at a distance of 4,000 miles, a scheme which he and certain high-ranking AAF officers in 1947 still believed to be feasible." Both the American and Russian space programs depended on the German scientists they had both acquired following World War II. It is possible that these researchers were intentionally made-out to be the 'cream' of German aerospace science, when in fact the most intelligent scientists were probably already at the Antarctic base following World War II. Later evidence shows that most or all of the (air) craft and 'flying saucer' scientists (who were not captured) had disappeared.
88 Julius and Ethel Rosenberg, who had access to top secret information, spoke of "warships of space," during their atomic espionage trials. Dr. Richard Miethe, was a Nazi aeronautical engineer, who had designed 4 different types of saucer-shaped craft by 1943 using either rocket powered or donut-configured jet turbine engines, with the cabin stabilized by gyro, the compressors rotating in one direction and the expansion chambers and vectored exhausts rotating in the opposite direction. He was sent to Fort Bliss, then later worked at Wright Patterson AFB, and the eventually, in 1947, went to work for John C. Frost of the Avro Aircraft Company (a subsidiary of Hawker Siddeley) in Malton, Ontario in Canada. Frost was a gifted engineer and aircraft designer from England, who headed up Avro's "special projects group" in 1952. Avro was working on at least 16 different "Flying Saucer" proposals, including project "Y" and project "Y2" (AKA "Project Silverbug"). Project Silverbug was a design for a supersonic VTOL flying disk. By 1953, John Frost and his team had completed most of the "paper studies" on these highly unusual aircraft. Dr. Miethe had completed construction of the disk shaped aircraft he had originally built in Germany in 1944. These were the exact aircraft reported as "flying Saucers" in the US during 1947. The Avrocar was an outright flying saucer, yet operated similarly to a hovercraft. It used three Continental turbojets, turning a central impeller ("turbo rotor") to keep it airborne with downward thrust, with a vane/shutter system to propel the craft in pretty much any direction by venting thrust in any direction desired. It was built to hold two human crewmen in separate cockpits on either side, facing front, and had a total width of 18 feet, with tricycle landing pads or wheels for undercarriage. The only problem facing Frost, was the overwhelming costs involved in the development of these designs. It quickly became clear that only one country was capable of providing the necessary funds for Avro's flying saucer programs, and the US Department of Defense was approached to do this. USAF Lt. General Donald L. Putt had been briefed on the incredible performance specifications of these aircraft, and visited the Avro Canada plant on September 16, 1953. Not wanting this incredible technology to be acquired by any other nation, the USAF officially took over and financed Avro's saucer program in late 1954. This allowed the Air Force to "farm out" its own saucer program on foreign soil, while at the same time keeping the project strategically close to the United States. By the mid-50's, a very-secret project (unknown to even most Avro employees) was in full swing to build the Avrocar. The first test flight of this USAF/Avro disk occurred in Malton in 1955, with additional test flights taking place at Edwards AFB. The Avrocar first flew with a pilot on Dec. 5, 1959 (prior to that, it was tested unmanned). Two were built - one Avrocar was tested out at the Ames Research Center in California, the other remained with Avro for testing. The maximum expected airspeed was originally about 700 mph, but as Avro worked on the design, the expected airspeed dropped to 300 mph. Although the aircraft did fly, it proved to be unstable, and its ability to rise and top speed was extremely disappointing, mostly due to thrust dissipation in the impeller. The Avrocar was able to clear (small) obstacles without difficulty, but maximum altitude was never more than about 6 feet because of control instabilities. Avro had injected over $5 million into this secret project including $2 million from the US, however, the project was quietly shut down. On December 3, 1954, The Leader Post, of Regina, Saskatchewan in Canada, ran a front page headline declaring "Saucer project cost too large." The Canadian Defence Department had cancelled the project stating it was impractical at the
89 time. Some of the engineers thought that the plane could have eventually attained at least some of its goals and were remorseful at the cancellation.
The truth of the matter is that they were really working on the Avroplane, a vehicle that they hoped would fly over 2,500 mph. Frost, along with other engineers such as Ray Gibson of Avro, intended to build a saucer aircraft with the best performance possible, but it changed during experimentation into a sleek plane. One of the things that was to make this plane revolutionary were small jet nozzles which were designed to give the aircraft increased thrust making the plane fly faster. The goal was Mach 5 or fives times the speed of sound. This seemed impossible in the 1950s. In 1956, Captain Ruppelt published his Report on Unidentified Flying Objects and stated that the Germans have extremely advanced air vehicles. In 1959, three large newspapers in Chile reported front page articles about UFO encounters where the crew members appeared to be German soldiers. In the 1960s there were reports in New York and New Jersey of flying saucer 'Aliens' who spoke German, or English with a German accent. UFO researchers are also aware of strange sightings of 'flying saucers' with swastikas or iron crosses on them.
90 An abductee, Alex Christopher, reported to have seen Reptiloids and Germans working together aboard antigravity craft or within underground bases, which supports Barney Hill's belief that there was a Nazi connection to UFO abductions. An American Reinholt Schmidt, whose father was born in Germany, wrote in his book Incident At Kearney, that he was taken on a 'flying saucer' on several occasions. He said the crew spoke German and acted like German soldiers. He said they took him to the Polar region. His description of the flying disks matched pictures captured from the Germans. After returning he was subjected to persecution by the US Government. Schmidt claimed 'they' took him to secret chambers below the Great Pyramids of Giza, where there are, according to some sources, tunnels leading down to ancient underground facilities maintained by an 'Ashtar' group called Kamogol-II (or the 'Giza People,' who have maintained collaboration with the Orionite reptilian life forms for thousands of years). It is believed that the Germans had an established alliance with these renegade 'Giza' Pleiadeans (also known as Aldebarans) and Orions long before they were approached by the Greys in 1933. Since the Giza forces also maintained a collaboration with the Greys, the Illuminati were more-or-less in collaboration with them by proxy via their alliance with the Kamogol-II Ashtar group. The Egyptian connection may have resulted from the claims made by certain ancient Egyptian scholars that the first Egyptians (and Mayans) were originally navigators from India. With the world-wide mass sightings of UFOs in the late 70s, it became more and more obvious that many of these sightings were identical in some technical details with the Haunebu series, especially the so-called 'Adamski' UFOs in the early 50s, which somehow looked very terrestrial, and somehow very different from the rest of flat-bottomed crafts.
Did Hitler Escape? In the 1950s, the rumors began circulating that Adolf Hitler had escaped to a secret Nazi base at the South Pole. In 1952, President Dwight D. Eisenhower said: "We have been unable to unearth one bit of tangible evidence of Hitler's death. Many people believe that Hitler escaped from Berlin." When President Truman asked Joseph Stalin at the Potsdam conference in 1945 whether or not Hitler was dead, Stalin replied bluntly, 'No.' Former Secretary of State Jimmy Byrnes wrote in his book Frankly Speaking (as quoted in the April, 1948 "The Cross and The Flag"): "While in Potsdam at the Conference of the Big Four, Stalin left his chair, came over and clinked his liquor glass with mine in a very friendly manner. I said to him: 'Marshal Stalin, what is your theory about the death of Hitler?' Stalin replied: 'He is not dead. He escaped either to Spain or Argentina.'" Stalin's top army officer, Marshall Gregory Zhukov, whose troops were the ones to occupy Berlin, flatly stated after a long thorough investigation in 1945: "We have found no corpse that could be Hitler's." The chief of the US trial counsel at Nuremberg, Thomas J. Dodd, said: "No one can say he is dead." Major General Floyd Parks, who was the commanding general of the US sector in Berlin, stated for publication that he had been present when Marshall Zhukov described his entrance to Berlin, and Zhukov stated he believed Hitler might have escaped. Lt. Gen. Bedell Smith, Chief of Staff to Gen. Eisenhower in the European invasion and later Director of the CIA, stated publicly on October. 12, 1945: "No human being can say conclusively that Hitler is dead." Col. W.J. Heimlich, former Chief of United States Intelligence,
91 at Berlin, stated for publication that he was in charge of determining what had happened to Hitler and after a thorough investigation his report was: "There was no evidence beyond that of hearsay to support the theory of Hitler's suicide." He also stated, "On the basis of present evidence, no insurance company in America would pay a claim on Adolph Hitler."
Nuremberg Judge Michael Mussmanno wrote in his book Ten Days to Die: "Russia must accept much of the blame that Hitler did not die in May 1945." However, Mussmanno also stated that he interviewed Hitler's personal waiter, his valet, his chauffeur, his two secretaries, pilots, and top generals, and they all "agreed" perfectly that Hitler committed suicide. He said they could not have gotten together afterward and made up a story that agreed in perfect detail without one flaw anywhere, so they must be telling the truth and he was absolutely convinced that Hitler committed suicide. The story at first sounds convincing until you realized that they could have memorized a story beforehand. Do witnesses ever agree "perfectly" in detail in real life? The September, 1948, issue of a religious magazine called The Plain Truth had an article titled: "Is Hitler Alive, or Dead?" which was subtitled: "Here is summarized the conclusions of an exhaustive three-year investigation – together with reasons for believing Hitler may be alive and secretly planning the biggest hoax of all history." Another article in November, 1949, says: "The Nazis went underground, May 16, 1943" and details a meeting at the residence of Krupp von Bohlen-Halbach, the head of I.G. Farben, at which they planned "for World War III." Another article in August, 1952, entitled "Hitler Did Not Die," was subtitled: "Adolph Hitler's fake suicide in his Berlin Bunker now is exposed as History's greatest hoax! Positive evidence comes to light that Hitler did not die– here's new evidence that Hitler is alive, directing the Nazi underground, today!" An article in the June, 1952 issue of The Plain Truth titled: "Hitler May Be Alive!" stated: "Now, new facts, or purported facts, leak out. It's reported now that in 1940 the Nazis started to amass tractors, planes, sledges, gliders, and all sorts of machinery and materials in the solar polar regions– that for the next 4 years Nazi technicians built, on an almost unknown continent, Antarctica, the Fuhrer's shangrila – a new Berchtesgaden." The report said that they scooped out an entire mountain, and built a new refuge that was completely camouflaged. It is not a mere ice-covered surface, but a real continent, with plains, valleys, mountain peaks up to 15,000 feet. The temperature in the interior never drops below 20 or 30 degrees below in the winter. In other words, it is not as cold as in parts of North Dakota or Canada.
92 Bonjour magazine, the Police Gazette, and the Paris newspaper Le Monde all had articles about Hitler's South Pole hideaway. The Jewish writer Michael Bar-Zohar in The Avengers (pg. 99) wrote: "In 1943 (the German) Admiral Doenitz had declared: 'The German U-boat fleet is proud to have made an earthly paradise, an impregnable fortress for the Fuhrer, somewhere in the world.' He did not say in what part of the world it existed, but fairly obviously it was in South America." Bonjour pointed out that in 1940 Nazi engineers had begun construction of buildings that were to withstand temperatures to 60 degrees below zero. Admiral Doenitz told a graduating class of naval cadets in Kiel in 1944: "The German Navy has still a great role to play in the future. The German Navy knows all hiding places for the Navy to take the Fuhrer to, should the need arise. There he can prepare his last measures in complete quiet." There have been strong rumors, from the end of the War, that Hitler escaped to the South Pole. Yet, most people simply refuse to believe the evidence, and the idea that Hitler survived the war is just unacceptable, and too upsetting for most many people. There is plenty of proof that the Americans and Russians lied about what happened to Hitler, and there are convincing indications that he, as well as a major group of Nazis escaped to Antarctica. Why else would Admiral Byrd lead an "invasion to Antarctica," and why the extreme secrecy about the whole situation? In 1981, Donald McKale wrote Hitler: The Survival Myth" to try to lay to rest the questions about what happened to Hitler. The flyleaf says: "In this book a distinguished historian examines the postwar world's most absorbing and persistent mystery, revealing why it has endured and where the mystery leads." The back flyleaf says "Absolute certainty about what happened still eludes us today." A TV program, called What Really Happened to Adolph Hitler, after investigating numerous stories, ends by saying that, in spite of Glasnost and the new freedom of access to Russian files, the files on Hitler are still some of the most highly classified items of the Soviets. In the January 18, 1948 issue of Diario Illustrado in Santiago, Chile, it said: "On 30th of April, 1945, Berlin was in dissolution but little of that dissolution was evident at Templehof Airfield. At 4:15 p.m. a JU-52 landed and SS troops directly from Rechlin for the defense of Berlin disembarked, all of them young, not older than 18 years. The gunner in the particular plane was an engineer by the name of B (name withheld) whom I had known for a number of years and for whom I had endeavored to get exemption from military service. He sought to tank up and leave Berlin as quickly as possible. During this re-fueling interval Mr. B was suddenly elbowed in the ribs by his radio operator with a nod to look in a certain direction. At about 100-120 meters he saw a sleek Messerschmitt Jet Model 332 (an editorial comment says this should be an ARADO 234). Mr. B and the radio operator saw, and without any doubt whatsoever, standing in front of the jet, their Commander-inChief, Adolf Hitler, dressed in field-grey uniform and gesticulating animatedly with some Party functionaries, who were obviously seeing him off.
For about ten minutes whilst their plane was being refueled the two men observed this scene and around 4:30 p.m. they took to the air again. They were extremely astonished to hear during the midnight military news bulletin, some seven and a half hours later, that Hitler had committed suicide." On a Canadian Broadcasting Corporation program called As It Happens, on September 17, 1974 at 7:15 p.m., a Professor, Dr. Ryder Saguenay, who was an oral surgeon from the Dental Faculty of the University of California at Los Angeles, said that Hitler had ordered a special plane to leave from Berlin with all the medical and dental records, especially x-rays, of all top Nazis for an unknown destination. He said that the dental records used to identify Hitler's body were drawn from memory by a dental assistant, who disappeared and was never found. An editorial in Zig Zag, from Santiago, Chile, on January 16, 1948 (See U.F.O. Letzte Geheimwaffe des III Reiches, by the German writer Mattern, pgs. 50-51), stated that on April 30, 1945, Flight Captain Peter Baumgart took Adolf Hitler, his wife Eva Braun, as well as a few loyal friends by plane from Tempelhof Airport to Tondern in Denmark (still German controlled). From Tondern, they took another plane to Kristiansund in Norway (also German controlled). From there they joined a submarine convoy. The El Mercurio and Der Weg newspapers told of a large submarine convoy discovered by the British Navy at the end of WW II. All available Allied units engaged the convoy and were totally destroyed except for the Captain of one destroyer, who was reported as saying: "May God help me, may I never again encounter such a force." A map from a Spanish book called Is Hitler Alive? that showed the route of the Fuhrer convoy, indicated that it passed alongside South Georgia Island, where years later a secret underground base would be the focus of a secret battle during the Falkland Islands War. When the Contact newspaper first ran its series on "Fire From The Sky," they followed it with a reprint of the information in regard to the truth about the Falkland Islands War. In that series, it revealed that the Russians, working with Rockefeller forces, defeated the British Bolshevik forces on South Georgia Island. If you have not read that series, this information may not make sense to you. But it is important to know this information, if you intend to try to understand what is happening. Nazi forces were involved in the Falkland Islands War, on the side of the Russians. The Russians had been Nationalists, as opposed to the Bolsheviks who took their country away from them. The Bolsheviks were trained on the lower East Side of New York City, and financed by New York and London bankers. Over 200 were trained to operate as the first Politburo and taught the Communist 'philosophy' in New York by the Rockefellers. They invaded Russia, killed the Czar and many Nationalists and took over the government. On April 20, 1982, Hitler's birthday, the Russian/Rockefeller/Nazi commando force broke through and inserted a neutron bomb into the underground naval base at South Georgia Island. As discussed earlier, the Rockefellers had originally backed the Bolsheviks and the Nazis. Later they began backing the Russian Nationalists and the Nazis after the Bolsheviks were kicked out of Russia and wormed their way into the Pentagon, from where they planned a global nuclear holocaust which they would ride out in their underground bunkers. This is where the
94 Rockefellers and Bolsheviks came into disagreement, as the Rockefellers resisted the apocalyptic plans of the ousted Bolsheviks because they were not financially 'profitable.' A Nuclear war would most likely result in a global economic collapse as well, something that the Rockefellers did not want. It would seem that the Rockefellers are opportunists. Now that the Russian Nationalists had once again gained control of Russia, the Rockefeller-Nazi alliance embraced their nationalist 'brothers' who held the power. If only the Nationalists only knew who had 'created' their Bolshevik enemies in the first place. Alexander Haig was the General representing the Rockefellers. In his book Caveat, the chapter on the Falklands starts: "On March 28, 1982, a Sunday, the British Ambassador, Nicholas ('Niko') Henderson, brought me a letter from Lord Carrington. A party of Argentineans, wrote the foreign secretary, had landed nine days earlier on the island of South Georgia, a British possession lying in the South Atlantic a few degrees above the Antarctic Circle and some 600 miles to the east of the Falkland Islands, a British Crown colony." I'll bet you thought the Falkland Islands War was about the Falkland Islands! Much ado was made in the media about the conflict between Jeane Kirkpatrick and Alexander Haig. Kirkpatrick was perceived to be a Zionist and was the US Ambassador to the United Nations. She had a regular featured column in The Jewish Press newspaper, known as the "Largest Independent Anglo-Jewish Weekly Newspaper." Haig has had a long relationship with Henry Kissinger, to whom Haig became senior military advisor in 1969. Remember that Kissinger came out of the pro-Nazi Operation Paperclip. In January 1982, Reagan replaced his national security advisor, Richard Allen, with William P. Clark, another Paperclip person who was Haig's deputy. Nixon once said (according to the book War In The Falklands: The Full Story, by the Sunday Times of London Insight Team, Harper & Row, New York, 1982, pg. 123): "When you see the lights burning late in Henry's (Kissinger) office, it's usually Al Haig."
The German Economic "Miracle" The Guinness Book of World Records says that the "greatest unsolved robbery" was the disappearance of the entire German treasury at the end of the war. For more information on how this "economic miracle" was accomplished after the war by the Germans, you can read such books as Martin Bormann: Nazi in Exile by Paul Manning (From the flyleaf: "...Bormann became the guiding force in the 'economic miracle' that led to the rebirth of German industry and finance in the thirty-five years following political and military defeat. In the waning months of World War II, as the Third Reich was tottering and finally crumbling in defeat, Bormann set up 750 Corporations scattered among those nations that had remained neutral. Those corporations received the fleeing wealth of Germany and became the power base that enabled Germany to climb back to economic and political strength.") This book expands on the meeting in Strasbourg on August 10, 1944, mentioned in Michael Bar-Zohar's book The Avengers. In 1986, 161 pages were released under a Freedom of Information search concerning what happened to the German treasury at the end of WW II. Many of these documents had been secret until declassification to fulfill the request. One document was No. 19,489, November 27,
95 1944, Subject: Transmitting Intelligence Report No. EW-Pa 198 (?, barely readable) by G-2 Economic Section, the Secretary of State, from Lt. Col. John W. Easton, Economic Warfare Division. The cover letter stated: "I have the honor to enclose Intelligence Report No. EW-Pa 198 by G-2 Economic Section, SHAEF (Supreme Headquarters Allied Expeditionary Forces), dated November 7, 1944, describing the plans of German industrialists for the post-war resurrection of Germany. Among the topics dealt with in this report are: patents, financial reserves, exportation of capital, and the strategic placing of technical personnel." It is obvious that Manning quoted from these documents in his book on Bormann. In describing the meeting of August 10, 1944, in Stasbourg, some portions in the documents stand out: "German industrialists must, it was said, through their exports increase the strength of Germany. They must also prepare themselves to finance the Nazi Party which would be forced to go underground as Maquis (in Gebirgverteidigungsstellengehen). From now on the government would allocate large sums to industrialists so that each could establish a secure post-war foundation in foreign countries. Existing financial reserves in foreign countries must be placed at the disposal of the Party so that a strong German Empire can be created after the defeat. It is also immediately required that the large factories in Germany create small technical offices or research bureaus which would be absolutely independent and have no known connection with the factory. These bureaus will receive plans and drawings of 'new weapons' as well as documents which they need to continue their research and which must not be allowed to fall into the hands of the enemy." The last sentences in this document are: "After the defeat of Germany the Nazi Party recognizes that certain of its best known leaders will be condemned as war criminals. However, in cooperation with the industrialists it is arranging to place its less conspicuous but most important members in positions with various German factories as technical experts or members of its research and designing offices." One of the documents was about "Looted Gold" (1945-1948). Accession Number 56-75-101, Agency Container Number 169, File Number BIS/2/00." concerned Germany's 'looted' gold being transferred to the 'Bank for International Settlements' in Switzerland. One important paragraph (#9) says: "It is clear both from correspondence and from testimony that the management of the BIS (Bank for International Settlements) during the war was 'in the hands of the Administration Council, in which the AXIS representatives have an authoritative influence' and that in 1942 the Germans favored the reelection of President McKittrick whose 'personal opinions' they characterized as 'safely known.'" It has been claimed by some researchers that the 7 most powerful Bankers in the world– who collectively control over 80% of all global financial transactions, and over 60% of all global trade, have in the past met regularly at the BIS office, in the aptly named 'Tower of Basel' in Basel, Switzerland. Enclosed in the file was a clipping from the New York Times, which is not dated, but appears to be from 1945, that states: "McKittrick Slated For Post At Chase: He Will Take Over Duties as Vice President of Bank Here Next Autumn. Thomas H. McKittrick, American banker who has served as president of the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) since the beginning of 1940, will become a vice president of the (Rockefeller's) Chase National Bank of New York next fall, Winthrop W. Aldrich, chairman of the board of Chase, announced yesterday." The article ends
96 by quoting McKittrick: "I realize it is my duty to perform a neutral task in wartime. It is an extremely difficult and trying thing to do, but I'll do the best I can." Another formerly Top Secret document declassified was "Subject: Conversation in Switzerland with Mr. McKittrick, President of the Bank for International Settlements" from Orvis A. Schmidt to Secretary of the Treasury Morgenthau, dated March 23, 1945. It describes McKittrick's dealings with the real head of the Nazi banking system, Reichsbank Senior Vice President Emil Johann Rudolf Puhl: "Puhl was described by McKittrick as a career banker who had been with the Reichsbank for some twenty years, who does not share the Nazi point of view... The Swiss National Bank said that in order to be sure they were not obtaining looted gold they had requested a member of the Reichsbank, whom they regarded to be trustworthy, to certify that each parcel of gold which they purchased had not been looted. The person who had done this certifying was Puhl." Puhl was in charge of taking booty into the bank and was in charge of it for the Nazis. His Senior Shipping Clerk Albert Thoms (from Aftermath, by Ladislas Farago, Avon Books, 1974, pg. 226) said that they needed up to thirty men to help him sort and repack the valuables, which consisted of "millions in gold marks, pounds sterling, dollars and Swiss francs, 3,500 ounces of platinum, over 550,000 ounces of gold, and 4,638 carats in diamonds and other precious stones, as well as hundreds of pieces of works of art." This material was shipped out of the country in Operation Fireland (or Aktion Feuerland, in German), which Farago explained in a footnote in his book on Bormann (pg. 228): "The transaction was named 'Land of Fire' after the archipelago of Tierra del Fuego at the southern extremity of Argentina and Chile, the area to which some of the shipments were originally consigned." On the next page Farago wrote: "Only a relatively small portion of the SS treasure was impounded by Bormann and sent overseas in the course of Aktion Feuerland. Much of it is still missing."
97 THE UNDERGROUND MILITARY BASES In 1933, the US Government, agreed to trade animals in exchange for high-tech knowledge, and to allow the Greys use various underground areas in the West. A special group was formed to deal with the Alien beings. In the 1940s the Aliens began shifting the focus of operations, from Central and South America to the United States in the Continental Divide. This area became vital because of the magnetism in the substrata rock and high energy states. There is a very high concentration of lightning activity, fields of atmospheric ions, underground waterways and extensive cavern systems. According to Phil Schneider who worked for 17 years (11 spent at Groom Lake) as a geologist, aerospace engineer, and structural engineer (with a Level 3 Security Clearance) for the US Government; as of 1995 there were 131 deep underground military bases (DUMBs) in the US (with 127 in the lower 48 states). He personally worked on 13 of them, including additions on to Groom Lake, S-2, and S-4. He said they have been building them day and night (producing 2 a year), unceasingly, since the early 1940s, with some even in existence before that. The oldest bases are generally about 500 feet deep, and are mostly used for equipment storage. Schneider co-invented a method for shape-charge blasting, and laser rock deflageration (the rock literally melts and turns to powder) which allows them to make 7 miles of tunnel a day (28 feet in diameter). The late Thomas Edwin Castello, who worked within the underground 'Dulce' facility, suggested that the early experiments by Rand and Los Alamos labs in nuclear-powered 'earth-boring' technology had been taken to the extreme. In a letter dated Sept. 1990, he made mention of the nuclear boring mechanisms which can allegedly bore a tunnel through the earth at a rate of 5-10 mph by cracking the surrounding rock, heating the rock and earth into a state of liquid incandescance using super-hot cones, pulsed lasers and other methods (see: U.S. Patent numbers 3,881,777; 3,885,832 and 3,693,731 for instance, via their Patent Search engine which can be easily accessed by doing a "web search" of the "United States Patent Office"), then pressing the liquid or molten rock into the peripheral cracks where the cold earth cools and solidifies it in a matter of minutes, leaving no leftover materials that would otherwise have to be removed from the tunnel, as in more traditional and expensive tunneling or mining operations. The September, 1983 (pg. 80) issue of Omni magazine, has a color drawing of "The Subterrene," the Los Alamos nuclear-powered tunnel machine that burrows through the rock, deep underground, by heating whatever stone it encounters into molten rock (magma), which then cools after the machine has moved on. The result is a tunnel with a smooth, glazed lining. According to Richard Sauder, PhD, author of the book Underground Bases and Tunnels: What Is the Government Trying To Hide, the nuclear Subterrene was developed at the Los Alamos National Laboratory, in New Mexico. A number of patents were filed by scientists at Los Alamos, and a few federal technical documents were written. The United States Atomic Energy Commission and the United States Energy Research and Development Administration took out Patents in the 1970s for nuclear Subterrenes. The first patent, in 1972 went to the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. They work by melting their way through the rock and soil, actually vitrifying it as they go, and leaving a neat, solidly glass-lined tunnel behind them. The heat is supplied by a compact nuclear reactor that circulates liquid lithium from the reactor core to the tunnel face, where it melts the rock. In the process of melting the rock the lithium loses some of its heat. It is then
98 circulated back along the exterior of the tunneling machine to help cool the vitrified rock as the tunneling machine forces its way forward. The cooled lithium then circulates back to the reactor where the whole cycle starts over. In this way the nuclear Subterrene slices through the rock like a nuclear powered, 2,000° F earthworm, boring its way deep underground. They have an advantage over mechanical machines in that it produces no debris that must be disposed of by conveyors, trains, trucks, etc. This greatly simplifies tunneling, and makes tunnels very hard to detect, for the simple reason that there would not be the tell-tale dumps that are associated with the conventional tunneling activities. The 1972 (September 26) US Patent (No. 3,693,731) states: "...debris may be disposed of as melted rock both as a lining for the hole and as a dispersal in cracks produced in the surrounding rock. The rock-melting drill is of a shape and is propelled under sufficient pressure to produce and extend cracks in solid rock radially around the bore by means of hydrostatic pressure developed in the molten rock ahead of the advancing rock drill penetrator. All melt not used in glass-lining the bore is forced into the cracks where it freezes and remains ..." Three years later, there was another patent for– a tunneling machine for producing large tunnels in soft rock or wet, clayey, unconsolidated or bouldery earth by simultaneously detaching the tunnel core by thermal melting a boundary kerf into the tunnel face and forming a supporting excavation wall liner by deflecting the molten materials against the excavation walls to provide, when solidified, a continuous wall supporting liner, and detaching the tunnel face circumscribed by the kerf with powered mechanical earth detachment means and in which the heat required for melting the kerf and liner material is provided by a compact nuclear reactor. This May 6, 1975 patent further specifies that the machine is intended to excavate tunnels up to 40 feet in diameter or more. The kerf is the outside boundary of the tunnel wall that a boring machine gouges out as it bores through the ground or rock. So, in ordinary English, this machine will melt a circular boundary into the tunnel face. The melted rock will be forced to the outside of the tunnel by the tunnel machine, where it will form a hard, glassy tunnel. And yet a third patent was issued to the United States Energy Research and Development Administration just 21 days later, on May 27, 1975 for a machine remarkably similar. The abstract describes– a tunneling machine for producing large tunnels in rock by progressive detachment of the tunnel core by thermally melting a boundary kerf into the tunnel face and simultaneously forming an initial tunnel wall support by deflecting the molten materials against the tunnel walls to provide, when solidified, a continuous liner; and fragmenting the tunnel core circumscribed by the kerf by thermal stress fracturing and in which the heat required for such operations is supplied by a compact nuclear reactor. This machine would also be capable of making a glass-lined tunnel of 40 feet in diameter or more. On the next 2 pages are pictures of tunneling machines that have been used to create the tunnels and underground areas that are part of the extensive subterranean military presence.
US Air Force tunnel boring machine at Little Skull Mountain in Nevada, December, 1982
A graphic of the purported underground network in the southwestern portion of the United States
The underground bases, according to Schneider, cost $17-$31 billion each to build, and are labeled as Black Projects. The Black Budget (partially financed with money from CIA drug activity and NSA clandestine operations), which sidesteps the authority of Congress, and finances their construction, garners 25% of the gross national product of this country. At that time this Budget was about $1.3 trillion every two years, and involved contractors like: EG&G, Westinghouse, McDonnell Douglas, Morrison-Knudson, Wackenhut Security Systems, Boeing Aerospace, Lorimar Aerospace, Aerospacial (in France), Mitsubishi Industries, Ryder Trucks, Bechtel, I.G. Farben, Paige and Paige, and hundreds of others companies. More Black Budget money goes into the construction of underground bases than anything else. These bases are basically large cities underground, capable of housing thousands of people (each has 1,800-10,000 employees), that are connected by high speed magneto-levitational trains, riding on a cushion of air ¾" off the rail, that run from coast-to-coast and can reach speeds up to Mach 2. Every state has secret entrances to the system, with New Mexico and Arizona having the most, followed by California, Montana, Idaho, Colorado, Pennsylvania, Kansas, Arkansas and Missouri. Florida and North Dakota have the least amount of entrances. There is also a 2-4 lane road that connect the bases, hosting only vehicles with electric motors, and thus is only for limited travel. Wyoming has a road, which is no longer used, near Brooks Lake that opens directly into the underground freeway. Most are 2,000-3,000 feet deep, but there are others that are 5,700 feet deep, and sometimes connect to even deeper caverns.
102 Richard Souder was an architect who worked with a number of government agencies on the secret bases, and risked his life by talking about them. Schneider himself had several attempts made on his life because he began telling people about them. There was a secret siphoning of the most advanced technology behind-the-scenes during the Cold War in order to make Russia the real enemy. The Germans built all their munitions plants, 14 out of 15 munitions plants before the Second World War started. The German company Rolls Royce built the turbo-jet factory for the MIG fighter plane engines, just in time for the beginning of the Korean War. The Russian Air Force also possessed B-29s, the American strategic bomber (that had dropped the bomb over Hiroshima and Nagasaki), and under it's wing there hung the German-produced DFS-346 twin-engine supersonic swept-wing rocket interceptor– the best German twin-engine rocket interceptor. It is rumored that the Russians were given enriched uranium to build their first nuclear bomb, and when they couldn't even do that, they were given a whole nuclear bomb that was smuggled out in the luggage of the Russian ambassador straight on a flight from Washington to Moscow, according to the writings of Victor Suvaro, the genius behind the Russian Intelligence novels, whose works are based on fact. The best of them is Aquarium, and for any one who would like to acquaint himself with the workings of a secret society. Later, the Russians were sold a nuclear submarine in order to make their sagging strategic fleet a more real, threatening menace. So, why would the Illuminati need a strong enemy in the Russians? Very simple, because otherwise they couldn't keep the secrecy around these giant underground projects going on. At the Yano facility, because of a minor fire, the county's fire department director and chief had to go in there, and they reported seeing a 400-car parking lot on the 1st Level. However, the cars don't go in and out, those are the cars they use on the inside. A friend of Schneider's said he and his crew were doing sheet-rock work on the 30th level underground (known as 'groundscrapers'), when all of a sudden the elevator doors opened up, and in a reflex action, he looked and saw three 'guys.' Two of them were human engineers he had seen before, but between them was an 8-foot tall Alien with green skin, reptilian features, and extra-long arms, holding a clip-board, and wearing a lab coat. Then the doors closed. He ended up walking off the job that day, and one of the men on the crew ended up becoming an alcoholic. As far as technology is concerned, for every calendar year that passes, military technology increases by about 44-45 years. In 1995, military technology was about 1,200 years more advanced than what was available to the public sector (computer technology about 40-50 years). This is why it is easy to understand how back in 1943 they were able to create, through the use of vacuum tube technology, a ship that could literally disappear from one place and appear in another place (The Philadelphia Experiment).
Purported aerial view of the Dulce Base
Dulce – Perica – ULTRA Dulce (about 95 miles northwest of Los Alamos, 83 miles northeast of Farmington), New Mexico, near the southern border of Colorado, is a beautiful little mountain town at an elevation of close to 6,285 feet above sea level, with a population of over 1,500, only has one major motel and just a few stores. It is not a resort town, and is not bustling with activity, yet according to a few outsiders, it is harboring a deep, dark secret below the tangled brush of Archuleta Mesa (located about 2½ miles NW of Dulce) that sits in the midst of the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation. It involves a jointly operated underground Government-Alien Biogenetic Laboratory designed to carry out bizarre experiments on humans and animals. This Facility may belong to forces that are not loyal to the US Government, or even the human race. It's horrifying to think that all the scientists we think that are working for us in the underground base are actually controlled by Aliens. It is 100 miles east of sinister-sounding Highway 666, the only stretch of highway in the US with that designation and the only highway that links the four states of Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado and Utah. This highway was built in 1947-48, and begins in southeast Arizona, cuts upward into northwestern New Mexico, and through the Four Corners area (with SW Colorado and SE Utah); an area that happens to have one of the most consistently concentrated UFO sighting reports in the country since around 1947. In addition, the entire area, especially northwestern New Mexico and southwestern Colorado have had the most concentrated reports of unexplained cattle mutilations in the nation during the late 1970s and early 1980s. Originally, the Draco (Reptilian Aliens) had been using the already existing caverns and tunnels in that area for centuries. The ice caves and sulfur springs there were perfect for their needs.
104 They were actually bigger than the Carlsbad Caverns, which are generally considered the largest and deepest in the world, with parts still unexplored. Los Alamos and the mountainous regions east and southeast of it, plus the areas in and around the Santa Fe National Forest, seem to be the major 'nest' of Reptiloid (Greys) forces in North America; although there is also a large number of 'dens' scattered throughout the underground networks between Dulce and Area 51. The Dulce base was started in 1937-38 by the Army engineers. In 1947, around the time of the Roswell incident, a 36-foot wide road was constructed near the Dulce Base, under the cover of a lumber company, but according to sources, no lumber was ever hauled. Trucks were seen going in and out of town, and then later, the road was mysteriously blocked by the 'military' and destroyed. Studies of the area have confirmed that summer troop movements occurred every year after 1947 for quite some time. There are no official records that document the construction of a military base in this area; no underground heavy construction, excavation or mining in this area. Local residents have no memory of any government installation, civilian or military ever having existed in this area. It was enlarged over the years by the Rand Corporation, with the most recent work being done 1965-66 to connect tunnels to the Page Base (in Arizona), site of one of the older underground facilities. The "Four Corners" base is called Perica, and is believed to be codenamed ULTRA. According to several senior maintenance workers, part of it was blasted by nuclear devices in the 1960s. There are sections, like the shuttle tunnels, that were formed by an advanced tunneling machine that left the tunnel walls smooth– resembling polished black glass. Residents of the area report that a certain section of road around Dulce Lake has been the site of several accidents. It is said that drivers report that they see a straight stretch of road where the road apparently curves. Elders of the local (Jicarilla Apache) tribe report that when they walk by this area they have a similar visual problem. Some of them have even fallen into the lake because of this. This has led to the notion that there is some sort high-tech cloaking device that is being used to keep aspects of the base hidden. Researcher Jim Bennett, Director of the research organization Planet-Com went to Dulce in late February of 1990, with a Nippon Television crew from Japan, for the purposes of trying to find the alleged underground genetics laboratory. His chances of doing so were lessened on May 17, 1989 when roads to Archuleta Mesa were blocked to prevent intrusions. Although he wasn't able to locate it, he had the opportunity to interview scores of local residents who admitted that it was quite common to have nightly appearances of mysterious lights (occasionally accompanied by unmarked black helicopters) darting over, into and out of the nearby Archuleta Mesa and Archuleta Mountains. Many of them even claim to have spotted, on many occasions, militarytype trucks and jeeps, as well as government vans passing through Dulce, and loitering around nearby mesas. Occasionally even black limousines were seen around the foothills of nearby mesas, carrying what appeared to be agent-types. The Dulce Facility is a seven-level underground research base, run by the DOE (Department of Energy, as is the Nevada Test Site), with deep sections of the complex connecting into an extensive natural cavern system (which Phil Schneider said are over 2½ miles deep). Seven sub-levels are known to exist, though there may be more. The deeper you go, the security level goes up. A research team went up to Archuleta Mesa to take soundings under the ground, and a preliminary computer analysis of these soundings seems to indicate deep cavities under the Mesa. The upper levels were built after the lower levels, which means that the US base was
105 probably built on top of a pre-existing Alien base. There are indications that this was also done at the Nevada Test Site and elsewhere. The Aliens won't go into the deep tunnels, for reasons unknown, suggesting that perhaps these deeper tunnels may have been originally constructed in more ancient or prehistoric times by beings other than the current Reptiloid residents of Dulce. The nearby Navajo Dam is the main source for conventional electrical power to the base under Mt. Archuleta (with a second source being in El Vado, which is also believed to be an underground entrance to the Dulce base). They are dependent upon the Navajo River for their water supply. Without water they have no power. If in the future a military attack would have to be staged against this base, at the dam upstream, the water could be totally closed and the water re-routed to Chama, New Mexico. There is a small dam in a cave inside the base that is used for water storage. However, its capacity is small. There is also a discharge outlet downstream that could be closed causing waste water to back-up into the caves. The water is vacuum pumped apparently by some electrostatic means from the river. That capacity would also be taken away. Once totally deprived of water for a minimum period of four weeks, it is believed that conditions in the base would badly deteriorate. According to witnesses, one of the few signs in English was the one over a tube shuttle station hallway which read "to Los Alamos." Tube shuttles go from Dulce, NM to the Page, AZ facility, then to an underground base below Area 51 in Nevada; then from Dulce to facilities below Taos, NM.; Datil, NM; Colorado Springs, CO; Creede, CO; Sandia; then on to Carlsbad, NM. There is a vast network of tube shuttle connections under the US which extends into a global system of tunnels and sub-cities. There are over 100 secret exits near and around Dulce, with many around Archuleta Mesa, and others to the source around Dulce Lake and even as far east as Lindrich. In 1987, information about five entrances to an upper Dulce lab was leaked. The First Level starts 200 feet from the surface. Each level has a ceiling of seven feet, except levels six and seven, the ceiling there is 45 and 60 feet. There are approximately 45 feet or more between each level. The average highway ceiling is twenty five feet. Level 1 contains garages for street maintenance equipment, photo labs, hydroponic gardens to grow fresh vegetables, fruits, legumes, and other things; living quarters for humans, VIP housing, a kitchen, mess hall, and a security vehicles garage. Level 2 contains the garage for trains, shuttles, tunnel-boring machines, and disk maintenance. Each of the levels has color-coded electric cars that are used for short-distance transport. The roadways exit on the first three levels. From all other levels the roads will climb in a steep spiral to join the upper levels. After a few miles more those three levels too, join in a huge intersection that rivals any 'cloverleaf' exchange, anywhere. The five main exit roads that leave the base have no markings any where, but after the exchanges, there are mileage markers in English posted in the walls of the tunnels. There are 1,700 paved miles of roads under Dulce and Northern New Mexico. The research on Level 4 included human-aura research, as well as all aspects of telepathy, hypnosis, and dreams. Scientists there say they know how to separate the bioplasmic body from
106 the physical body, and place an 'Alien entity' life force within a human body after removing the 'soul' life force of the human and placing it in a containment box. In other words, they can 'kill' the human being and turn it into a vessel to be used by another entity– whether Alien or paraphysical, in order to allow that entity to work and operate in the physical realm. They can lower your heartbeat with 'Delta Waves,' induce a static shock, then reprogram you through a Brain-Computer link– introducing data and programmed reactions into your Mind. Some abductees claim that the Reptiloids can create a cloned duplicate of a person in a short amount of time through time warping, then replace the soul energy of a person back into the new cloned body if their disappearance from society would otherwise create too many problems. This way they can ingest the original body without the abductee realizing that their soul has been transferred to a cloned body, because any memories relating to the transfer process would be suppressed. The cloned bodies do not possess the integrated emotional residue that the vampirialistic Reptiloids apparently crave and find intoxicating in a similar manner as a human on Earth who is addicted to hard drugs. The person who is cloned is then controlled and manipulated by the Aliens. Most of the Aliens are on levels 5, 6, and 7. The room for (an intense electro-magnetic) generator is nearly 200 feet diameter. It is the device that powers the transfer of atoms. It produces electro-magnetic impulses that are used to create a clone (duplicate or replicate) of a person.This circular room covers the 5th and 6th levels of the extreme west south wing. There is a 'buffer area' made of ceramic and latex that is 4 feet thick, in all directions. There are 5 entrances on each floor, plus an escape trap door on the 6th floor. Each portal has a double door, one at the outside of the buffer and one at the inside of the buffer. The security here is severe, with armed guards patrolling constantly. No one under an ULTRA-5 security clearance is allowed near the portals, and no information is available to personnel with ULTRA-7 clearance or less. The Draco are the undisputed masters of Levels 5, 6 and 7, with the humans being relegated to second-in-command in those levels. The Draconian leaders are very formal when talking to the humans. These ancient beings consider us a lower race. However, the worker caste is friendly enough, as long as you allow them to speak first. They will answer if you address them. They are very cautious beings, and consider most humans to be hostile. They always seem surprised when they found many of the humans were open and trustworthy. There is no fraternizing with the Aliens off hours. It is forbidden to speak to any Alien race (in the halls or an elevator) without a clear business-oriented reason. Humans can talk to humans, and Aliens can speak to Aliens, but that is as far as it goes. Alien housing is on Level 5 and is off limits to any human. The entire east side of the 5th level is off limits to anyone except for security personnel holding ULTRA-7 clearance or higher. The garage on the west side of the 5th level requires ULTRA-4 clearance. There is one large room where there were large tanks with computerized gauges hooked to them, with large arms that extended from some tubing down into the tanks. They made a humming sound as some sort of liquid was being stirred in the tanks. The smell of formaldehyde was in the air. There are strange vats here filled with an eerie liquid, where Aliens were being grown. There were dozens of beings in each womb, and so many that it is impossible to count– possibly hundreds. The womb is grayish and submerged in a thick amber-colored fluid, and the
107 creatures floating in them had a bluish grey 'resilient' skin, possessed three fingers and two toes, and were not human. Level 6 is known as the "Vivarium," but is privately called 'Nightmare Hall.' It holds the genetic labs. Here there are experiments done on animals, reptiles, fish, seals, birds, and mice that could barely be considered those species, because they are vastly altered from their original forms. There were multi-armed and multi-legged humans (that look half-human and halfoctopus); furry creatures that have hands like humans, cry like a baby, and mimics human words, and also a huge mixture of lizards and humans in cages and the results of reptilianhuman breeding experiments. There were several cages and vats of 3½ - 7 foot tall winged Gargoyle-like humanoids and grotesque bat-like creatures (perhaps the 'Mothmen,' that John Keel referred to in his book The Mothman Prophecies). The Aliens have taught the humans a lot of things about genetics, both useful and dangerous. Level 6 also houses a security and military weapons arsenal, as well as military security. There are several different 'races' of Aliens that work in the east section of Level 6, and that section is commonly called "the Alien section." Here the Alien worker caste does the daily chores, such as mopping the latex floors, cleaning the cages, bringing food to the hungry people and other species. It is their job to formulate the proper mixture for food given to the beings that the Draco Race has created. The worker caste can also be found in the labs, as well as at the computer banks. There is "free speech" in the labs as well as the computer banks section. In those areas, everybody talks to anybody. However, everything changes the minute you cross the threshold of the hall. Instantly, all conversations become strictly formal. Basically speaking, the reptilian races are active at all levels of the Dulce base operations. Level 7 is the worst. It contained row after row of thousands of humans, humanoids and humanmixture remains in cold storage. There were also storage vats of human and humanoid embryos in various stages of development. The area also contains the remains of human children in storage vats. Remember the long ships in the series V where all the humans were stored? It's similar to that, but it is more of a production laboratory situation. Humans have been seen stored in clear cylindrical containers over 6 feet in height, suspended in a yellow or amber fluid– alive and conscious, but unable to scream or say a word. This has been a common observation in this installation as well as in some of the other 26 installations in the mid-western United States that contain similar facilities. The Dulce complex consists of a central Hub that is 3,000 feet wide. From a vertical viewpoint, it resembles a wheel with a central hub and corridors radiating outwards like 'spokes.' It is the focal point of the entire base, and is surrounded by Central Security (with a military, CIA and FBI section and weapons arsenal) and extends through all levels of the base. The 'spokes' or corridors radiating away from the central hub, lead to numerous other labs in five different directions. When viewed laterally, its appearance takes on the look of a tree with a trunk at its center and its floors extending outwards like the branches. The area past security is one of the most secured areas because it houses so many classified files. The halls around the Base are slightly curved, and in most locations you can see what looks like an endless corridor. It is only when you glance up and see the high ceiling of the natural rock covering do you remember you are inside an immense cavern. The place has the feeling of infinity, or a sense of seeing something immemorial.
108 Each base has its own symbol, and the Dulce base symbol is a triangle, inverted and pointing down, with the Greek letter 'Tau' (T) superimposed on it. Security officers wear jumpsuits, with the Dulce symbol on the front, and upper left side. The ID card (used in card readers for the doors and elevators) has the Dulce symbol above the ID photo. Government workers use cards with the Great Seal of the US on it. Most signs on doors and hallways are in the Alien symbol language and a universal symbol system understood by humans and Aliens. After the 3rd level, everyone is weighed, in the nude, color-coded, then given a uniform. Visitors are given off-white jumpsuits with a zipper. The weight of the person is put on a computer ID card each day. Any change in weight is noted. Any change of over three pounds requires a physical exam and x-rays. There are still cameras and video cameras (over 3000 cameras at various high-security locations, such as exits and labs), eye and hand print stations, heat and motion sensors. In front of all sensitive areas are scales built into the floor by doorways and the door control panels. An individual places his computer ID card into the door slot, then enters a numerical code on the buttons. The person's card must match with their weight and code or the door will not open. Any discrepancy in weight will summon security. No one is allowed to carry anything into sensitive areas. All supplies are put on a conveyor belt and x-rayed. The same method is used when leaving sensitive areas. All exits have bars or walls of metal, and to open it and go out requires the use of a security badge or card. When you use it to exit, the card won't come out, as cards are never allowed to leave the base. Each time you leave the base, you are issued a new card, with all the usual data about you, plus your weight, which is corrected daily. All elevators are controlled magnetically, and there are no elevator cables. The magnetic system is inside the walls of the elevator shaft. There are no normal electrical controls. Everything is controlled by advanced magnetics, including lighting. There are no regular light bulbs. The tunnels are illuminated by Phosphorous Pentoxide units with broad, structureless emission bands. The Alien crafts are stored in five areas: southeast of Dulce, near Durango County, Taos (NM); and the main fleet is stored under Los Alamos (NM). Much of the information we have on the Dulce facility comes from a controversial document called The Dulce Papers. These papers were allegedly stolen from the Dulce underground facility along with almost 30 black and white photos, and a video tape, by a Senior Security Technician (with ULTRA-7 clearance) officer, Thomas Edwin Castello, who claims to have worked at Dulce up until late 1979, at which time he decided that the time had come to part company with his employer. Castello was born in Glen Ellan, Illinois on April 23, 1941. In 1961, Castello was a young sergeant stationed at Nellis Air Force Base near Las Vegas, NV. His job was as a military photographer with a top secret clearance. When he was in his mid-twenties, He later transferred to West Virginia where he trained in advanced intelligence photography. He worked inside an undisclosed underground installation, and due to the nature of his new assignment his clearance was upgraded to TS-IV. It was during this time that he developed a roll of film showing an 'Adamski' type of craft that had a 'swastika' on the side. He remained with the Air
109 Force as a photographer until 1971 at which time he was offered a job with Rand Corporation as a Security Technician, and so he moved to California where Rand had a major facility and within a year his security clearance was upgraded to ULTRA-3. The following year, in 1972, he met a woman named Cathy, and they got married. In November, 1974, they had a son– Eric Scott Castello. For seven years, he worked for the Rand Corporation in Santa Monica, CA, when in 1977 he was transferred to the Dulce facility (in a similar manner as scientist Robert Lazar who worked for the Los Alamos Labs was transferred to Area 51 in Nevada, which is an alternate base similar to Dulce. Lazar claims that he replaced a scientist who had died during an 'altercation' with Aliens in the tunnels below the Nevada Military Complex). He bought a home in Santa Fe, NM in 1977. His pay was raised significantly and his security clearance was upgraded again– this time to ULTRA-7. His new job was as a photo security specialist in the Dulce installation, where his job specification was to maintain, align and calibrate all of the security video cameras throughout the underground complex and to escort visitors to certain areas of the base. Once arriving in Dulce, Thomas and several other new 'recruits' attended a mandatory meeting where they were introduced to the big lie, that: "...the subjects being used for genetic experiments were hopelessly insane and the research is for medical and humane purposes." Beyond that, all questions were to be asked on a need to know basis. The briefing ended with severe threats of punishment for being caught talking to any of the 'insane' or engaging in conversations with others not directly involved with one's current task. Venturing outside the boundaries of one's own work area without reason was also forbidden and, most of all, discussing the existence of the joint Alien-US government base to any outsider would generate severe and, if necessary, deadly repercussions. Thomas did his job as his superiors demanded. At first his encounters with actual Grey and Reptilian beings in the base were exhilarating, but soon he became acutely aware that all was not what it appeared to be. Thomas slowly began to sense that there was an underlying current of tension existing between some of the personnel and himself. Once in a while he would walk around the corner, interrupting serious discussions between co-workers and, as Thomas was a security officer, these talks would die off into a short murmur and individuals would part company. The various areas where he had to go to align the security cameras afforded him the opportunity to venture out and witness things that would stagger the imagination. Later he was to report seeing laboratories that investigated the following: Auraic energy fields of humans; Astral or spirit-body voyaging and manipulation; Psi studies; Advanced mind control analysis and application; Human brain memory recognition, acquisition, and transfer; Matter manipulation; Human-Alien embryonic cloning; Rapid human body replicating by use of energy/matter transfer (complete with an individual's memory from the computer memory banks) and other scientific advances. Once in a while Thomas would see some of the horrifying genetic creations that were housed in separate sections of the base. These, he knew, couldn't have had anything to do with mental illness or health research. Thomas didn't want to look any further. For every time he discovered more pieces to this underground maze, it became more and more overwhelming to accept. His
110 curious mind, however, implored him to search for the truth regardless of his own desire to turn away in horror. It was when he saw humans in cages on Level 7 of the Dulce facility that things finally reached a climax for him. Thomas said: "I frequently encountered humans in cages, usually dazed or drugged, but sometimes they cried and begged for help. We were told they were hopelessly insane, and involved in high-risk drug tests to cure insanity. We were told never to speak to them at all. At the beginning we believed the story." Finally in 1978 a small group of workers discovered the truth– that people were being kidnapped, taken there against their will, and imprisoned to be used in the medical testing. One day, Thomas was approached by another employee who ushered him into a side hallway. Here he was approached by two other gentlemen that whispered the most horrifying words– that the men, woman and children that were said to be mentally retarded were, in fact, heavily sedated victims of abduction. He warned the men that their words and actions could get them in big trouble if he were to turn them in. At this, one man told Thomas that they were all observing him and noticed that he too was 'uncomfortable' with what he was witnessing. They knew that Thomas had a conscience and they knew they had a friend. They were right, Thomas didn't turn them into his commanders. Instead, he made the dangerous decision to quietly speak with one of the caged humans in the area nicknamed "Nightmare Hall." Through their drug induced state, he asked their name and their home town. Thomas discreetly investigated the claim of this 'insane' human during his weekends out of the facility. He discovered through his search that the person had been declared missing in their home-town after vanishing suddenly, leaving behind their traumatized families, who followed dead ends in an attempt to find them. Soon he discovered that many of the hundreds, perhaps thousands of men, women and children from all areas of the world were actually listed as missing or unexplained disappearances. Thomas knew he was in over his head and so were several of his co-workers. All he could do, until somehow the situation changed, was to be alert and extremely guarded with his thoughts. The Grey Aliens' telepathic capabilities allowed them to 'read' the minds of those around them and if he revealed his intense anger, it would be all over for him and his new friends. The resistance grew as a result of the discovery that the "White Draco" leaders of the base had broken the Treaty and were holding several thousand abductees against their will in more remote Alien-controlled levels of the underground network, in cages or in cryogenic containment. In 1978, tensions within the Dulce base were extremely heightened. Several security and lab technicians began to sabotage the genetic experiments and biomedical atrocities that were being perpetrated on abductees who were being brought to the base– some temporarily, but others permanently. Increasingly frail nerves and paranoia finally erupted into what is commonly referred to as the Dulce Wars. It was a literal battle between the Reptilians and the Humans for the control of the base. It was the Reptilians more than the humans that were pushing the "Big Lie" and insisted on using humans in their experiments, and those who did not survive the experiments were used as 'sources' for the liquid protein tanks which 'fed' both embryonic Grey fetuses, as well as full grown Greys, as a source of nourishment. Others joined with them, even a few tall Reptiloids who didn't agree with the policies of their Collective. They had even developed a degree of individual emotionalism as a result of their close association with the humans.
111 There were apparently traitors in the midst of this resistance, although just who it was is uncertain. Several of the scientists who had discovered this were exposed, taken captive and were to be taken to peripheral sub-bases such as those beneath the Indian Reservation in the Ute Mountains of SW Colorado and in SE Utah, and at least two major altercations broke out. In one conflict, which began on Level 3, Special Forces had been sent in to rescue the captive scientists and abductees. Apparently the Greys tried to turn the base security forces, armed with beam weapons known as "Flash Guns," and the machine-gun toting Military forces against each other. When the smoke cleared, 66 (or 68, with 22 being completely vaporized) of the 100 that were sent in died in the firefight. Over 200 Aliens were killed. There were 19 that had escaped through the tunnels. Of those, 7 were recaptured, and 12 remain in hiding. Another attack was apparently ordered by the Illuminati leadership, and all the participants in the resistance, Americans, Nordics, and Reptiloids were slaughtered in cold blood. During his public presentations, Phil Schneider talked about his participation in that event. In August, 1979, he was involved with helping to build an addition onto Dulce. At that time they had drilled four distinct holes in the desert that went down several thousand feet, and were going to link them together and blow out large sections at a time. His job was to go down into the holes and check the rock sample to recommend the type of explosive to deal with a particular rock. When he started getting a putrid smell, he thought a bit had broken, so he went down to investigate. He found himself inside a large cavern, and saw a 7-foot Grey Alien, and soon there were more. He shot two of them, before he was shot with an Alien weapon that ended up giving him cancer. At that time there were 30 people down there, and 40 more came down once it started, and all of them got killed. They had surprised an already existing underground base, which he found out had been living within the planet for a long time. Further details furnished by others say that at least a hundred highly-trained Special Forces, including Delta Force Black Berets, Air Force Blue Berets, Division 5 FBI, CIA, and Secret Service were involved, and that 66 of them died. Before these events, there had been an earlier incident, on May 1, 1975, at Area 51. Two Zeta Reticulan Greys were demonstrating a 100% power-producing annihilation reaction in a relatively small anti-matter reactor to two deep-cover scientists within the tunnels below Area 51, using a super-heavy element, and bombarding it with protons. There were a large number of human scientists and security personnel present in the underground chamber where the demonstration was taking place. One Ret. Four (a slang term for a resident of the 4th planet of the Zeta II Reticuli system) was doing the display and demanded first that all rifles and especially bullets in them be removed from the room, or for the military personnel to leave the area. The Colonel in charge of security, offended by this display of Alien arrogance on a planet where the Aliens were supposed to be 'visitors,' questioned the order, and the elite military guards refused to surrender their weapons. This conflict of interest erupted into a military altercation that ended with the death 1 Alien, 2 scientists and 41 military personnel. One witness to the scene survived. All the humans had died of head wounds because of damage to the brain matter. Since no weapon was seen by the witness, it has been suggested that the Greys might be able to use their minds as weapons– in essence using their brains as a bio-chemical circuit board through which to channel electromagnetic energy via specific neural patterns or pathways. This may explain how the Greys have the ability to walk or phase through solid matter, read minds, send mental messages, and are able to lift and float themselves as well as abductees without observable instrumentation.
112 Following that confrontation, the US Government withdrew from all negotiations with the Greys and a rift began to develop within the Intelligence Community. That can be traced back to Kirtland AFB in New Mexico, which became divided over what to do about the Dulce situation and the Aliens in general. Col. Edwards and the Wing Commander wanted to support Paul Bennewitz in a full-scale investigation of Dulce and they petitioned the White House, which at first agreed and told them to go ahead with the project. That is until forces 'elsewhere' in the Intelligence Community began to bring pressure against the White House and Kirtland AFB to drop the whole thing. Kirtland AFB Col. Richard Doty seems to have been torn between two intelligence agendas, explaining his seemingly schizophrenic reversals in policy regarding Dulce and related matters. Some segments of US intelligence wanted to declare war on the Greys and develop SDI weapons that could be used against them in space and underground, whereas others, apparently motivated by more sinister motives, desired to continue negotiations. Two years following the Dulce wars, Aquarius and MAJI re-established negotiations with the Greys at Dulce for the purpose, it would seem, of gaining continued access to mind control technology for their New World Order agenda. A similar resistance and sabotage resulted in the cessation (for a few years at least) of the projects at the Montauk base six years later in 1985. Thomas returned to his post and began to rethink his work there. He had risen within the ranks of the Security force to the rank of Major, but now his future seemed very uncertain. In 1979 the intense pressure that was brought upon him finally made him break the code of silence. His best friend came to visit, and before she left, Tom pressed a folded piece of paper into her hand and whispered quietly, "don't let anyone see this." She slipped it into her pocket. That night, alone at a motel in Durango, she opened the paper. There were three things on the piece of yellow paper: a sketch of an Alien; an inverted triangle; and the name Dulce. She stared at the mysterious drawing and tried to figure out what it all meant. The Alien in the drawing had a large head, big black eyes, no nose and no hair. The triangle was shaded black. After looking at it, she flushed the paper down the toilet. The next morning, over coffee, she was looking at a map for a route back to Las Vegas when she noticed the name of a small town near the New Mexico state line called 'Dulce.' Then she remembered where she had seen the black triangle before. The symbol was on a hat on Tom's coffee table. It was burnt orange with a black inverted triangle with gold bands cutting it in three sections, and a gold-colored "T" inside of it. Thomas knew that he had to leave the job for his own peace of mind. However, now that he knew the truth about the abductees being held below, it would be almost impossible to live a 'normal' life. He would always be under observation and threat until the day he died. He was also aware of the fact that old age may not be his downfall– that his demise could easily be expedited by certain individuals. After one of his weekends away from the facility, he decided to return to work– this time, unannounced, through one of the less guarded air shafts. Once inside, he preceded to appear as if he was working his normal duties, while taking charge of every thought as he passed by Greys. During this time inside the base, using a small camera, he took almost 30 photos of areas within the multi-level complex. He removed a security video tape from the Control Center which showed various security camera views of hallways, labs, Aliens, and US Government personnel. He also collected documents to take with him. Then, by shutting off the alarm and camera system in one of the over 100 exits to the surface, he left the facility with these photos, video, and documents. He left the same way he had gotten in, through a ventilation shaft inside an ice cave. After he got out, he had a box waiting that he put everything in, then buried it.
113 When he went back to his car, security was waiting for him. They questioned him about his reason for being there, but allowed him to leave. He headed for Colorado Springs The original collection of material, after copies were made, were sealed in a one-piece oxygenfree heavy plastic box, and includes: (1) 27 sheets of 8" x 10" black & white photographs of Gray Aliens, the base, creatures, and vats; with the original negatives. (2) The video tape, and the original 7 minute silent black and white surveillance, from which the video tape was made; which shows the computer banks, the vats, has multiple shots of Nightmare Hall, caged humans, two shots of Greys, one shot of the Terminal showing the sign that says 'To Los Alamos' and about thirty seconds of the Shuttle train arriving. (3) The 25 original pages of diagrams (with notations), chemical and complex genetic formulas, schematics of Alien devices, the schematics for the Flash Gun, as well as his functioning Flash Gun, which is an extremely dangerous weapon. (4) A copy of the new treaty with Reagan's signature plus seven other political signatures and four Alien signatures. (5) 2 pages of original Alien documents, signed by Ronald Reagan (as governor of California), with Reagan's signature on each page. The originals were hidden after five sets of copies were made, and placed in the hands of five individuals, who were told that if they failed to hear from Castello for three consecutive 6-month periods (normally he would visit each of them every six months), then they could release the information or do whatever they wanted with it. No one except Castello and the recipients themselves know who these people were. With the rumor of Castello's death after his disappearance in Costa Rica in the mid-1990s, it is doubtful the recipients will ever release the information, as they are apparently waiting instead until the subject reaches critical mass among the public, so they can come forward with little fear of repercussions. Here is a list of the contents of each of the five boxes: (1) Copies of the 27 photographs. (2) A copy of the video tape. (3) Copies of the 25 pages of diagrams, chemical formulas and schematics. (4) A copy of the new treaty complete with signatures. (5) A copy of the 2 pages of original Alien documents signed by Ronald Reagan. Thomas was ready to go into hiding, but, when he went to pick up his wife, Cathy, and young son, Eric, he found a van and government agents waiting. He had been betrayed by K. Lomas (a fellow worker), who was instrumental in the kidnapping of his wife and child. They had been taken from their home to an undisclosed underground facility for 'safe holding' until he decided to return with the items. It was obvious to him that his wife and son were not going to be returned unharmed, and would probably be used in biological experiments. He didn't return, and instead chose to run. He never saw them again. He has not been heard from since 1991. Thomas visited his friend in December of that year and told her about the shoot-out, and that he had walked out on his job with all of the documentation. She didn't hear from him again until June of 1982. He was running for his life and had been in 20 states and 4 countries. He showed her the photos, video tape, medical papers, diagrams and documents he had taken from the
114 Dulce Base. Drawings were made from what was seen and was circulated in 1987 within the UFO research community as The Dulce Papers. Thomas told her that the Government had a treaty with the Aliens, and that they had been under this earth for countless centuries. He estimated that there were over 18,000 of the short Greys at the Dulce Facility. He had also seen the tall reptilian humanoids. He told her that his wife and son had been kidnapped and held in a subterranean base, and that he needed a safe place to hide all the original papers that he took from the Base and other things of a substantial nature to prove the Alien conspiracy. They buried the box of material on a mountain, but the years have changed the terrain, and she has not been able to relocate the exact burial site. The Reptiloid and Grey collectivist-interventionists of Draconians and Orion became desperate as the situation began to escalate out of control. Time was running out, and the Aliens faced the danger that their centuries-old agenda to infiltrate and conquer the surface nations of Planet Earth was falling apart at the seams. All efforts were directed towards the infiltration of American and global society in general, the destruction of the US Constitution and implementation of the New World Order through their Illuminati collaborators. It is rumored that now, even some of the Greys want to break free from the Draconian-controlled Orion Empire, and might be training human abductees to fight against their overlords should a revolution occur.
Area 51 – Groom Lake – S4 – Dreamland The Nevada Test Site was used for bombing and artillery practice during World War II, but then abandoned. The Lockheed Aircraft Corporation needed a place to begin testing the U-2 highaltitude spy plane, and the CIA advised U-2 designer Kelly Johnson to find a suitable location to build a secure aircraft testing site. In March, 1955, he sent test pilot Tony LeVier and Lockheed
115 foreman Dorsey Kammerer to southern California, Nevada and Arizona to scout out possible areas. LeVier would later claim credit for recognizing the dry, flat area of Groom Lake as an ideal place for secret testing. A makeshift base was established there with just a few shelters, workshops, and a group of trailer homes.
An aerial view of Area 51
116 Johnson nicknamed the place "Paradise Ranch," but when his test flight team arrived in July, 1955, it was just referred to as "the Ranch." It was actually formally called "Watertown Strip," after the town in upstate New York, near Lake Ontario, where CIA Director Allen Dulles was born. In June, 1958, it was officially designated as "Area 51" by the Atomic Energy Commission, after the grid it occupied on an old Nevada map; but this name was discontinued in the 1970s. The Blackbird's flight characteristics and maintenance requirements forced a massive expansion of facilities and runways at Groom Lake, and by the time the first A-12 Blackbird prototype flew at Groom in 1962, the main runway had been lengthened to 8500 feet and the base boasted a complement of over 1,000 personnel. It had fueling tanks, a control tower, and a baseball diamond. Security was also greatly enhanced, the small civilian mine in the Groom basin was closed, and the area surrounding the valley was made an exclusive military preserve. By 1970, the US Air Force Command took over the operation of Groom Lake, and unmanned high-speed drones such as the Model 147 Lightning Bug, Model 154 Firefly and D-21 Tagboard were being tested. In 1967, the US acquired its first Soviet MiG-21, as it began to step-up efforts to acquire Russian weapons technology, and Groom Lake is reported to be the permanent home for a small number of aircraft of Soviet design (obtained by various means), that are analyzed and used for training purposes. After the initial agreement with the Aliens, Groom Lake, one of the nation's most secret test centers, was closed for a period of about a year, sometime between about 1972 and 1974, and a huge underground facility was constructed for and with the help of the Aliens. The 'bargained for' technology was put in place, however, it could only be operated by the Alien's themselves, so, it could never be used against them, even if it was needed. In 1975, the Red Flag series of realistic air warfare exercises began at Nellis AFB, and large areas of the ranges surrounding Groom Lake were utilized. It was referred to as "Red Square," at this time, but it soon acquired the name of "Dreamland." The term DREAMland is said to be an acronym that stands for Data Repository Establishment and Maintenance. The Systems Command reputedly used this Top Secret facility to test-fly advanced aircraft, such as the U-2 (first tested in August, 1955); and in the late 1970s, it became the location for the testing of aircraft with advanced capabilities and stealth technology, such as the A-12 (first tested in 1962, the Mach-3 high altitude reconnaissance aircraft later became known as the SR-71 Blackbird), the aborted YF-12A strike fighter, F-117A Nighthawk stealth fighter (Have Blue, an early prototype was first tested in late 1977), Northrop's B-2 advanced tactical stealth bomber (ATB, cancelled in 1992 after at least $300 million had been spent, and replaced by the Tier 3 Minus UAV, Lockheed's Darkstar), and the Aurora. The Aurora is a $20 billion plane that runs on controlled explosions of cryogenic methane, which propel the triangular matte black aircraft to 8 times the speed of sound. It was also used to test stealth air-launched missiles like the Lockheed Advanced Cruise Missile (ACM), cancelled in 1992; and the Northrop Tri-Service Stand-Off Attack Missile, cancelled in 1994. Cloaking technology, in the form of electro-chromatic panels mounted to aircraft has been tested at Area 51. In the 1980s, it was expanded considerably. The main runway was extended south, and then a huge northern extension was constructed out onto Groom Dry Lake, which today has a length of 27,000 feet. A smaller parallel runway was built in the early 1990s. Semi-recessed shelters were
117 built along the main taxi-way so that secret aircraft could be more easily hidden from the view of orbiting satellites. New radars, satellite telemetry and other communications facilities were installed, and extra warehouse and assembly areas constructed. The base housing area was completely rebuilt, accommodating up to 2,000 people, and an extensive recreational facility provided. Today, Groom Lake seems to be administered by Detachment 3 of the Air Force Flight Test Center at Edwards AFB. Area 51, is located in the northeastern corner of a vast, desolate stretch of land known as the Nevada Test Site (a large portion of which includes the Nellis Air Force Bombing and Gunnery Range) but has practically nothing to do with underground nuclear testing. It is located approximately 75 miles north-northwest of Las Vegas and occupies 150 square miles of a dried up lakebed in the Great Basin Desert. It consists of the Groom Lake and Papoose Lake Complexes. The expanding portion of the latter complexes became known as the S-4 site, and is in the southwest corner of Area 51 (where a saucer facility is said to be located). The Yucca Mountain nuclear storage facility is approximately 40 miles (64km) southwest of Groom Lake. Most of the stuff at the Groom facility deals with defense, but there is a large storage area in the tunnels that holds thousands of Alien craft parts.
This entire area is under the strictest control of Airspace R-4808N (with unlimited 'ceiling'), which prohibits any entry therein of air traffic, either civilian or military, unless special clearance for such entry is secured well in advance. By land, the area is meticulously patrolled 24-hours a day by several tiers of external security even though it is conveniently 'covered' by the Jumbled Hills (which cover north of the Papoose Lake area), making it virtually impossible for anyone to see the facilities without first climbing atop Bald Mountain or the other hills of the rugged Groom Mountain range to the north of the lakebed which became off-limits to the public in 1985, when the Air Force acquired the 89,000 acres adjacent to the Groom Lake facility. However, 2 hillsides to the south of the Groom Range, White Sides Peak and Freedom Ridge, still offered a
118 view of the base from 12 miles away, until they were annexed by Air Force in 1995 when they bought up another 9,000 acres. The main external perimeter security is now handled by Wackenhut Special Securities Division, which is part of the Wackenhut Corporation, a worldwide semi-private security firm based in Coral Gables, Florida that has an exclusive contract with the US Department of Energy and handles not only the security at the Nevada Test Site but also at many other secret facilities and sensitive installations throughout the US and their interests worldwide, including ground-level perimeters for several large underground facilities in and around Edwards Air Force Base in Southern California. There are dozens of unmanned, miniature-sized, four-wheel remote-controlled automatic security vehicles which constantly patrol the immediate perimeters of the S-4 Site, located around Papoose Lake. They are produced by Sandia Laboratories of Albuquerque, New Mexico exclusively for the Department of Energy. There were a few technical people who worked at Sandia Labs who were interested in the Alien activity at Area 51. One employee knew a mysterious Colonel Ronald Blackburn, who was reputed to have said that there were 600 Aliens at the Groom Lake facility. The outer northeastern perimeters of this area, located in the Tickaboo Valley come under the geographical jurisdiction of Lincoln County, and are relegated to the Bureau of Land Management, yet it is still considered highly inadvisable for anyone to even enter the main country dirt road, known as the Groom Road, which begins its southwestern extension towards Groom Lake from a point midway between mile marker 34 and 33 on Highway 375, and leads to the guard shack located 2½ miles northeast of the Groom Lake complex. The first line of exterior security forces (who are dressed in military-type camouflage uniforms, but with no insignia of any kind) consists of the patrols (in Bronco-type four-wheel drive vehicles) who sometimes drive around at night with their lights off on various country dirt roads adjacent to the outer demilitarized zone, intimidating any civilian vehicle that tries to enter those access roads (off of Highway 375) which are located on public land. These patrols (also part of Wackenhut Special Securities Division) are under strict orders to avoid any direct contact with civilians. They are only instructed to radio the Lincoln County Sheriff immediately should anyone be spotted driving on any of those dirt roads. The most common radio frequency used between Security Control and Lincoln County Sheriff's patrols is 138.306 MHZ. The ground patrols are assisted by FLIR-equipped Sikorsky MH-60G Pave Hawk helicopters. The only area 'allowed' by the Sheriff for curiosity seekers to 'congregate' is an open area near a black mailbox located at the south side of Highway 375 between mile marker 29 and 30. Even then, the Sheriff patrol will routinely stop by during the evening to check on the cars parked at the mailbox area. However, based on information provided by a highly reliable source connected to a special US Navy SEAL operations center, the mailbox area is constantly being monitored by high-powered, state-of-the-art, infra-red telescopes set up at a facility known as Security Control high atop Bald Mountain (10 miles west of the area), the highest peak in the Groom Mountain Range. It was precisely at 4:45 a.m. on the morning of Thursday, April 16, 1992, that an NBC news crew, dispatched to the area to report on the landing of an alleged super spy-plane known as Aurora on Groom Lake, accidentally succeeded in video-taping the first flight of a mysterious
119 object while standing at the mailbox area and looking due south toward Jumbled Hills. The footage, taken with a night-scope vision camera, was broadcast nationally on NBC Nightly News with Tom Brokaw on April 20, 1992. NBC News reported that it had video-taped a test flight of a new US aerial craft that had definitely defied the laws of physics, and that the news team may thus have taken the first glimpse of the other 'deep black' projects being conducted within the confines of the top-secret facility. Also, in regard to the ongoing security program, usually a day or two prior to any significant test flights a vehicle-traffic counter is laid on Highway 93, at approximately 1½ miles north of Ash Springs, right before the junction of Highway 375. The other counter is set up about a ½ mile or so west upon entering Highway 375. It is believed that the information is relayed to several of the security posts, including the main observation on top of Bald Mountain, and the purpose is to monitor the presence of clusters of vehicles or caravans, though now there may be also a more sophisticated device for registering the number of vehicles going through the area. In a feature article in the February, 1988 issue of Gung-Ho magazine, about the type of aircraft being flown at Area 51, was this observation: "In the early 1980s a radio technician working at Area 51 reported seeing a saucer on the ground. It was some 20 or 30 feet in diameter, he said, and when it flew, it moved silently through the air. The technician also viewed a number of wooden shipping crates marked 'Project Redlight.' That project may have been a forerunner of Snowbird." William Moore, a UFO researcher is also in possession of more Aquarius documents, a few pages of which leaked out several years ago and detailed the supersecret NSA project which had been denied by them until just recently. In a letter to Senator John Glenn, NSA's Director of Policy, Julia B. Wetzel, wrote, "Apparently there is or was an Air Force project with the name Aquarius which dealt with UFOs. Coincidentally, there is also an NSA project by that name." The NSA's project Aquarius dealt specifically with "communications with the Aliens." Within the Aquarius program was Project 'Snowbird,' a project to test-fly a recovered Alien aircraft at Groom Lake, Nevada. This Project continues today at that location. In the words of an individual who works at Groom Lake, "Our people are much better at taking things apart than they are at putting them back together." The medical tests at the Nevada Test Site are conducted by and for the Navy. The US Naval Research Laboratory has a Parapsychology Research Unit that coordinates its research activities with DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency). Some of their activities are conducted under the auspices of the Office of Naval Intelligence and are being held at locations such as Area 51. ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) wave-emitting devices, scalar wave machines, electromagnetic beam weapons and highly-defined hologramic projections are just a few examples of the many new types of mind-control 'weaponry' that the government seems to have developed in the past three decades or so. Newest researches on special types of hallucinatory and memory-tampering drugs are part of a growing 'arsenal' that the US Naval Intelligence boasts to have developed in its own Parapsychology Mind Control Unit. According to information from a highly reliable informant within a special operations group of the Department of the Navy (DON), two of the most widely used devices will be RHIC (Radio Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control) and EDOM (Electronic Dissolution of Memory). The first of the two, RHIC, calls for the implantation of a very small, electronic, micro-radio receiver which acts
120 as a Stimulator which will stimulate a muscle or electronic brain response. This, in turn, can set off a 'hypno-programmed' cue in the victim or subject, which would illicit a pre-conditioned behavior. The second one, EDOM, calls for remotely-controlled production within the brain of Acetyl-Choline which blocks transmission of nerve impulses in the brain which results in a sort of Selective Amnesia. According to this source, in the hands of certain Units within the intelligence community, both of these methods are already being used. An amazing article appeared in the Los Angeles Times (Section A, pg. 3) on May 12, 1992, announcing that Caltech scientists had discovered and confirmed the presence of "tiny magnetic particles in the brains of humans, similar to those that have heretofore been found in other animals." According to the Caltech researchers, it is now an undeniable fact that every human brain contains a tiny natural magnetite particle, even from the time of conception. Could the government, particularly the US Naval Research Laboratory, have known this fact for a long time? It is also interesting to note that in the early 1990s, many strange, turquoise-colored antennatowers with triangular configurations on the top were beginning to be constructed along key areas near the freeway systems of many US cities, particularly proliferating the Los Angeles and Orange County areas of California. According to several reports, these antenna-towers were presently being used as relay towers for the increasing networks of cellular telephone systems and were being operated by such firms as Pacific Bell and Telesis. However, an interesting aspect of these strange antenna-towers was that there were increasing reports that the Department of Defense was somehow involved in this operation. The frequency waves being utilized in cellular telephone communications are, according to several researchers, strikingly close to the range of frequency waves used in several ELF emission and microwave experiments of the US Naval Research Laboratory as well as DARPA, no doubt these towers will be utilized throughout the nation. In 1989, a physicist named Bob Lazar appeared on a Las Vegas television station and claimed that he had been employed at Area 51 for a few months the previous year, for the purpose of "reverse engineering" 1 of the 9 Alien flying saucers housed there to find out how its power source worked. He alleged that they were flown from a highly secure facility named "S-4" at Papoose Lake, 10 miles southwest of Groom Lake. Lazar’s personal academic credentials were suspicious (he claimed his educational records, from both the California Institute of Technology and MIT, were destroyed by government agents). Nonetheless, Lazar’s description of how a flying saucer works was enticingly elaborate—as are the U. S. Government pay documents Lazar can show for the period he claims to have worked at Area 51. In August 1994, an Air Force official admitted the base existed, saying: "There are a variety of facilities throughout the Nellis Range Complex. We do have facilities within the complex near the dry lake bed of Groom Lake. The facilities of the Nellis Range Complex are used for testing and training technologies, operations, and systems critical to their effectiveness of US military forces. Specific activities conducted at Nellis cannot be discussed any further than that." Other Sites of Interest A 1989 report in the US News and World Report, stating that the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and the Pentagon administer approximately 50 secret underground command posts around the country, where the President and top officials might be
121 taken in the event of nuclear war. However, other departments of the US Federal Government also maintain underground facilities, including the Department of Energy, the Federal Reserve, the National Security Agency, and the US Navy. In addition, military contractors and corporations, such as Standard Oil, McDonnell Douglas and Lockheed, among others, are also said to have underground facilities. Many of the 'closed' military bases in the United State possess underground facilities which are occupied by UN troops from various countries. Several Federal Buildings in many major cities also reportedly have underground facilities equipped with massive military weapons stashes, such as the Oklahoma City Federal Building which contained a 15-level base underneath (which was revealed during the initial local reports of the bombing of the federal building there– although the references to the underground tunnels were censored by the time the story reached national and international audiences) The United States Government literally abandoned its civil defense program, in lieu of Federal Relocation Centers for the purpose of the “Continuity of Government” facilities developed by FEMA,” to maintain essential government services and emergency functions during any event which affects national security. It has been reported that there are as many as 96 underground facilities throughout Maryland, West Virginia, Virginia, Pennsylvania, and North Carolina (an area around Washington, DC known as the Federal Arc) that will house government officials from specific agencies. After 9-11 it was revealed in an ABC television special with Peter Jennings, that there are 19 emergency operating facilities for sheltering federal government officials within 300 miles of Washington. Civilians will be left to seek out the 235,000 buildings designated as fall-out shelters. In addition, the Defense Department’s Civil Defense Preparedness Agency (DCPA) indicates that there is the potential for sheltering 50 million people in mines. Nevertheless, if a nuclear exchange were to occur today, the best estimates are that 160,000,000 Americans would die, but only 5,000,000 Russians. There is an abandoned bunker, code-named “Cannonball,” on top of Cross Mountain in Franklin County, near the town of Shimpstown, PA (south of Mercersburg), that served as a FEMA VIP Evacuation and Support Center. It is a 103 foot high cylindrical tower, that is 25 feet in diameter, with reinforced concrete walls 15 inches thick. The tower, accessed through a blast door on its side at ground level, contained microwave communications equipment, and served as a microwave relay station. It is believed to have one underground level, which is now flooded. The site also contains an 8,000 gallon fuel tank. A similar looking facility, part of the same network of facilities, known as a V.I.P. Evacuation and Support facility (code-named “Corkscrew”), is located at Boonesboro, Maryland, between Middletown and Rohersville, on the spine of South Mountain, called Lambs Knoll. On Reno Mountain Road, near the monument of the Civil War officer (Reno), there is an unmarked blacktopped service road (marked “Private”) that leads to the gate of this installation and around to the back of a silo-like structure, where, a short distance away, is a metal door below ground level. There are no other visible surface structures, which makes it obvious that its facilities are underground. It is fenced in, not marked with any signs, and has an unmanned electric gate. On the grounds there are a couple of collapsible antenna masts and fire tower, and an AT&T relay tower. On the USGS map it is referred to as a fire tower and helipad; while local people refer to it as a missile site, missile silo, weather station, radar site or atmospheric test facility. It is not
122 only a microwave relay station; it is also a complete Presidential Emergency Facility (PEF) which contains a 2-level underground circular bunker (it is divided into wedge-shaped rooms like a pie) about 100 feet in diameter.
Cannonball’s tower, door and entrance
Tower and grounds of Corkscrew
“Cartwheel” is a former PEF (similar to “Cannonball”) which is located in Fort Reno Park, in Tenleytown (a suburb of, and highest point in Washington, D.C.), the location of a Northwest region Civil War fort that was used to defend the nation’s capitol.
Cartwheel– the former Presidential Emergency Facility
Another underground FEMA VIP Evacuation and Support Facility has been identified at Hearthstone Mountain, west of Hagerstown, MD. One of 60 (20 are underground ‘hardened’ installations) built around the country, it housed an AUTOVON (Automatic Voice Network) center, terrestrial microwave links and troposcatter radio equipment. They were typically large, multi-level installations built to withstand a nuclear attack, with walls 1½ feet thick, and shielded with copper to repel electromagnetic pulse. There is a decontamination chamber and internal filtering system, power generators (with fuel storage), bunks, medical supplies, and enough food to accommodate a staff of 30 for about three weeks. This site is said to be abandoned. The following is a list of known and purported underground industrial and military facilities, and Deep Underground Military Bases (DUMBs) in the United States: ALASKA (67% owned by Federal Government) 1) Brooks Range 2) Fort Greeley ARIZONA (44% owned by Federal Government) 3) Black Mountain 4) Fort Huachuca (NSA facility, also reported detainment camp) 5) Gates Pass Base 6) Gila Mountain Area (South of Interstate 8, about 30 miles east of Yuma) 7) Grand Canyon There are caves near the confluence of the Colorado and Little Colorado rivers. Hopi legends say that their ancestors once lived underground with a friendly race of "ant
124 people," but some of their kind turned to sorcery and made an alliance with lizard or serpent men known as the "two hearts," which lived in the still deeper caverns below. The "flood" of evil and violence forced the peaceful Hopi's to the surface world. In 1946 a man calling himself Dr. F. Bruce Russell, and claiming to be a retired physician, told a similar story about finding strange underground rooms in the Death Valley area in 1931. He told of a large room with several tunnels leading off in different directions. One of these tunnels led to another large room that contained three mummies. Artifacts found in the room appeared to be a combination of Egyptian and American Indian design. The most amazing thing about the mummies though was the fact that they were more than eight feet tall. Dr. Russell and a group of investors formed "Amazing Explorations, Inc" to handle the release, and profit, from this remarkable find. But, as stories of this type usually go, Russell disappeared, and the investigators were never able to find the caverns and tunnels again, even though Russell had personally taken them there. The desert can be very deceiving to anyone not used to traveling it. Month's later, Russell's car was found abandoned, with a burst radiator, in a remote area of Death Valley. His suitcase was still in the car. The old TV series Death Valley Days once ran a short story about western pioneers also finding mummies in the desert. Since one of the script writers stated that "there had never been a script without a solid basis in fact", it would be interesting to find out what their source had been. An explorer named G. E. Kincaid (an explorer and hunter all his life, worked 30 years for the Smithsonian Institute) claimed to have found "one of" the ancient caves, and reportedly discovered Oriental, Egyptian and Central American type of artifacts: "First, I would impress that the cavern is nearly inaccessible. The entrance is 1,486 feet down the sheer canyon wall. It is located on government land and no visitor will be allowed there under penalty of trespass. The scientists wish to work unmolested, without fear of archeological discoveries being disturbed by curio or relic hunters. A trip there would be fruitless, and the visitor would be sent on his way. The story of how I found the cavern has been related, but in a paragraph: I was journeying down the Colorado River in a boat, alone, looking for mineral. Some 42 miles up the river from the El Tovar Crystal canyon, I saw on the east wall, stains in the sedimentary formation about 2,000 feet above the river bed. There was no trail to this point, but I finally reached it with great difficulty. Above a shelf which hid it from view from the river, was the mouth of the cave. There are steps leading from this entrance some 30 yards to what was, at the time the cavern was inhabited, the level of the river. When I saw the chisel marks on the wall inside the entrance, I became interested, securing my gun and went in. During that trip I went back several hundred feet along the main passage till I came to the crypt in which I discovered the mummies. One of these I stood up and photographed by flashlight. I gathered a number of relics, which I carried down the Colorado to Yuma,
125 from whence I shipped them to Washington with details of the discovery. Following this, the explorations were undertaken." The Passages "The main passageway is about 12 feet wide, narrowing to nine feet toward the farther end. About 57 feet from the entrance, the first side-passages branch off to the right and left, along which, on both sides, are a number of rooms about the size of ordinary living rooms of today, though some are 30 by 40 feet square. These are entered by oval-shaped doors and are ventilated by round air spaces through the walls into the passages. The walls are about 3 feet 6inches in thickness. The passages are chiseled or hewn as straight as could be laid out by an engineer. The ceilings of many of the rooms converge to a center. The side-passages near the entrance run at a sharp angle from the main hall, but toward the rear they gradually reach a right angle in direction." The Shrine "Over a hundred feet from the entrance is the cross-hall, several hundred feet long, in which are found the idol, or image, of the people's god, sitting cross-legged, with a lotus flower or lily in each hand. The cast of the face is oriental, and the carving this cavern. The idol almost resembles Buddha, though the scientists are not certain as to what religious worship it represents. Taking into consideration everything found thus far, it is possible that this worship most resembles the ancient people of Tibet. Surrounding this idol are smaller images, some very beautiful in form; others crooked-necked and distorted shapes, symbolical, probably, of good and evil. There are two large cactus with protruding arms, one on each side of the dais on which the god squats. All this is carved out of hard rock resembling marble. In the opposite corner of this cross-hall were found tools of all descriptions, made of copper. These people undoubtedly knew the lost art of hardening this metal, which has been sought by chemicals for centuries without result. On a bench running around the workroom was some charcoal and other material probably used in the process. There is also slag and stuff similar to matte, showing that these ancients smelted ores, but so far no trace of where or how this was done has been discovered, nor the origin of the ore. Among the other finds are vases or urns and cups of copper and gold, made very artistic in design. The pottery work includes enameled ware and glazed vessels. Another passageway leads to granaries such as are found in the oriental temples. They contain seeds of various kinds. One very large storehouse has not yet been entered, as it is 12 feet high and can be reached only from above. Two copper hooks extend on the edge, which indicates that some sort of ladder was attached. These granaries are rounded, as the materials of which they are constructed, I think, is a very hard cement. A gray metal is also found in this cavern, which puzzles the scientists, for its identity has not been established. It resembles platinum. Strewn
126 promiscuously over the floor everywhere are what people call 'cats eyes,' a yellow stone of no great value. Each one is engraved with the head of the Malay type." The Hieroglyphics "On all the urns, or walls over doorways, and tablets of stone which were found by the image are the mysterious hieroglyphics, the key to which the Smithsonian Institute hopes yet to discover. The engraving on the tables probably has something to do with the religion of the people. Similar hieroglyphics have been found in southern Arizona. Among the pictorial writings, only two animals are found. One is of prehistoric type." The Crypt "The tomb or crypt in which the mummies were found is one of the largest of the chambers, the walls slanting back at an angle of about 35°. On these are tiers of mummies, each one occupying a separate hewn shelf. At the head of each is a small bench, on which is found copper cups and pieces of broken swords. Some of the mummies are covered with clay, and all are wrapped in a bark fabric. The urns or cups on the lower tiers are crude, while as the higher shelves are reached, the urns are finer in design, showing a later stage of civilization. It is worthy of note that all the mummies examined so far have proved to be male, no children or females being buried here. This leads to the belief that this exterior section was the warriors' barracks. Among the discoveries, no bones of animals have been found, no skins, no clothing, no bedding. Many of the rooms are bare but for water vessels. One room, about 40 by 700 feet, was probably the main dining hall, for cooking utensils are found here. What these people lived on is a problem, though it is presumed that they came south in the winter and farmed in the valleys, going back north in the summer. Upwards of 50,000 people could have lived in the caverns comfortably. One theory is that the present Indian tribes found in Arizona are descendants of the serfs or slaves of the people which inhabited the cave. Undoubtedly a good many thousands of years before the Christian era, a people lived here which reached a high stage of civilization. The chronology of human history is full of gaps. Professor Jordan is much enthused over the discoveries and believes that the find will prove of incalculable value in archeological work. One thing I have not spoken of, may be of interest. There is one chamber of the passageway to which is not ventilated, and when we approached it a deadly, snaky smell struck us. Our light would not penetrate the gloom, and until stronger ones are available we will not know what the chamber contains. Some say snakes, but other boo-hoo this idea and think it may contain a deadly gas or chemicals used by the ancients. No sounds are heard, but it smells snaky just the same. The whole underground installation gives one of shaky nerves the creeps. The gloom is like a weight on one's shoulders, and our flashlights and candles only make the darkness
127 blacker. Imagination can revel in conjectures and ungodly daydreams back through the ages that have elapsed till the mind reels dizzily in space." Smithsonian archaeologists S. A. Jordan and associates also explored the manmade cavern, about 1480 feet below the surface. The underground city is about 42 miles up river from El Tovar Crystal Canyon and Crystal Creek, and about 2,000 feet above the river bed on the east wall. John Rhodes after 3 years of field research reportedly discovered the Grand Canyon city, which is now being used as a museum for elitist groups and has lower levels that are being used by "super secret black book operatives," which can only be entered via a stainless steel door at the bottom of a stairwell deep within the "city" that is "guarded by a very lonely soldier staring into the darkness... dressed in a white jumpsuit and armed only with an M16 assault rifle to ward off his imagination." 8) Grand Wash Cliffs (West edge of cliffs at the head of Grapevine Wash– must be reached via Hwy 93 and then unpaved roads) 9) Green Valley 10) Hualapai Mountains (East side of mountain range, about 35 mi SE of Kingman) 11) Luke Air Force Base 12) Mt. Lemmon 13) Page An NSA-Alien facility which, some suspect, is partially powered by, and entered via Lake Powell's Glen Canyon hydro-electric dam. Tunnels to: Area 51, NV; Dulce base, NM. 14) Rincon Mountain (North side) 15) Safford 16) Santa Catalina Mountains 17) Sedona Reports of a joint-operational city and facility, located under the Enchantment Resort in Boynton Canyon. There have been many reports by people in recent years of "increased military presence and activity" in the area, along with unusual electromagnetic vortex phenomena. Also believed to be the location of a detainment camp.
128 18) Superstition Mountains (east of Phoenix) The tunnel systems beneath this area are considered dangerous and rumored to be inhabited by Reptilian-type Creatures and supernatural forces. Those that claim to have have found the tunnels tell of the remains of ancient structures and a spiral staircase that leads forever down into the bowels of earth. The main entrance to the tunnel system links to numerous tunnel passageways which go out as far as Central America. 19) Wikieup, (Tunnel to: Area 51, NV) 20) Yucca Mountains ARKANSAS 21) Cushman Caverns west and west-northwest of the town are legendary for stories of deep cavern systems, encounters with humanoids with an attitude, giant serpents and insects, deadly gas pockets, strange electro-magnetic phenomena and unexplained disappearances. One of these is "Blowing Cave" which lies in the mining area NW of Cushman and is located ¼ mile north of a road leading west from Cushman, one of several caverns in the area, and some of them possibly connecting to deeper levels. Between the large entrance and an underground lake far back in the cave is a trail that winds through an area of rubble or "breakdown." The trail is intersected by a crack in the earth [between the entrance and the lake] that, if followed into the breakdown, widens enough to enter. This chasm is reportedly an entrance to the endless networks of the Alien underworld. 22) Vicinity of Hardy and Cherokee Village 23) Pine Bluff CALIFORNIA (49% owned by Federal Government) 24) Bakersfield In 1972, Wanda Lockwood of Bakersfield reported that in 1970 she was playing with her son in his bedroom when what sounded like a large steel hammer struck the concrete basement floor 3 times. Her child Danny was so surprised that he began to cry. Having heard a similar noise several months earlier beneath her living room, Wanda was curious and put her ear to the bedroom floor and clearly heard "the roar of machinery." She took a hammer and began to pound the basement floor in a 1-23, 1-2-3 manner until 5 minutes later someone beneath the floor began to tap back in the same 1-2-3, 1-2-3 manner. She could hear a series of noises and knocks and then she faintly heard men talking to each other, but the voices were too muffled to understand. In later months she would again hear the machinery when placing her ear to the floor, but never again the men's voices.
129 25) Barstow (Camp Irwin) Reports of several tunnels below the Camp Irwin area, one of which is an abandoned mine at the bottom of which is an "earth crack" which leads to a tunnel that connects with a massive underground river about a quarter of a mile wide– one of at least five subterranean rivers which rise and fall with the tides, suggesting the source of origin being a large underground sea below the dry basins of Utah and Nevada. One of these reportedly runs below Kokoweef and Dorr peaks near the SW flank of the Ivanpah Mountains NW of Needles, California. These underground rivers are said to empty into the Pacific or Gulf of California via large water caves near the base of the continental slopes. There are reports that a detainment camp exists here. Tunnels to: 29 Palms, CA; Edwards AFB, CA; Mt. Shasta, CA; Area 51, NV. There is possibly another site due west a few miles. 26) Benicia 27) Cadiz The late Earl Gambrel tells how he was transported by an Alien craft one night from the outskirts of Barstow to an area just 2 miles NW of Bonanza Springs, some 13 miles from Cadiz and just south of the Clipper mountain area. He was shown a cave or tunnel in the side of a hill near a natural rock arch and a peak which looks like it has "a black railroad car on top of it." After considerable travel underground at a 30° descent, he reached an underground city with streets and houses filled with large crystals, now abandoned. He also heard of another man who reportedly found the cave and told others about it, but who was killed shortly thereafter. 28) China Lake Naval Weapons Testing Center (Mind control, weapons research) 29) Chocolate Mountains (Where there are several mines that open into a base highway, but it is patrolled regularly and has surveillance cameras; tunnel to: Fort Irwin, CA. 30) Darwin (4 miles west of the town of Darwin) 31) Death Valley According to local Indian legend, there is an entrance in the Panamint Mountains down on the lower edge of the range near Wingate Pass, at the bottom of an abandoned mine shaft. The bottom of the shaft opens into an extensive tunnel system. The tunnels also connect to the surface through arched windows in the side of the mountain overlooking the Valley, which in ancient times were accessible by boat, but today are a few thousand feet above the Valley. From Emigrant Canyon, on the road between Furnace Creek Ranch and the Salt Bed, you should be able to see these windows with high-powered binoculars or a telescope. 32) Deep Springs Due east of San Jose and next to the California-Nevada border, is named after a small spring fed lake, within which government divers have reportedly discovered an underground river which they have followed for approximately 27 miles in the
130 direction of Las Vegas, although it is uncertain whether or how much of this is actually walkable. Deep Springs, according to an agent who was part of a secret CIA paramilitary force called "Yellow Fruit" or "YF" based at the Nevada Test Site, is the basing area of a large nest of Grey Aliens who are involved in an electromagnetic war with the "benevolent ones" who have made allies within the Nevada Test Site, and who serve as advisors to intelligence agencies that are turning against the Greys as a result of betrayals of joint-operation treaties. However there are still intelligence agencies under Alien control working at the Nevada Test Site and especially within the deeper underground levels [the benevolents and their allies essentially having gained the "upper ground"], but the whole scenario was a mess and "out of control", largely because of the military-industrial "machine" itself which has become so compartmentalized and secretive [even to the exclusion of Congressional oversight] that the true patriots don't have the freedom or backup to do much damage against their underground nemesis, mainly because of the limitations imposed upon them by fraternal oaths, mental programming, and military security clearances. Gravity anomaly maps also suggest the existence of massive caverns beneath the area. There are tunnels to: Death Valley, CA; Mercury, NV; Salt Lake City, UT. 33) Edwards AFB In the area where Diamond Creek and the south fork of the Yuba River meet, there are 3 underground bases for aircraft development and antigravity research. The "Haystack" bluff or butte near the launch area reportedly holds underground levels and surface pylons where pulse beam and stealth research is being carried out. Haystack Butte is reportedly the central hub of massive underground activity, with underground connections to other facilities. Witnesses who have described alien activity there have died under mysterious circumstances. There are reports of an ongoing excavation below the base down past 9,000 feet. Tunnels to: Catalina Island, CA; Fort Irwin, CA; Tahachapi, CA; Vandenburg AFB, CA. 34) George AFB 35) Helendale SW of Barstow, 6 miles north of the Helendale auxiliary airport. This is a Lockheed facility known as the RCS (Radar Cross Section) test range. It is the location a massive underground facility (possibly 3 separate areas), including a COG (Continuity of Government) facility, 300' below the surface. There are several underground openings, especially in the northern end. There is also a 100 foot pylon for testing antigravity prototypes. Some of these types of pylons are retractable and can be raised or lowered into the ground. It has an extensive railway/shipping system through it from the Union Pacific days which runs in from Salt Lake City, UT; Denver, CO; Omaha, NB; Los Angeles, CA; and Chicago, IL). This is a secret testing location for aircraft technology. 36) Lakeport-Hopland Edward John spoke of an area midway between the two cities (in the area of the Krishna temple) and somewhat south, where the following has been reported: spacetime distortions, attempted attacks by Alien creatures at night, black automobiles
131 disappearing into cliffs, cars mysteriously stalling and starting, rumors of a "bottomless cave" with a stone staircase leading downward, unexplained disappearances of "government vehicles" along the Hopland - Lakeport road, and mysterious deaths among residents of a nearby valley. Also a 1990 magnetic survey identified a large gap in the magnetic field near Lakeport and Mt. Konocti, suggesting a large cavernous expanse below. 37) Landers About a 12 miles north of Yucca Valley is Giant Rock [Giant Rock is in San Bernardino county], thought to be the largest free-standing boulder in the world. It covers 5800 sq. ft. and is 7 stories high. It was used in ancient times for rituals by Native American chiefs. Frank Critzer was the first modern individual to excavate rooms from beneath Giant Rock. According to Hank Krastman, Frank stated that in the process of his excavations he "had stumbled onto some unusual glass-lined tunnels underground which went down real deep."Critzer hollowed out 400 square feet of rooms from under the north side. Deputies from Riverside county during WWII tried to apprehend Frank for questioning as a possible German spy but when Frank barricaded himself in his "home" the deputies threw in a tear gas grenade, which ignited a pile of dynamite under his table that was used for excavation. The evidence of those deep "glass" tunnels may have been buried in that explosion. Frank was killed, and newspapers held to the spy story even though the FBI told George Van Tassel it was not true. George restored some of the rooms under the rock, where he claimed to have had meetings with human ET's who claimed to be members of a Solar system Tribunal on one of the moons of Saturn. Van Tassel was instructed to build the domed "Integratron" near the Giant Rock, with the belief that the weight of the rock pressing down on the sand-quartz below created an electromagnetic field similar to the one created about 7 feet above the apex of the Great pyramid, generated by the massive weight pressing down on the quartz-laden stones. After George passed away the "government" blew up the underground chamber. 38) Lancaster A collaboration between Northrup, McDonnell-Douglas and Lockheed is developing and testing anti-gravity air and/or spacecraft in massive underground facilities that are said to extend 42 Levels. Abductees report being taken to these elaborate multibillion dollar underground complexes where they have seen human military personnel working with Grey Aliens, and in some cases reptilian humanoids. Glowing disks, triangles, boomerangs, elongated shapes, spheres and other types of anti-gravity craft have been seen flying or hovering in the area, as well as unmarked black helicopters. Tunnels to: Edwards AFB, CA; Palmdale, CA. 39) Lawrence-Livermore International Labs (The lab has a Human Genome Mapping project on chromosome #19 and a $1.2 billion laser facility) 40) Moreno Valley
132 41) Los Angeles In the old Spanish Garavanza district, where 64th Avenue York Boulevard now lie, there used to be a ranch owned by Ralph Rodgers who had employed several Mexican and Chinese workers. In early 1900, Andrew C. Smith and Charles A. Elder, discovered a rumored tunnel entrance in the area and reported it to the local newspaper, whose editor confirmed their story. They explored the tunnel to some depth. They also learned from a Mexican elder of a Native American village that existed on the banks of the Arroyo Seco River.; that when the Spanish entered the area a man named Juan Dominquez had explored the tunnel which led " to a gigantic cave and then still going further down," spreading under the entire village of Garavanza and then connected to the Spanish Church of the Angels on North 64th Avenue. One entrance was reportedly located along the west bluff of Arroyo Seco River about 300 feet south of the former Pasadena Ave. Rail Bridge, and about 20 feet above the stream, but the city "blew up" the entrance after children were hurt in the cave, and a freeway now exists in the area; however a secret opening still exists in the basement of the Spanish church mentioned above. Early visitors to the cave had reported "many caverns and tunnels going deep down, with eerie voices coming from them." The cave was used by Native Americans for ritual purposes. On Feb. 12, 1953, witnesses observed an automobile enter the throat of a storm drain near Willowbrook and Greenleaf Avenues. Police followed the fresh tire tread, marks, while other police and flood-control workers continued the search by dropping through manhole covers. The search continued until midnight, when 7 miles up the drain tunnel, the tracks disappeared. It was reported: "In the muddy silt covering the floor of the drain, the tire-tread marks were sharp and fresh... then no more tracks." 42) Mt. Lassen In Tehama County, near the town of Manten, and according to resident Ralph Fields, there is an entrance on the side of the mountain, actually a dormant volcano, near a rock outcropping, 7000 feet above sea level. Believed to be connected to Mt. Shasta, CA. 43) Mt. Shasta Supposedly this has been touted as the location of the Agharthean city of Telos, and the place where Lemurian survivors went after the disaster that destroyed their land. Hopi Indian legends say the mountain is one of the 13 homes of the Lizard people (Reptoids), while some others Native American legends say it is the home of an invisible race of men. In 1904, J.C. Brown, an explorer for a British mining company, reported that he had discovered a caved-in hollow in the side of the mountain complete with one skeleton and hieroglyphic writings on the walls. Brown later quit his job and settled in Stockton, where he lived out his life selling gold trinkets that he claimed to have found in the Mt. Shasta cave. In 1934, Abraham Mansfield said he encountered a tribe of Lemurians, who had dug tunnels connecting Mount Shasta and the Bluff Creek area. Belived to be a 5 Level base, and the location of genetic experiments, magnetic technology, space and beam weaponry testing; 5 Levels. Tunnel to: Ft. Irwin, CA.
133 44) Needles 45) Nevada City The Mayflower mine east of the city contained a long tunnel from which strange noises were often known to emerge, and also reports of "devils" being sighted in the nearby Murchie mine. 46) Norton AFB 47) Oakville In 1992, about 15 miles southeast of Santa Rosa, in the mountains at a remote area near the Oakville Grade, close to the Napa and Sonoma County line, an 87 acre secret multiple level underground government facility was built. Investigated by the Napa Sentinel, they were told by officials at Travis AFB and Hamilton AFB, that it was to be a FEMA base (regional center for west coast). It is also COG site. Black helicopters have been seen leaving and entering the facility on a constant basis. There is a large microwave transmitter located there. Constructed of reinforced steel, it replaced other sites which were located in Benicia, and an old railway tunnel in Ukiah.Tunnels. They are working on direct satellite and laser communications. It is allegedly connected to wineries north of Napa, which are used for trafficking of people for mind-control experimentation. 48) Oxnard (Port Hueneme Naval Weapons Division Base, rumored to be tunnels to Catalina Island, and Edwards AFB, possibly utilizing old mines) 49) Palmdale If you take Palmdale Blvd. to 240th Street, and then to R-8 Ave.; on the eastern edge of R-8 Ave. is McDonnell-Douglas's Llano technology center. You can see it better from the Three Sisters Hills to the south of the facility. Located at the old Grey Butte Airport, about 6 miles SW of El Mirage dry lake and 9 miles NE of Llano, it is believed to be over 8 Levels deep. t is involved in new aircraft design, hi-tech aerospace technology, and anti-gravity research. There are pylons upon which various aerodynamic hulls are placed for stealth and other design tests. Often the objects atop the pylons have been seen to glow at various intensities. 50) Presidio (FEMA Region IX regional office) 51) Quincy 52) San Bernardino 53) Santa Barbara County 54) San Diego The COMTRAPAC submarine base reportedly has several underground levels. The 6th Level is said to contain a terminal to a sub-shuttle transit system capable of
134 subterraneous hi-speed transits to other US underground bases and facilities as far away as Washington DC. 55) San Joaquin Valley (Underground Rockwell facility) 56) Santa Rosa During the 1950’s, it was reported that there was a large underground facility underneath the AT&T building in downtown Santa Rose, California, which was believed to have a tunnel extending a couple miles away to a nearby military base. 57) Sierra Nevada Mountains 58) Tehachapi Mountains Just below a saddle in the mountain, about 25 miles NW of Lancaster, CA in the Tehachapi Mountains, at the north end of Antelope Valley and the Little Oak Canyon; just above the town of Rosamond, and near Edwards AFB; there is a secret Northrop multi-level underground testing facility known as the 'Anthill,' 'Black Hole,' Tejon, or the Tehachapi 'Ranch.' From Los Angeles go on Hwy 14 towards Edwards AFB, after Palmdale, turn off and after taking several streets to 170th Street, go north on 170th St. to the Rosamond-170th Street intersection; the second and lower and better maintained dirt road will take you west, and if you take a right going north at the power lines and up to the hilltop you will see the top of this underground facility. Nearby is the Kern River Project near Bakersfield, CA, where the upper river is being used by the government to provide hydro-electric power to the underground facility. It was expanded in the 1980s from 13 to 42 Levels. There are huge hangers and very large elevators where highly technical aircraft, spacecraft and other things are tested. It is a literal city underground, with large passageways and technical laboratories. The whole valley is full of tunnels, and you can drive from one end to the other underground. It is heavily involved with electronics and hi-tech aerospace research. There are tunnels to Palmdale (McDonnell-Douglas's Llano facility), Edwards AFB and George AFB. 59) Trona (Several miles NW of Trona, directly under Argus Peak; sits on China Lake's NWTCs land, and may have been built in the 1960s) 60) 29 Palms Marine Base Identified on military map as airspace area R-2501 N. This is a US Alien research/diagnostic facility and UFO base. There is a tunnel to the Chocolate Mountains This an eyewitness report from 'Tim': "I have lived in the 29 Palms area between 1982 and 1994. I again live here. I came back in 2006. I have spent many nights at Giant Rock…approximately 1986 I was at Giant and noticed that some new power poles had been installed north north-east of Giant Rock approximately 2 miles away as the crow flies. I went to investigate and
135 this is what I found - a narrow cut out in a ridgeline that led to a large steel door, of course it was locked. I went to the top of the mountain and found a vertical shaft with fresh air blowing out!? I found another shaft at approximately a 40 degree angle leading below the surface, I climbed down the shaft and stopped approximately ¼ mile below the surface. I was on the other side of a rock and mortar wall that blocked the tunnel, however there were three holes approx 8" in diameter with rebar in them, in the wall. On the other side was a concrete floor, a small room lined on both sides with large computers and a table with coffee cups sitting on it!? The concrete floor of the room simply dropped off into a vertical shaft. I estimate it to be the same shaft that I found above. The interesting thing was the fresh clean air being pumped out!? I have been back to the site a number of times over the years, the shafts are closed-in now, but the door remains!?" 61) Ukiah (old railway tunnel) 62) Yucca Mountain COLORADO (38% owned by Federal Government) 63) Alamosa Blanca Peak is located between Alamosa and Walsenberg, above the San Luis Valley of Colorado. It is a known "hot spot" for UFO sightings and animal mutilations. Also Southwestern Native American tribes have legends involving the caverns below the Mt. Blanca, San Luis Lakes, and Great Sand Dunes National Monument region, through which their ancestors migrated during a time of surface natural disasters before emerging onto the surface once again. 64) Book Cliffs (near Rifle, CO) 65) Boulder (University of Denver; involved in genetics, geology/mining as it relates to tunneling and underground construction) 66) Colorado Springs One of the first publicly revealed underground facilities was the Cheyenne Mountain Operations Center. This joint US & Canadian effort is used by NORAD (NORth American Aerospace Defense) Command Combat Operations and FEMA, and has hundreds of staff and military personnel. This complex functions as an early warning system and tracks thousands of satellites, missiles, submarines, and UFOs; and controls our missile defense systems. Construction began in May, 1961, expanding already existing caverns, and was completed December, 1965. The main tunnel is a third of a mile long and leads to a pair of 25-ton blast doors which are 50 feet apart. Beyond the second door is an underground complex consisting of a 4½ acre area of chambers and tunnels nearly a mile long. The main chamber consists of three areas 45 feet wide, 60 feet high, and 588 feet long, which are intersected by four chambers 32 feet wide, 56 feet high, and 335 feet long. Within the inner complex, there are 15 free-standing buildings– a 1-
136 story, a 2-story, and eleven 3-story buildings. Other reports state that there are up to 45 underground buildings and over 1,200 miles of underground roads, with tunnels to Creede, CO; Denver, CO; Dulce Base, NM; and Kinsley, KS.
Cheyenne Mountain construction
Entrance to Cheyenne Mountain
Although the primary source of electricity is the city of Colorado Springs (a back-up power source comes from six 1,750 kilowatt, 2,800 horse-powered diesel generators), it is essentially a self-contained complex in that all the support services
137 necessary to maintain the operation is contained within, such as a dining facility, medical and dental facility, pharmacy, two physical fitness centers, a base exchange, chapel, and a barbershop. Water is stored in four excavated reservoirs (three are for industrial purposes, and the other is the complex’s primary domestic water source) which have the potential to store 1.5 million gallons of water.
Blast Door at Cheyenne Mountain
Control Room at Cheyenne Mountain
Tunnel at Cheyenne Mountain
67) Creede This is reportedly the site of a northern extension of the Dulce base in NW New Mexico. Gravity anomaly maps show a very low gravity field, suggesting massive
138 caverns below. Believed to be tunnels to: Colorado Springs, CO; Delta, CO; Dulce Base, NM. 68) Delta (Tunnels to: Creede, CO; Salt Lake City, UT)
Aerial view of the Denver International Airport
69) Denver International Airport Not only did locals not want this airport built nor was it needed, but everything was done to make sure it was built despite that. Constructed in 1995, the government and politicians were persistent on building this airport in spite of it ending up way over budget. There were charges of corruption, and reports of constant construction
139 company changes, and mass firings of teams once they had built a particular section, so that no one group had any idea what the blueprint of the airport was. There is a Deep Underground Military Base located underneath the Denver International Airport, which goes down at least 8 and possible 10 levels, and a 4.5 square mile area. There are reports of electronic/magnetic vibrations which make some people sick and cause headaches in others. There are acres of fenced-in areas which have barbed wire pointing into the area as if to keep things in, and small concrete stacks that resemble mini-cooling towers rising out of the acres of nowhere to apparently vent underground levels. There were reports of 5 buildings that were constructed and later buried, tram-like tunnels with sprinkler pipes overhead at intervals of 5-6 feet, a 40-foot shaft leading to a restricted area, several terraced areas that go down into the earth, and a restricted "bio-hazard" area. This is also a staging area for military vehicles and equipment to be used when martial law is announced. Then there are Masonic symbols, bizarre murals, and strange artwork (pictured below), as well as a time capsule– none of which is featured in the airport's web site section detailing the unique artwork throughout the building.
Unusual statue and sculpture
Masonic influence on the Capstone
143 It's no coincidence that the CIA relocated the headquarters of its domestic division, which is responsible for operations in the United States, from the CIA's Langley headquarters to Denver. This is reported to be the location of a major transportation hub and containment facility that will be a major detainment complex for thousands of people. There are believed to be tunnels to the Denver area, Rocky Mountains, and Cheyenne Mountain, CO. 70) Falcon AFB (Multiple Levels, with a tunnel to Colorado Springs, CO) 71) Fort Collins (Has a tunnel to the Dulce, NM base) 72) Gore Range (Near Lake, west of Denver, CO; Library and Central Data Bank) 73) Grand Mesa 74) Lakewood The FRC for Region VIII (Colorado, Montana, N. Dakota, S. Dakota, Utah, Wyoming) is located at the Denver Federal Center (accessed through Gate 1 at W. 6th Avenue and Kipling Street in Lakewood, CO). During World War II, a 2,080 acre area west of Denver was the site of the Denver Ordnance Plant, which produced ammunition for the war. Afterwards, the Government kept 690 acres, which became the single largest concentration of federal offices outside of Washington, DC. In 1963, the FEMA center was located in building 50, with a 96 foot by 22 foot Quonset-type (corrugated steel structure with arched ribs) bunker submerged in the ground west of it. In 1969 they moved to building 710, a self-contained, two-level underground installation that can provide working and living space for 300 government personnel for up to 30 days. It is accessed through a lobby that protrudes from the earth, and beyond the blast door is a command center, offices, reception area, living area (male and female dormitories with 3-tier bunk beds, pantry, dining facilities, lockers, restrooms, and showers) and communications center (with computers, high frequency radios, ham radio, and a 10,000 watt transmitter which is protected against electromagnetic pulse, lightning and electrical surge). It can operate independently of public utilities, has a main and back-up generators, an 800 foot well, and a 5,000 gallon water tank. A 40-acre antenna field contains 10 above-ground, and 2 buried antenna (which can be raised to the surface in the event the others are damaged). 75) Montrore (North of Paradox, in Paradox Valley, reached via Hwy. 90 via Nucla) 76) San Juan Valley (Hidden beneath and in an operating Buffalo Ranch) 77) Sleeping Ute Mountain (at the Ute Indian Reservation on the extreme SW corner of Colorado) 78) Telluride FLORIDA 78) Eglin AFB
144 GEORGIA 79) Forest Park 80) Marietta An underground Pentagon facility below the Kennesaw Mountains, a few miles from Dobbins Air Force Base, used as a "defense" installation for the surrounding 13 states region; and a test site for plasma and anti-gravity aircraft, and weapons. 81) Thomasville A FEMA Federal Regional Center for Region IV (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Missouri, N. Carolina, S. Carolina, Tennessee) in SW Georgia located on a 38 acre site, and has a 37,734 square foot underground facility that was built in the early 1970’s. It has its own independent water, power and support systems, as well as a telecommunications center. It is training groups in Search and Destroy tactics for when Martial Law is imposed. INDIANA 82) Kokomo For years people in that area have reported a "hum" that has been so constant that some have been forced to move and it has made many others sick. It seems to come from underground, and "research" has turned up nothing although it was suggested by someone that there is massive underground tunneling and excavating is going on, using naturally occurring caverns, to make an underground containment and storage facility. IDAHO (65% owned by Federal Government) Lower Goose Lake 83) Oakley In the general area of Oakley, Wackenhut runs a "model prison" 500 feet underground, where the worst of the federal prisoners are placed. This underground prison has 7,100 cells and contains about 2,700 federal inmates. A track runs through the middle of the underground facility. Food and showers are on the tracks, and the men are allowed showers once a week. The minimum of lighting is used and the men are beaten senseless if they talk at all. INDIANA 84) Bedford & Lawrence County Area (Continued activity in large old mines which indicates a possible government use of the large old quarries) KANSAS 85) Atchison (DIPEF underground facility, which the Government would activate in case of an emergency)
145 86) Fairview (AT&T maintains an underground facility) 87) Hutchinson Report received on this Base: "I can vouch for the underground base in Hutchinson, KS. The entrance to the tunnel is underneath Hutchinson Hospital and is huge. I was walking down that tunnel when I was a kid and at the end of this tunnel is a rock face wall with a 90 degree turn to the right. I stopped and refused to go any further down the tunnel, my instincts told me to stop. I distinctly remember hearing screams coming from there. These were not just cries for help, but more like blood curdling horrifying screams like someone had just been murdered. I really want to know what was and probably still is going on down there. You are free to report the story, but please keep my name anonymous." 88) Kansas City (Entrance near Worlds of Fun) 89) Kinsley (Tunnels to: Colorado Springs, CO; Hutchinson, KS; Tulsa, OK; Kokoweef Peak, CA; known as the "midway city" because it's located halfway between New York and San Francisco) MARYLAND 90) Aberdeen Proving Ground 91) Edgewood Arsenal 92) Ft. Meade NSA facility; 10 acres of the most sophisticated supercomputers; massive surveillance of all the world's communications, including all transmissions in the US and world's of telephones, telegraph, telex, fax, radio, TV and microwave transmissions, including the monitoring of domestic, internal communications by ordinary American citizens. 93) Olney The Office of Emergency Preparedness (OEP, now known as FEMA) built a ‘hardened’ (protected against nuclear attack) underground facility in 1971 at 5231 Riggs Road (Gaithersburg), near junction of Routes 97 and 108, beneath a cow pasture, in Montgomery County, MD, between Olney and Laytonsville. It is entered by a staircase from a small surface building, although there is a horizontal entrance that is used to unload freight. The Federal Regional Center at the Olney Special Facility had served as the Alternate National Warning Center (contained a National Civil Defense Computer system) and was one of two centers (the other being at NORAD in Cheyenne Mountain) that would issue a warning in case of a nuclear attack on the United States. It was believed by some to be at least 10 levels deep, however the report of 2 levels seems to be more realistic. It takes up an area of 65,000 square feet. With the Warning Center supposedly transferred to Thomasville, Georgia, it now serves as a Satellite Teleregistration Facility, along with other Regional Centers.
146 94) Suitland (Classified archives of US Government stored here in underground vaults) MASSACHUSETTS 95) Maynard The FRC complex for Region I (Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Massachusetts) is at 63 (Bldg. A) and 65 (Bldg. B) on Old Marlboro Road, in Maynard, MA (Middlesex County), and has an underground facility containing 2 levels. MICHIGAN 96) Battle Creek (FEMA regional center) 97) Gwinn (near Gwinn, near an AFB, is a large underground base which is a key base for sending signals) MISSOURI 98) Bat/Dead Man/Dry/ Howell cluster of caves 99) Carthage There was a report of someone who was exploring caverns under Carthage, and discovered that they led to a massive underground military storage facility used by the US Navy. 100) St. Francis Mountains (Between St. Louis & New Madrid) 101) Twin Bridges (About 12 miles south of Lebanon) MONTANA 102) Bozeman (Involved in genetics) NEBRASKA 103) near McCook, NE (Red Willow County) NEVADA (87% owned by Federal Government) 104) Area 51 Two large multi-level underground facilities close to, but separate, from Groom Lake– Papoose Range and Cockeyed Ridge (S-4). There are also S-2, S-6, and S-66 underground installations, with S-66 being the most secret, reported to have 29 levels and is 11,300 feet deep. See pg. 114 for more details. 105) Blue Diamond
147 106) Fallon AFB (SW of Fallon, on the flats, near Reno) 107) Mercury Federal payroll records show that the Department of Energy, which has control of the nation's stockpile of nuclear bombs, employs 32 people in the town of Mercury, NV, the only city inside the Nellis Air Force complex. This town can be found on most maps but is not counted in the US Census. Some or all of these people may be employed as part of the Yucca Mountain project, a plan to open an underground repository to deposit America's used nuclear fuel. When Robert Lazar was a guest on a KVEG radio show, a construction worker called host Billy Goodman to say, "We are the construction workers...we put things together and take them apart...of the meeting of seven people, there are two who will come forward to support you." The caller further said, "There's more than just tunnels down there (below Mercury). There's everything you can imagine down there. I know because we put it up. We installed, we did everything." 108) Tonopah (SE in Quartzite Mountains) 109) San Gabriel Mountains (On western side of Mojave Desert; heavy vibrations coming from under the forest floor which sounds like geared machinery. These vibrations and sounds are the same as heard in Kokomo, IN and are suspected underground building & tunneling operations) NEW HAMPSHIRE There may be as many as three underground installations in New Hampshire's hills, according to reports. NEW JERSEY 110) Paramus There is a massive underground facility with an entrance located in an office building at 140 Century Road. The building next door at 120 Century Road is also owned by the same company which finances projects carried out below. There are reports of abducted women and young girls who are heavily mind controlled using brainwashing, extreme sexual abuse and torture-induced MPD alternate programmed personalities, in order to create "sex agents" used to infiltrate the American Industrial Complex following WW II. These agents are used to extract important information from, to bribe, or to blackmail powerful men. Believed to be connected to ARCO (Rockefellers Standard Oil) in New Jersey. 111) Picatinny Arsenal (¼ cubic mile underground facility) NEW MEXICO (36% owned by Federal Government) 112) Angel Peak (Carlsbad Cavern area, abandoned base) 113) Carlsbad (Underground nuclear testing; tunnel to: Fort Stockton, TX)
148 114) Cordova 115) Corona 116) Datil (Tunnel to Dulce Base, NM) 117) Dulce Base (Tunnels to: Page, AZ; Colorado Springs, CO; Creede, CO; Area 51, NV; Carlsbad, NM; Datil, NM; Los Alamos, NM; Taos, NM; See pg. 103 for more details) 118) Kirtland AFB This is a 3,000 acre base in the foothills of the Monzano Mountains, near Albuquerque, NM; which contains the Kirtland Munitions Storage Complex (a topsecret underground military facility where nuclear warheads are stored) and Sandia National Laboratories (one of the nation's top-secret government contractors specializing in top military-industrial projects). There are miles of tunnels, multiple underground levels, and is the possible location of a secret nuclear weapons assembly facility. It is surrounded by a 9½ mile concentric band of 4 tall chain-link security fences, the third of which carries a lethal electrical charge, and the fourth is topped with coils of razor-sharp concertina wire. Entrance to the facility is through secure blast doors set into the mountain. Research in electrical/magnetic phenomena. Tunnels to: Carlsbad, NM; Dulce, NM; Los Alamos, NM; possibly Datil, NM. 119) Los Alamos National Laboratory About 95 miles southeast of Dulce, according to the Department of Energy, Los Alamos is a high-security, 6,000 sq. foot facility built in the late 1940s. This is one of the top US research laboratories specializing in the study of the human genome, and was also a vital center of the Government's SDI research and development programs. Just about a hundred miles southwest of Los Alamos is Albuquerque, where the Kirtland AFB is located. There are said to be multiple levels and 800 miles of underground tunnels, and the base is still growing due west. There are tunnels to: Kirtland AFB, NM; Dulce, NM, Datil, NM , Taos, NM. The government-sponsored genetics researchers and bio-technology experts at Los Alamos are said to be conducting in-depth psychotronic studies not only on the total effects of mind-control upon human behavioral patterns, but also on its possible applications relative to such areas as genetics engineering and exploration of the human genome. As far as advanced bio-technology is concerned, there is no doubt that micro-chip implantation technology is being perfected in which tiny micro-chips could be implanted in our circulatory systems, vital organs and tissues if need be for whatever purpose the future may require. 120) Pie Town Location of an unexplored cave with large steps leading deep into the earth near El Moro National Monument NE of Pie Town, and reports of a southern extension base between Pie Town and Datil which is linked underground to the Dulce base.
149 121) Sunspot 122) Taos Pueblo (Tunnel to Dulce, NM) 123) White Sands In Alamogordo, NM area, the army bulldozed the mountain out and placed a huge steel door over the entrance. Believed to have 7 levels. It is a major hub for research, military shuttle flights, radiation research center, missile testing and design; tied in with Dulce, NORAD, and NASA. NEW YORK 124) Adirondack Mountains (near Elizabethtown, NY) 125) Montauk Believed to be an 8-9 level deep facility beneath Camp Hero at Montauk Point on Long Island where the government, in collaboration with Brookhaven National Labs, and the ITT Corporation have apparently been engaged with the Montauk (or Phoenix) Project– sophisticated time-space manipulation experiments, quantumhyperspace mechanics, as well as microwave mind-control experiments aimed at large populations, which are, according to researcher Al Bielek, being carried out to a greater degree than ever before under the cover of the Alaskan HAARP project. It has been stated that unusual frequency broadcasts were detected all over Los Angeles prior to the LA Riots of 1992 shortly before the civil unrest broke out, and there were inferences that the LA Riots were part of an "Operation Garden Plot" trialrun to establish martial law in America on the pretext of preventing a potential race war throughout the country. Entrances reportedly exist under the old 7-story Montauk Tower in the nearby town of Montauk; near the Sage Radar Tower and buildings to the north; under the old Montauk Air Force Station; Block Island; East Hampton; in a hill near the Lighthouse at Montauk 'Point' itself; in the cliffs overlooking the beaches near Camp Hero; behind the so-called "cement bunkers" that have been sealed; under the "mystery closets" which can be seen throughout the area; and connecting the basements of three [?] buildings, now demolished, in the Shadmoor area directly west of the Ditch Plains public bathhouse and parking lot; an entrance near a boulder which sits along the west side of the SE entry road to the base; and also at Fort Pond Bay. A massive shipment of gold which disappeared at the end of World War II from an Allied train that had been dynamited in a rail tunnel, was later used to finance Montauk experiments, as a means to counter the Navy's own Philadelphia experiments. The CIA itself delivered over into the hands of the Illuminati much of the Philadelphia experiment's research and technology. 126) Plattsburgh AFB 127) Rome National Air Base
150 NORTH CAROLINA 128) Brown Mountain (near Morgantown, about 15 miles north of a highway marker posted by the state) OHIO 129) Wright-Patterson AFB (Dayton, OH; rumored US Air Force repository for Alien craft, technology, prototype aircraft, and stealth technology) OKLAHOMA 130) Ada (One of FEMAs most sensitive bases, rumored to be working on human cloning) 131) Ashland Naval Ammunition Depot OREGON (55% owned by Federal Government) 132) Bull Run (North side of Bull Run Reservoir area near Mt. Hood, and very close to Larch Mountain and south of Benson State Park at the Columbia Gorge) 133) Cave Junction Suspected location is in or near Hope Mountain, near Applegate Lake, OR, just over into California; which was built in an abandoned mine with over 36 miles of tunnels and shafts that are up to 1,500 feet deep. 134) Coos Bay Has had 3 separate but coordinating underground facilities. The facility farthest east, about 20 miles inland in the wilderness near Hwy 42, has been shut down and abandoned, but still well camouflaged. The coast facility is probably still operational. 135) Crater Lake 136) Klamath Falls Since September 1995 this has been a base for the Air National Guard, FEMA, CIA, FBI; and an underground concentration camp is believed to exist here. 137) Wimer (Ashland Mountain area; underground chemical storage) PENNSYLVANIA 138) Blue Ridge Summit (Raven Rock) At Raven Rock Mountain, at the 4,667 acre Raven Rock State Park in Franklin County (near Fountain Dale and Ligonier), on Blue Ridge Summit, is an Alternate Joint Communications Center (AJCC) simply known as ‘Site R’ (for Raven Rock) or ‘The Rock,’ which is just over the state line near Waynesboro, PA. It is about 6 miles north of the Presidential retreat of Camp David in the Catoctin Mountains near
151 Thurmont (MD), and it is believed by some to be connected with it via a tunnel. In 1950, President Truman approved the 716 acres as part of Camp Albert C. Ritchie in Maryland. Construction began in 1950, and it became operational in 1953. It came under the auspices of Fort Detrick (MD) when Fort Ritchie closed in September, 1998, as part of the 1995 Base Realignment and Closure Act. It is a major electronic nerve center, a sister site of Mt. Weather, and is an emergency back-up for the Pentagon. Because of its ‘back-up’ status, it is known as the ‘underground Pentagon.’ It is actually a duplicate of the Pentagon’s Command and Control Center, and was used by Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz during the September 11th terrorist attacks. It provides computer services, functions as a disaster recovery site, and oversees over 38 communications systems. It has a staff of about 350 people. The 260,000 square foot facility lies 650 feet beneath the 1,529 foot summit, and can be accessed by 4 tunnels, which is secured by a chain link fence.
Sign on the fence at Raven Rock
Blasted out of the granite, there are five buildings, in specially excavated separate caverns within the complex– with at least three of them being 3-story structures. Inside this massive bunker, which can accommodate 3,000 people, there is an underground reservoir containing millions of gallons of water, medical/dental facilities, dining facilities, a fitness center, a convenience store (Post exchange), a barber shop, a chapel, 35 miles of phone lines, and six 1,000-watt generators. The walls and
152 ceilings of the tunnels are ceramic tile with fluorescent lighting recessed into the ceilings. In 2002, in a Department of Defense briefing, in response to a question as to why $74 billion needed to be allocated for upgrades to the facility for power, cooling, and staff accommodation, it was revealed that “…it fits into the overall continuity of government plans.” According to the 1994 US Army Military Police publication Physical Security of the Alternate Joint Communications Center they reference a location known as ‘Site Creed’ which is the “limited area on the west side of the AJCC with an underground building complex.” Highly secured, most personnel at ‘Site R’ did not even know it existed. It is a Presidential Emergency Facility (PEF) that is code-named the “Lucy and Desi Suite."
Area of Raven Rock
Main entrance to Raven Rock
153 TEXAS 139) Calvert 140) Dallas (The Texas Instruments plant, near the main gate of its Dallas facility, allegedly conceals an underground entrance leading to large caverns below) 141) Denton (FEMA regional center) The first concrete reinforced underground FEMA Federal Regional Center (FRC) in the country (representing Region VI and states of Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas) was constructed on a 20 acre parcel of land in Denton, Texas (800 North Loop 288).
Federal Regional Center (VI) in Denton, Texas
142) Fort Hood (Also reported to be a detainment camp) 143) Fort Stockton (Tunnel to: Carlsbad, NM) 144) Red River Arsenal UTAH (67% owned by Federal Government) 145) Dark Canyon 146) Dugway (Cloning, cybernetics, chemical and radioactive material storage) 147) Lake Powell area 148) Granite Mountain (Little Cottonwood Canyon) A few miles up the canyon there are 3 switch backs on the north side of the road, with security signs posted, leading up to the "granite" cliffs. The first switch back leads to the underground records vault maintained by the Mormon Church, which has an underground but "off limits" connecting passage which leads deeper into the mountain, to a massive cavern where military and Alien personnel collaborate, and witnesses have observed massive construction projects, and large underground buildings.
154 149) Modena 150) Salt Lake City There is believed to be an underground FEMA facility at the Salt Lake City Airport. Kennecott Copper Company, reported to be owned by the World Bank, is serviced by Union Pacific, and reported to be connected to the Mormon Church. The mine has received a heavy volume of big trucks after 11 pm, for instance, in a normal night over 6 dozen large trucks with 2 trailers each have rolled into the mine. In other words, it appeared that the heavy train & tractor trailer activity indicated that something other than mining was going on. Below Crossroads Plaza (via the exits behind the "Crossroads Cinemas" theater on the "right" and also under manhole covers within and outside of the mall), across the street from the Temple are reportedly ancient tunnels that were discovered by early construction workers and excavators, some of which have been refurbished. Also hints of an Alien presence in the area. The tunnels, catacombs and cavern systems below reportedly involve the following: Dangerous encounters with reptilian humanoids, federal agency involvement, men seen in a 300 ft. long chamber wearing suits and carrying Uzi machine guns, holographically concealed side passages, a greenish glow seen emanating from behind a locked door in the 3rd sub-level below, ancient wooden doors blocking passages that lead north (also on the 3rd sub-level), tunnels under the NE corner of the Crossroads plaza leading south and east that are blocked by metal gates, a huge passage "large enough to drive a semi through" leading south and strung with lights at the bottom of a multi-leveled concrete shaft with descending trap doors, three-toed footprints and a seemingly bottomless pit seen in the cavern from which the "semi" tunnel extends southward, rumors of over 100 miles of passages (some ancient and some modern), several accounts of people who have disappeared in the underground labyrinth, paranormal manifestations, an intact segment of an ancient global aquifer which collapsed during forming the ocean beds, and whispered rumors of connections to a vast system of cavern-networks covering an area of about 1,000 miles diameter and extends into other parts of Utah and then Idaho, Nevada, Arizona and Colorado. 151) Vernal
An aerial view of Mt. Weather
VIRGINIA 152) Bluemont On December 1, 1974, a TWA Boeing 727 jet crashed into a foggy mountain in northern Virginia, killing all 92 people onboard, and after that, it was discovered that there was a secret government compound nearby called Mount Weather. Mount Weather (Western Virginia Office of Controlled Conflict Operations) is an 561 acre installation located about 48 miles (by air, and 54 via the roads) west of Washington, and 1,725 feet above sea level in the Appalachian foothills, near the town of Bluemont (5 miles northeast), Virginia. As you drive on route 7, west of Leesburg, you’ll turn left on Route 601 just west of Bluemont, and that will lead you right to the gates (actual address is 19844 Blue Ridge Mountain Road). In case of an all-encompassing national emergency, a hand-picked list of civilian and military leaders will be taken to this huge underground shelter in order to form the nucleus of a postwar government. It is run under the auspices of FEMA who refer to it as the “special facility,” but it is officially called the “Continuity of Government Program.” Mount Weather has been owned by the federal government since 1902, when the 94 acre site was purchased by the US Department of Agriculture. President Coolidge even talked about building a summer White House there. During World War I it was used as an artillery range, and then during the Depression it was used as a work farm for homeless people. The Bureau of Mines began using the site for experiments in 1936. Initiated by the Federal Civil Defense Administration (later known as the Federal Preparedness Agency), construction began in 1954, and was completed in 1959. Eisenhower told the Director of Mt. Weather (code-named “High Point”): “I expect your people to save our government.” Bernard T. Gallagher, who was a Strategic Air Command pilot and served as Director of Mount Weather for 25 years, said: "I don't think people realize how close we were (to nuclear war)."
A closer aerial view of Mount Weather
An overhead view of Mt. Weather
The main gate to Mount Weather
Mount Weather was built, according to a 1992 Time Magazine report, "to ensure the survival of the US Government, preserve order and salvage the economy in the aftermath of an atomic attack." It was reported that Millard F. Caldwell, former governor of Florida, suggested that it be used as an alternate capital, because it was believed that the fallout shelter beneath the East Wing of the White House (known as the President’s Emergency Operation Center) did not offer sufficient protection from a nuclear attack against Washington. The plan is for the President, and key administration officials to be flown out of Washington on Air Force One, which, at an altitude of 45,000 feet, is said to be safer that any area on the ground, can be refueled in the air, and stay airborne for up to three days when the engine will fail because of lack of oil. They will be taken to Mount Weather. It is named for the weather station that was formerly maintained on the mountain by the Department of Agriculture. The facility was constructed inside a mountain made of greenstone and striated granite, the 4th hardest rock known to man; the entrance is sealed with a door, similar to that of a bank vault, only much larger; and it is guarded around the clock. There are also about 65 primary buildings on the surface that is part of this complex. There are 403 people there to take care of the needs of the 1,000 to 2,500 that work there everyday, around the clock. Richard Pollack, a reporter for Progressive Magazine, in the mid-1970’s, interviewed a number of people who had been inside the man-made cavern, and revealed that it is an underground city with streets, sidewalks, office buildings, cafeterias, private living quarters, dormitories, a hospital and medical facility, a television and radio studio and broadcasting facility, closed circuit TV, law enforcement unit, fire department, and a battery-powered subway. It has a transit system with electric cars. It is illuminated with fluorescent lighting. It has a spring-fed artificial lake (large
158 enough for water skiing) for drinking water, several ponds, its own waterworks, a pair of 250,000 gallon water tanks, a diesel-powered electrical power plant, a sewage treatment plant capable of processing 40,000 gallons a day, and one of the most sophisticated computer systems in the world (which contain all records on its computers, such as census, Social Security, and IRS information, as wells as other data in its system) and is connected to other subterranean facilities such as Raven Rock. It even has a chamber for members of Congress to meet. It can support a population of 200 for up to 30 days, although it can accommodate up to 2,000 people. Only the President, his Cabinet, and the Supreme Court would have private sleeping quarters. The President or the next in line of succession, would take his place in an area there known as the White House. But until then, a FEMA official is performing that function as Mount Weather is now fulfilling the duties of a back-up United States Government. Pollack wrote: “High-level government sources, speaking under the promise of strict anonymity, told me that each of the federal departments (Agriculture, Commerce, Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban Development, Interior, Labor, State, Transportation, and the Treasury) represented at Mount Weather is headed by a single person on whom is conferred the rank of a Cabinet-level official. Protocol even demands that subordinates address them as ‘Mr. Secretary.’ Each of the Mount Weather ‘Cabinet members’ is apparently appointed by the White House and serves an indefinite term. Many of the ‘Secretaries’ have held their positions through several administrations.” There are also parallel versions of the Selective Service, the Veteran’s Administration, the Federal Communications Commission, the Post Office, the Civil Service Commission, the Federal Power Commission, and the Federal Reserve. According to published reports, part of the staff who work inside the underground facility routinely stage practice drills for managing a wide variety of potential crises, ranging from civil disturbance and economic problems, to natural disasters and nuclear war. In 1975, during a Senate hearing, Senator John Tunney (D-CA) made the accusation that Mount Weather had records on more than 100,000 Americans, and a computer system that gave them access to detailed information on virtually every American. He wanted to know who had "control of these centers." During that hearing, Major General Leslie Bray, director of the Federal Preparedness Agency (which became FEMA as a result of Executive Order 12148 on July 20, 1979, who also took over the duties and responsibilities of the Defense Civil Preparedness Agency and Federal Disaster Assistance Administration), told the Senate that Mount Weather has extensive files on “military installations, government facilities, communications, transportation, energy and power, agriculture, manufacturing, wholesale and retail services, manpower, financial, medical and educational institutions, sanitary facilities, population, housing shelter, and stockpiles.” Bray also told the Senate that the list of those chosen to go there in the event of an emergency had 6,500 names on it. All those on the list have a photo ID card with the following inscription: “The person described on this card has essential emergency duties with
159 the Federal Government. Request full assistance and unrestricted movement be afforded the person to whom this card is issued.” In regard to the question from Tunney on who controlled Mt. Weather, Bray answered: "I am not at liberty to describe precisely what is the role and the mission and the capability that we have at Mt. Weather, or at any other precise location." In 1961 (Cuban Missile Crisis), 1963 (JFK assassination), 1965 (when a November power failure darkened of the American Northeast and part of Canada, and it was feared that it was from an electromagnetic pulse generated by a surgical nuclear strike in space) and 2001 (September 11th terrorist attacks), the facility was activated to assume governmental responsibilities. 153) Culpeper Mount Pony, 2 miles east of Culpeper, in northern Virginia, near the intersection of Routes 658 and 3, about 70 miles southwest of Washington, is a 20½ acre site, which contains a 140,000 square foot underground facility with a 400 foot long bunker built of steel reinforced concrete a foot thick and covered with 2 to 4 feet of dirt. It was built in 1969 as a “Continuity of Government” facility and operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, where 7 computers became the central point for all American electronic fund transfers. It is self-sustaining, with its own wells, power system, electrical generator, communication equipment, indoor pistol range, incinerator, maintenance shops, cafeteria and storage for water and fuel. It was able to house 540 people for 30 days. Until 1988, it stored about $5 billion of currency that would be used “to replenish currency supplies east of the Mississippi,” and reactivate the economy after a nuclear attack; including a large quantity of $2 bills, in its 23,500 square foot vault with ceilings over 11 feet high, which were shrink-wrapped and stacked on pallets 9 feet high. It was decommissioned in July, 1992, and in 1997, Congress approved its transfer to the Library of Congress who is using use the installation to protect its growing collection of 1over 50,000 movies and recordings.
Aerial view and main entrance of Mount Pony
Mount Pony’s blast door and vault
154) Langley (At least 7 levels of underground facilities beneath the CIA headquarters, some of which contain recovered alien hardware) 155) Pentagon (Arlington, VA) 156) Warrenton Training Center The Warrenton Training Center (WTC) was initially established in June, 1951, and is believed to contain an underground relocation center for an unknown Federal Agency. According to a report on the Environmental Protection Agency website, the WTC is identified as a “closed and classified communications training and support facility of the National Communications System (NCS).” The NCS was established in 1963 by President Kennedy to coordinate intra-government communications between 23 Federal Agencies (including U.S. Information Agency and Postal Service), as well as the State Department and CIA. In June, 1973 it was transferred to the Department of the Army, and redesignated as the US Army Training Group and US Army Security Agency. In September, 1982, it was placed under the auspices of the Defense Department. The WTC encompasses four sites all secured by a chain link fence. There are 2 underground facilities (Site A and B), on Vinetree Mountain, which some say are connected by a tunnel, because they are only a couple of miles apart. Site A is at the intersection of Routes 802 and 744, southwest of Warrenton, Virginia. It seems to be the only place where training actually occurs, and contains several small buildings in a heavily wooded area. Security at Station A is reportedly more extreme than at Station B. Site B is on top of the mountain at Bear Wallow Road on Route 690, and is about 2 miles northwest of Warrenton. Located on 346 acres, this is the official headquarters for the WTC. It has many multi-story buildings, many built in the late 1980s, and is nearly impossible to see from any publicly accessible areas. Its facilities include 2 microwave towers, a large water tank, the Brushwood
161 Conference center, and a pond. There is testimony attesting to the fact that it contains underground facilities.
Photographs of Warrenton Site B
It is part of a fiber optic system that runs from Site C and D (These two are codenamed “Yogurt” and “Byjams.”), and connects to other intelligence outposts for Washington, DC like Site E, the microwave station in Tysons Corner, Virginia. Large antennae towers and AT&T microwave facilities suggest an electronics communications and computing facility. Site C, code-named “Brandy,” because of the nearby town Brandy Station, is a few miles southeast of Remington on Routes 651 and 654, and has a lot of high frequency antennas, including several directional antennas. Site D is located at Routes 669 and 672, just north of State Route 3, in Culpeper County, 10 miles east of Culpeper, Virginia. It also has a lot of antennas, though fewer of them are high frequency. There is more activity here, and the buildings are larger. These 3 sites are located in Fauquier County.
Photographs of Warrenton Site B
Photographs of Warrenton Site B
WASHINGTON 157) Bothell The FRC (FEMA regional center) for Region X (Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, Washington) is an underground office facility located in a refurbished decommissioned Nike missile site in Bothell, Washington (130 228th Street SW).
FEMA facility in Bothell, WA
158) Fort Lewis The Madigan US Army Military Hospital (bio-medical & bio-replication) near Ft. Lewis, Washington, on Rte 5, 50 miles south of Seattle, past Olympia, has state-of-the-art technology, with prototype one-of-a kind equipment. The top floor of the hospital and three of the underground levels were for top secret R&D and were off-limits to both civilian & military personnel. Medical personnel have been observed acting strangely, and there are rumors of Reptilian humanoids seen there. A powerful electromagnetic field has been reported within and surrounding the hospital area. 159) Mt. Rainier Located on the Yakima Indian Reservation (Southeast of Tacoma, WA in an area 40 by 70 miles, bordered on the west by the Cascade Mountain Range) is an area of canyons and heavy forests. The valley is essentially closed to the public and special
163 permits are required to enter. Forestry personnel (Dorthea Sturm) have heard unusual sounds for years coming from underground at Toppenish Ridge. WEST VIRGINIA: 160) Point Pleasant Unusual activity has been witnessed in the "TNT" area where concrete domes led to several miles of now capped underground tunnels where explosives were stored during WW II. 161) Sugar Grove (Navy's Strategic Intelligence Services microwave communications) 162) White Sulphur Springs Code-named “Project Greek Island,” (and sometimes “Casper”) only a half-dozen members of Congress, at any one time, knew of its existence. On Sunday, May 31, 1992, an article by Ted Gup, a Washington correspondent for Time magazine, appeared in the Washington Post (pg. W-11), which revealed that this secret 112,000 square foot facility was located under and beside the Greenbrier Resort Hotel, which is located on 6,500 acres in the Allegheny Mountains in White Sulpher Springs, West Virginia. About 250 miles from Washington DC, it is an hour away by plane. The luxury hotel actually looks like the White House. In the winter of 1941-42, it served as an internment area for Japanese, Italian, and German diplomats. In 1949, Secretary of Defense Louis Johnson held a meeting there with the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Secretaries of the Army, Air Force and Navy for a “top-secret discussion of postwar military strategy.” In 1956, Eisenhower had an international meeting there with the leaders of Canada and Mexico.
In 1960, when they began work on their new West Virginia Wing, the Greenbrier website indicated that the “top secret relocation center for the US Congress” was constructed underneath. It was completed 2½ years later. Supposedly deactivated, there are actually public tours of the “former government relocation facility” now, though I would find it hard to be believe that it would not be pressed into service at some point in the future.
A COG (Continuity of Government) facility, its purpose was to house the Congress (up to 800 people) in the event of a nuclear attack. According to former House Speaker Thomas P. “Tip” O’Neill, who received an annual briefing about the site, spouses would not be allowed in during a nuclear event. It has an area for the Senate, House, and a large hall for joint sessions.
Greenbriar’s blast door and main entrance (lined with boxes of reserve food)
Greenbriar’s west entrance and tunnel (also lined with supplies)
Greenbriar’s dining area and dormitory
Greenbriar’s hospital and operating room
Greenbriar’s VIP sleeping quarters and office for leader of Congress
Greenbriar’s Power Center
The relocation center’s largest room is actually part of the Wing’s design. It is 89 by 186 feet, and has a 20 foot high ceiling supported by 18 huge columns. It is now called the Exhibition Hall, and is used for conference events. It has a vehicular, as well as pedestrian entrance, both of which can be sealed off quickly by blast doors hidden behind a false wall. To hotel guests, it appears only to be a very large room. However, its purpose is for joint sessions of Congress. Behind the hall is a 470-seat auditorium for the House of Representative and a 130seat auditorium for the Senate. Not too far from these areas is a large white door
166 leading to a corridor about 20 yards long, which culminates with a locked door, and a sign that says: “Danger: High Voltage Keep Out.” Beyond that is an underground installation having 2 foot thick concrete walls reinforced with steel, and a concrete roof under 20 feet of dirt; and contains a medical clinic with an operating table, dormitories with hundreds of metal bunk beds, shower facilities, numerous offices, a television studio, radio and communications room, dining room, an internal power plant (with two 2-story high diesel generators); and a “pathological waste incinerator,” or cremation oven, which would be used to dispose of bodies, because once the doors are sealed, they can not be opened again until the crisis has passed. A tunnel for vehicles was constructed through the hill to a secret location at the rear of the property which easily accesses Route 60 and a railroad. The facility was connected, via an underground cable, to a microwave communications outpost at nearby Kates Mountain Road, in the Greenbrier State Forest. WYOMING (49% owned by Federal Government) 163) Riverton (Tunnels to: Salt Lake City, UT; Denver, CO)
167 GOVERNMENT DUPLICITY ON 9-11
The Oklahoma City Bombing The bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building (a concrete steel building with steel reinforced rods) in downtown Oklahoma City, OK occurred on April 19, 1995. There was footage from KWTV Channel 9 and also Channel 4, saying that a second bomb was discovered on the East side, after the North side had already been blown off. Then they discovered and diffused a third bomb. Medical teams were barred from entering the site because of the presence of these explosives. The second and third were larger than the first, and it was clear that the intention was to level the building. Yet this information was suppressed. Reports also surfaced from local newscasters during the early hours following the bombing from firefighters who told of huge tunnels that had been blasted open where they saw huge underground rooms filled with a military arsenal, including missile launchers, missiles, tanks, and other types of military vehicles. It was revealed that there was 18-level underground base beneath this Federal Building [with the top 5 levels being used for underground parking]. This was also suppressed by national news organizations.
Brig. Gen. Ben Partin
Brigadier General Benton K. Partin, a retired military man with 31 years in the Air Force, and experience in the research and development of weapons, said that the mixture of fuel oil and fertilizer exploding in the street would not have caused the damage it did to the building. He said the distance between the truck and the building was too great. The non-symmetrical damage to the building was very suspicious. The damage radius should have been spherical, but it wasn't. The farther away an explosion is, the less intense the pressure will be, and the type of bomb used could not produce the pressure necessary to do that type of damage. The columns in the building did not fall over– they were pulverized. With McVeigh's bomb, by the time its blast capabilities reached the building, it would not have been of sufficient force to pulverize the columns. One column was so far away, that the pressure put upon it would have only been 27 PSI. Partin concluded that demolition explosives had to be placed on columns inside the building. McVeigh's bomb was only a smokescreen to make you think his bomb was responsible. Security cameras showed that Timothy McVeigh drove the truck, but walked away.
168 Somebody else in the truck did the work. Of course, the FBI never released those videos. Oklahoma City was a prelude to what would happen just a few years later.
The World Trade Center Towers In Manhattan's lower West side, in what was known as "Radio Row," 164 buildings were torn down to make room for the World Trade Center complex. The foundations were dug down 70 feet to bedrock, and the excavated dirt created more than 20 acres of new ground on the Hudson River that was donated to New York City. Using construction methods never before used in the United States enabled 3 floors to be built in 10 days. The exterior walls were designed to bear a considerable amount of weight. There were 236 square exterior columns running up the exterior of each tower, spaced every 3 feet, with steel plates welded to them, and then bolted to each other. The windows were placed between them.
169 According to Professor Barry Goodno, of the Georgia Institute of Technology: "If the load bearing capacity is disturbed or destroyed in one area, within reason, it should be able, the structure should be able to transfer the load, from that point and carry it down into the foundation using a different path." The only interior support was a central core where the elevators would be located. The core of each Tower, 87' X 133' was comprised of 47 rectangular core columns 36" X 16", which varied in thickness from 4" on the ground, to ¼" at the very top of the Tower. The floors were 12 feet apart, and constructed with criss-crossed floor trusses which were then filled with concrete to make fireproof floors. The 2 WTC Towers, at 110 floors each, were constructed with 200,000 tons of steel, 425,000 cubic yards of concrete, 103 elevators, 43,600 windows, 60,000 tons of cooling equipment, and a 360 foot television antenna (added to the North Tower in 1978). The North Tower was completed in 1970 (1,368 feet), and the South Tower was completed in 1973 (1,362 feet). They were the tallest buildings in the world until the Sears Tower was completed in 1974. Building 7 was completed in 1985.
170 Hyman Brown, a civil engineering professor and WTC Construction Manager said that the Towers were "over-designed to withstand almost anything, including hurricanes, high winds, bombings, and an airplane hitting it." It was designed to withstand wind gusts up to 140 mph, or a shear force of 11,000,000 lbs. Frank A. DeMartini, Manager of the WTC Construction and Project Management, said at the time the Towers were built: "The building was designed to have a fully loaded 707 (very similar in size to a 767) crash into it– that was the largest plane at that time. I believe that the building probably could sustain multiple impacts of jet liners because the structure is like the mosquito netting on your screen door. This intense grid and the jet plane is just a pencil puncturing the screen netting. It really does nothing to the screen netting." Three other primary engineers on the Project said the same thing. DeMartini died on 9/11 when the Towers collapsed.
Paul Thompson (9/11 Timeline), a researcher, created the definitive timeline from all the published reports. In late August, 2001 (according to Der Spiegel, Die Ziedt, and the BBC), Israel gave the United States a list of 19 terrorist names (with at least 4 names being the same as the list later released by the FBI as being involved in the hijackings) of people who were in the US and planning an imminent attack. Early in September, 2001, Egypt warned the US that al-Qaeda (also al-Qaida, Arabic for "the base," an international terrorist network established by bin Laden in the late 1980s) was in the advanced stages of a significant operation against an American target– probably within the US.
September 11th On September 11, 2001 there were 4 events that occurred with 1 hour and 15 minutes of each other that would be forever etched into the memory of this country. Before the fires were even extinguished, the shadow government was already hard at work to make sure the truth would never be known of what happen that day, and why it happened. Close to 50,000 people worked in the Towers everyday, plus tourists and other people in the surrounding buildings and businesses. This represented the potential for a huge loss of life. Yet the Towers were brought down in a controlled way, rather than having them topple in a way that could have caused a more catastrophic situation. WTC 1 – North Tower American Airlines Flight 11 (AA11, Boeing 767) left the Logan Airport in Boston at 7:59 (some reports say 7:58) AM en route to Las Angeles, CA. There were indications of trouble at 8:17 AM. The takeover was reported to be at 8:20. At 8:38 the FAA alerted NORAD that it had been hijacked. The plane hit the building around the 96th floor at 8:45 (some reports say 8:46) AM. As soon as a plane goes off course, the FAA will contact the plane to see what is going on. If there is a problem, or if they can't establish radio contact, then the FAA will contact the Pentagon, who, in a matter of minutes, generally about 10, will scramble fighter jets to intercept
172 the aircraft and analyze the situation. According to Laura Brown of the FAA: "Within minutes after the first aircraft hit the World Trade Center, the FAA immediately established several phone bridges that included FAA field facilities, the FAA Command Center, FAA headquarters, DOD (Department of Defense), the Secret Service, and other government agencies…The US Air Force liaison to the FAA immediately joined the FAA headquarters phone bridge and established contact with NORAD on a separate line…The FAA shared real-time information on the phone bridges about the unfolding events, including information about loss of communication with aircraft, loss of transponder signals, unauthorized changes in course, and other actions being taken by all flights of interest, including Flight 77." FAA Command Center: "Do we want to think about scrambling aircraft? FAA Headquarters: "Oh, God, I don't know." FAA Command Center: "That's a decision that somebody's gonna have to make probably in the next 10 minutes." FAA Headquarters: "Uh, you know, everybody just left the room." Official aviation operating procedures state: "If you are in doubt that a situation constitutes an emergency, or potential emergency, handle it as though it were an emergency." John Ashcroft said later: "Immediately after the first report of a plane crashing into the World Trade Towers, numerous Federal agencies coordinating with the White House, mobilized their resources." One of the problems is that there were a number of military war games going on that day, and they couldn't separate those from the actual events that were happening. Michael C. Ruppert, a former Los Angeles Police Department detective, one of the first 9/11 skeptics, addressed the problem of the absence of jet interceptors. How could 4 planes move undisturbed by the Air Force for an hour in American airspace? He theorized that the military was deliberately confused and couldn't respond: "They didn't know where to go. The reason they didn't know where to go was because a number of conflicting and overlapping war game exercises were taking place. One of which, Northern Vigilance, had pulled a significant number of North American fighter aircraft into Canada and western Alaska and northern Alaska in a mock Cold War hijack exercise. There was another drill, Vigilant Guardian, which was a hijack exercise, a command post exercise, but it involved the insertion of false radar blips on the radar screens in the Northeast Air Defense Sector. In addition we have a confirmation, thanks to General Richard Myers, who was acting Chairman of the Joint Chiefs, who told Richard Clark, as reported in Clark's book, that there was another exercise, Vigilant Warrior, which was, in fact, according to a NORAD source, a live fly hijack drill being conducted at the same time. With only 8 available fighter aircraft, and they have to be dispatched in pairs; they were dealing with as many as 22 possible hijacks on the day of 9/11, and they couldn't separate the war game exercises from the actual hijacks." "There were 2 simultaneously operating Command and Control systems functioning on the day of 9/11 and sometimes they were issuing conflicting orders. We don't
173 have a clear explanation for why fighters from Andrews Air Force Base were sent out over the sea first and couldn't turn around…it was all consistent with the motive that said, make sure the fighters don't get to any place in time to stop the 3 critical attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon." "It was a de facto stand-down– that was the intended result. I would really call it, an intended paralysis. With only 8 available fighters, and fighters have to be scrambled in pairs, you only have a chance for 4 responses out of what we have confirmed, were as many as 22 possible hijacks showing up on radar screens." This recording bears out the problem: FAA: "Hi, Boston Center TMU, we have a problem here. We have a hijacked aircraft headed towards New York. We need someone to scramble some F-16s or something up there, help us out." North East Air Defense Sector: "Is this real world or exercise?" FAA: "No, this is not an exercise, not a test." Ruppert believes that "these war game exercises were apparently very well planned by someone…I believe was Dick Cheney, in the United States government, to deliberately confuse the FAA/NORAD/US Air Force fighter response." The 9/11 Commission claimed that the FAA officials "had to debate whether the report of a hijacked airliner with a bomb aboard was enough to justify bothering the military." They are portrayed by the Commission as bunglers and "guilty of criminal negligence." David Ray Griffin, author of The New Pearl Harbor: Disturbing Questions About the Bush Administration and 9/11, concluded that the FAA was set-up to be the fall guy to protect the military and the George Bush administration. At 10:28 AM the building collapsed in about 10 seconds at nearly free-fall speed. The fact that it began collapsing from the top was very suspicious. The mathematical formula to calculate the rate of free-fall is T= L D/16. The collapse started about the 94th floor, which at 12 feet per floor, is 1,128 feet ÷ 16; and then take the square root, which gives you the rate of descent for free-fall at about 8.4 seconds. The contention of the "pancake theory" was that heat caused the initial floor to give way, and when that floor hit the next floor, the weight brought to bear caused that floor to fall, and thus a chain reaction was started. But if that was the case, there would be a delay on each floor. There wasn't, because the collapse of the building occurred at nearly free-fall speed, with 10 floors shattering every second. There is only 1 known clip of the first plane hitting the North Tower, and that was shot by Jules Naudet. The Naudet Brothers (Jules & Gedean) were in New York filming a French documentary (9/11) about the firefighters in New York, and when the cameraman heard the engines of an approaching low flying aircraft, he trained the camera on it just in time to capture the impact on film. Without any time to zoom closer, not much detail of the aircraft can be seen, but a flash can be seen on the building a millisecond before the impact of the plane. John Cochran, the ABC News reporter, reported to news anchor Peter Jennings not long after the President left his hotel:
174 "Peter, as you know the President's down in Florida talking about education. He got out of his hotel suite this morning, was about to leave, reporters saw the White House Chief of Staff, Andy Card, whisper into his ear. The reporter said to the President, 'Do you know what's going on in New York?' He said he did, and he said he will have something about it later. His first event is about half an hour at an elementary school in Sarasota, Florida." Since this was the only footage of the first crash, it did not appear on TV until the next day, yet George Bush would later say at a December 4, 2001 Town Hall meeting in Orlando, FL, that while he was waiting to go into a classroom at Booker Elementary School in Florida to read to the class, there was a television outside the classroom, and he saw the first plane crash, and his initial reaction was that it was a horrible pilot, and just an accident. But, he couldn't have seen it. Or, did he see it? Was it filmed by a pre-positioned camera waiting for it to happen, and then transmitted somehow to the President. He couldn't have confused the 2nd plane with the 1st, because he was informed of the 2nd plane when he was in the classroom. At 9:05 AM, while sitting in the classroom, Andy Card is seen whispering into Bush's ear: "A 2nd plane has hit…" This is an hour after the 1st hijacking, 45 minutes after the FAA is aware of multiple displaced flights, 20 minutes after the 1st impact, and 18 minutes after CNN interrupted their regularly scheduled programming. Immediately after being informed of the 2nd impact, and that America was under attack, he continued to sit there another 20 minutes, till about 9:25 AM. This was very odd, because after the information on both impacts, and the knowledge that Flight 77 was hijacked, you would think that his advisors and security would want to get him out of there to a secure location. Unless Bush knew what was happening.
Janet Carr was attending a business meeting on the 36th floor of 1 Liberty Plaza, across the street from the WTC and caught the first impact on audio tape and a second explosion is heard 9 seconds after the crash. The windows in the first floor lobby of the North Tower were blown out and 10' X 10' marble panels were blown off the wall. This was explained as being caused by a raging fireball that
175 barreled down the elevator shafts. However, the building was specifically designed not to allow that, and had hermetically sealed shafts, and was therefore airtight. There would not have been enough oxygen to travel down the length of the building and retain enough energy to destroy the bottom eight floors of the building. Plus, on top of that, there was no fire, no fuel residue, and no soot– just fine dust, a signature of high explosives. Along with the damage to the lobby, there was a tremendous amount of damage done to the sub-basements. How does an impact 90 floors above cause that kind of damage? Timothy Julian, a Firefighter from Ladder 118 at the North Tower said: "I heard an explosion and then a cracking type of noise, and then it sounded like a freight train, rumbling and picking up speed…I looked up and saw it coming down." Willie Rodriguez, a janitor working in the North Tower for over 20 years, who had the only master key that opened all the doors in the building, helping firefighters, and against their orders, remained in the building to save others. He described many explosions that occurred on the upper floors long before it fell: At 8:46 AM, while he was in subbasement 1, "a second or two before the plane hit there was a huge explosion on the sublevel B2 to sublevel B3 [which was below him]," which was so immense, he said it sounded like a generator had blown up. "As I went up, I remember listening to small explosions on the upper floors; and these small explosions were not coming from the area of the impact. It was coming from lower floors." "As I stood there on the 33rd floor, I heard very strange noises on the 34th floor. Now the 34th floor was an empty floor. A floor that did not have any kind of walls, or, it was a construction floor. It was totally hollowed out. There was nothing there. And I heard very heavy equipment being moved around. And it sounded like dumpsters with metal wheels being moved around, and I got scared 'cause I knew it was an empty floor. Nobody was supposed to be there. As a matter of fact, not even the elevators stopped there. You have to have a special access key to open the door on the 34th floor. So to find that there was strange noises there, and I continued, actually bypassing that floor because I didn't dare to open the door on the 34th floor." When the 2nd plane hit the South Tower: "We heard boom, when we heard boom, inside our building, the North Tower, we heard pop, pop, pop, pop, pop, pop, pop, pop, and on the security radio we heard, 'we lost 65, we lost 65,' meaning the 65th floor collapsed and as we went down the stairwells you could hear the actual collapsing inside the building. You heard rumble, you heard the cracking of the walls, I mean pieces falling right next to us, of the actual building." "As I came out of the North Tower…everything started trembling under my feet like an earthquake. The only thing I saw was a firetruck. I ran towards the firetruck and slid right under when the building started to collapse right on top of the firetruck." On that day, Richard Siegel was on a pier in Hoboken, NJ with his video camera, and had filmed the collapse of the South Tower. He moved over to the Frank Sinatra pier where he captured the collapse of the North Tower. He recorded what various witnesses reported before each Tower fell– a massive explosion with an "earthquake" type of rumbling, and a cloud of dust
176 rising from the street. At his location, roughly 1.8 miles away, it is calculated that it would 9.2 seconds to record the sound, and this is what it revealed: 1 – at 17 seconds (massive explosion) 2 – at 13.4 seconds (medium explosion) 3 – at 7.4 seconds (large explosion) 4 – at 3.5 seconds (medium explosion) Internal series of explosions starts 5 – at 2.6 seconds (massive explosion) External cascade starts Siegel's footage appears in the documentary 911 Eyewitness. When footage was being shot for what became the documentary World Trade Center: The First 24 Hours, the tripod started shaking 12 seconds before the North Tower started collapsing. WTC 2 – South Tower United Airlines Flight 175 (UAL175, Boeing 767) took off from the Logan Airport in Boston at 8:14 AM, and changed its course to New York. The FAA notified NORAD of this hijacking at 8:43 (some reports say 8:42) AM. The plane hit the building between the 78th and 82nd floor at 9:02 (some reports say 9:03) AM, barely striking the southeast corner, with the majority of the fuel exploding outside the building in a massive fireball. Even though it was the second building hit, with an indirect impact, compared to the North Tower which sustained a direct hit, and was burning a half an hour longer, at 9:59 AM the South Tower collapsed in about 10 seconds. Video footage showed the top of the building falling over and landing on top of WTC 4. Many emergency workers, firefighters and WTC employees had not been able to get out.
From 4 different cameras the same flash is seen at the impact point before the plane actually hits the building
177 Phil Jahan, webmaster of the website www.letsroll911.org, who had taken video of the events that day, examined them frame-by-frame, and noticed something that was attached to the bottom of the plane that hit the South Tower, in addition, right before the impact of the plane there is another noticeable flash on what would be the impact point of the building. It is argued that it is a reflection, yet it can be seen in video from 4 different cameras from 4 different angles.
A closer look at the anomaly on the underside of the plane that hit the South Tower
You can see a clip of this on the CNN News DVD America Remembers, which was shot by Pavel Hlava, a Czech immigrant. A Boeing 767 does not have any sort of attachment like this– it has a smooth symmetrical belly. A thorough digital analysis done by a Escuela Universitaria Politécnica, a University in Mataró, Spain, indicated that the anomaly, 2 cylindrical objects, were 3 dimensional in nature and could not have been caused by shadows or reflections. When Boeing officials were asked what the anomaly was, they refused to discuss it in the interest of national security. Did this pod mounted on the bottom of the plane indicate that it was a military aircraft?
178 There are planes with similar configurations. One such aircraft is the E-8C Joint STAR (Surveillance Target Attack Radar System) which is used for airborne battle management, command & control, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance. It has a 40 foot long canoeshaped radome under the forward fuselage. While the E-8C has 4 Pratt & Whitney engines– the E-10 only has 2. A couple witnesses expressed the opinion that it didn't look like a commercial plane. Mark Burnback, a Fox Reporter who saw the second impact said: "It definitely didn't look like a commercial plane. I didn't see any windows on the side. Again, it was not a normal flight that I've seen at an airport. It had a blue logo on the front, and it didn't look like it belonged in the area."If the plane was not a commercial airliner, where did it take off from? At 9:52 AM, there was a communication from the Battalion 7 Chief: "Battalion 7…Ladder 15, we've got two isolated pockets of fire. We should be able to knock it down with two lines. Radio that, 78th floor, numerous 10-45 Code Ones." If the 78th floor was such a raging inferno as the Government would have us believe, then how did Chief Palmer get as far as he did, and why did he believe that he could devise a plan to put it out? One witness whose office was near the Towers told the American Free Press that he was standing on Church Street, about 2½ blocks from the South Tower, when he saw "a number of brief light sources being emitted from inside the building between floors 10 and 15." He saw about 6 of these brief flashes, accompanied by a "cracking sound" before the Tower collapsed. In the September 24th issue of People magazine (pg. 34), there was an interview with 51 yearold Firefighter Louis Cacchioli from Engine 47 of Harlem, NY: "We were the first ones in the second tower after the plane struck. I was taking firefighters up in the elevator to the 24th floor to get in position to evacuate workers. On the last trip up a bomb went off. We think there were bombs set in the building." Columbia University's Observatory at Palisades, NY, 21 miles north of the Towers, registered seismographic readings at the South Tower of 2.1 and 2.3 on the Richter scale. For them to have registered, it would have to be coupled with the ground, as the 1993 truck-bombing at the WTC never registered. Critics say that this was pieces of the building hitting the ground, but there is a report which indicates that this occurred 8 or 9 seconds before the plane's impact with the building, pointing to tremendous explosions in the subbasement. Richard Siegel was on a pier in Hoboken, NJ with his video camera, and had captured the collapse of the South Tower, before moving over to the Frank Sinatra pier where he was able to film the later collapse of the North Tower. Compensating for the distance of sound traveling, he recorded a number of pre-collapse explosions: #1 – 9:55:00 #2 – 9:56:05 #3 – 9:56:10 #4 – 9:56:21 #5 – 9:56:51 #6 – 9:56:54 #7 – 9:56:56 #8 – 9:56:57 #9 – 9:58:12
WTC 7 This building was a 47-story, 610 foot steel frame office building, 300 feet away from the North Tower, that housed the offices of the CIA, US Secret Service, Department of Defense, Mayor's Office of Emergency Management (Rudy Giuliani's emergency bunker), IRS Regional Council, Security and Exchange Commission (where they were storing 3,000 – 4,000 files of Wall Street
181 investigations), Salomon Smith Barney, American Express Bank International, Standard Chartered Bank, Provident Financial Management, ITT Hartford Insurance Group, First State Management Group, Federal Home Loan Bank, and NAIC Securities. Fires erupted in the building a few minutes after the plane flew into the South Tower, and burned for about 8½ hours. The Government claims that all of Building 7 was evacuated by 9 AM. Before the collapse of the building, there is a video where an unidentified rescue worker can be heard saying: "Keep your eye on that building, it'll be coming down soon…" At 5:30 (some reports say 5:20, 5:21, and 5:25) PM it suddenly collapsed, falling in 6.5 seconds into its own footprint. It has been called the "smoking gun," because it hadn't been hit by a plane, yet still collapsed. While footage of the Towers falling were played over and over again, video of WTC 7 was not, and many people did not even know that it also collapsed. Also, even fewer people knew that all 7 buildings in the WTC complex were destroyed that day, including: WTC 4, WTC 5, WTC 6 (8story) were office buildings and WTC 3 was a hotel. Though these buildings sustained massive damage, compared to Building 7, they never collapsed. That day, 10 large buildings were either totally or partially destroyed in that area.
Debris from the North Tower falls on WTC 7
182 The news media reported that this building fell because the structure had been weakened by the devastation going on around it, and that falling debris had created an internal fire which ignited a large diesel tank in the lower level of the building. The FEMA Report said, that "it appears that the collapse was due primarily to fire rather than any impact damage from the collapsing towers." Photographic evidence showed fires only in a small number of windows, on the 7th and 12th floors. The question should be, why didn't the sprinkler system put them out? A subsequently released video showed a lot of smoke pouring out of the back side, or the south side of the building, planting thoughts that the fire may have been more wide-spread than initially believed. Half-way through its plunge, there were streamers of smoke being vertically ejected from the facade, suggestive of demolition charges being set-off. When Building 7 was constructed, there were only a couple places that foundations could be put down, because it was built over a subway and electricity substation. So, long beams were needed on the east side to support the weight of the building, and had to be reinforced on the 5th, 7th, 22nd and 24th floors. There were 81 columns: 57 around the edge, and 24 core columns in the center. For all the columns to fail at the same time would have been an engineering impossibility. Larry A. Silverstein, the Leaseholder of the World Trade Center, said in an interview for the PBS Home Video America Rebuilds: "I remember getting a call from the Fire Department Commander, telling me that they were not sure they were going to be able to contain the fire, and I said, 'You know, we've had such terrible loss of life, maybe the smartest thing to do is pull it. And they made that decision to pull, and then we watched the building collapse." Silverstein Properties later said the owner was referring to "pulling" the firefighters out of harm's way. However there were no firefighters in the building according to FEMA, NIST, and Fire Chief Frank Fellini– they had been ordered out at 11:30 AM. Barry Jennings had gone into the building to his office, only to find that no one was in the office. He talked to one of his superiors on the phone, and they told him to get out of the building as soon as possible. On the way out of the building, he heard numerous explosions inside and outside the building (and these sounds can be heard on some videos). He had originally said that he was stepping over dead bodies on the stairwell, but later retracted his statement and said that there weren't any bodies there. If Building 7 was "pulled," how did it happen so fast, within 8 hours of a terrorist attack. It often takes explosive experts weeks to plan such an event. Which means there had to be charges already planted in the building; and if that was the case, how do we know that the Towers didn't also have charged planted in them. It has been theorized by some that Building 7 was the Control Center for the demolition of the Towers, and was then destroyed to cover the evidence of that. The 23rd floor had $15 million worth of renovations to convert it into an emergency Command center for Mayor Giuliani. It had bullet and bomb resistant windows, a giant diesel back-up generator, and it also had its own independent and secure air and water supply. It was designed to withstand winds of up to 160 mph. The Mayor told Peter Jennings of ABC News that while he was there: "We were told that the World Trade Center was going to collapse."
183 In 2006, a new building was opened that is taller than the original.
Assessing the World Trade Center Damage When President Bush said that they never would have thought something like that would ever happen– that was not true. The North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD) has been defending the skies over the United States and Canada for about 50 years. The USA Today reported that in the 2 years before the attacks, NORAD conducted exercises using hijacked airliners as weapons, and one target was the World Trade Center. Witnesses testified that when the buildings were hit by the aircraft, the only swayed slightly, and then went back. Video analysis showed that it oscillated for about 4 minutes, almost as if it had been hit by hit by a hurricane gust. This after being hit by an 80 ton jetliner at 400 mph. The buildings actually moved more during bad storms. The buildings were designed for load-bearing capabilities to be shifted onto other members if there was a failure. The stresses were redistributed to compensate for the damage by the incoming jets, and re-stabilized normally. The argument was made that thousands of gallons of jet fuel had been spilled on the interior. Yet the fireballs produced indicated that fuel was actually ignited outside the building, and anything burning inside the building would be starved because of the building's design. Video footage of the impact zones did not show any appreciable flames. And in fact, one photograph of the hole made by an engine, showed a woman standing there looking over the edge, and to the left of her, there appeared to be someone laying down on the floor and looking over the edge. A couple floors up and to the left, a man is standing in a broken window. This proves that the fire and debris did not affect the entire impact area, because they couldn't have walked through burning jet fuel. The inability for the fire in the South Tower to spread to the other side of the building proves the fire was not extensive. In fact, firefighters made it to the fire zones in both Towers. The areas where the people were jumping from did not even have any visible flames, only smoke, which means that the fire was not getting enough oxygen, which is exactly what the building was designed to do. They were jumping to get away from the toxic smoke. There has never been an incident where a steel structure had ever been felled by fire. Even the FEMA Report said: "The collapse of these structures is particularly significant in that prior to these events, no protected steel-frame structure, the most common form of large commercial construction in the United States, has ever experienced a fire-induced collapse." Professor Jonathan Barnett, of Worcester Polytechnic Institute, and author of WTC: Anatomy of a Collapse, said: "In over 20 years, I have not seen, until recently, a protected steel structure that has collapsed in a fire." He was also quoted by the New York Times: "A combination of an uncontrolled fire and the structural damage might have been able to bring the building down, some engineers said. But that would not explain steel members in the debris pile that appear to have been partly evaporated in extraordinarily high temperatures." According to Bill Manning of Fire Engineering, a magazine for Fire Departments, he wrote: "Fire has never destroyed a steel building." That is until 9/11 when it happened 3 times. If the buildings did fall because of fire, don't you think that the Government would want to allow a proper investigation to allow scientists and architects to use the research to design buildings so it would never happen again? On July 28, 1945, a B-52 bomber, lost in the fog, crashed into the 79th floor of the Empire State Building, causing the deaths of 14 people and $1,000,000 in damages, but did not collapse. On
184 August 5, 1970, a 50-story New York office building burned for more than 6 hours and did not collapse. On May 4, 1988, a 62-story skyscraper in Los Angeles (CA) burned for 3 hours on 4 floors and did not collapse. On February 23, 1991, a 38-story building in Philadelphia (PA), that had been built in 1973, burned for more than 19 hours on 8 floors and did not collapse. On October 17, 2004, a 56-story building in Venezuela, built in 1976, burned for more than 17 hours over 26 floors, eventually reaching the roof, but did not collapse. In 1991, the fire at the Meridian Plaza Building in Philadelphia, PA was spread across 8 floors, yet the structure did not collapse. On February 12, 2005, the Windsor Building in Madrid, Spain, a 32-story building, burned for almost 24 hours, completely destroying the upper 10 floors, with portions breaking off and collapsing. Although there were some small fires on the lower floors, and everything inside the building had been burned, the rest of the building did not collapse, and it continued to support a large construction crane on the roof. With all of this, the Government would have us believe that on 9/11, 10,000 gallons of jet fuel caused two 110-story buildings, burning for only 56 minutes and 74 minutes, over 4 floors, to collapse completely to the ground. Nevertheless, hijacker Satam al-Suqami, a Saudi national allegedly on Flight 11, had his passport fall out of his pocket, out of the plane, and through the flames, to be recovered nearly intact in the rubble. Teresa Veliz was working on the 47th floor of the North Tower when Flight 11 hit: "There were explosions going off everywhere. I was convinced that there were bombs planted all over the place and someone was sitting at a control panel pushing detonator buttons. There was another explosion. And another. I didn't know where to run." There were 343 firefighters who died at the World Trade Center. For more than a year, the Port Authority blocked the release of the radio communications among the firefighters, which confirmed the reports of numerous explosions going off within the buildings: "I got, uh, an eyewitness who said there was an explosion on floors 7 and 8…" "Battalion 3 to Dispatch, we've just had another explosion." "…Warren Street, because of the secondary explosion. We've got numerous people covered with dust from the secondary explosion." "We got another explosion on the Tower, 10-13, 10-13." "I was involved in the secondary, uh, explosion at Tower 1, Kay…" "Tower 2 has had a major explosion and what appears to be a complete collapse surrounding the entire area." People evacuating the building reported hearing explosions. Numerous witnesses, firefighters, paramedics, and law enforcement officials described multiple subsequent explosions occurring at different times. One injured eyewitness in a gurney talked about hearing what sounded like gunfire, "bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, and then all of a sudden 3 big explosions." Another witness heard 3 explosions, then watched the building fold in on itself and fall. A number of initial reports from all the major news organizations mentioned multiple explosions heard in the buildings after the initial impacts, which caused the base of the buildings to shake.
185 A reporter from Fox News questioned a police officer on the street who heard something that sounded like an explosion. There were reports from the Fire Department of a second explosion from inside the building. MSNBC broadcast a report from NBC Reporter Rick Sanchez, who talked to a police officer who said they found a "suspicious device," that could lead to another explosion, and that one of the explosions may have been caused by a van parked inside the building with an explosive device, and they're being overly cautious because of how many explosions have been heard. They were worried about explosives planted in and around the building. Pat Dawson of NBC reported: "I spoke with the Chief of Safety for the FDNY. He received word of a secondary device– that is another bomb going off…he said that there was another explosion which took place. And then an hour after the first hit…there was another explosion that took place. He thinks that there were actually devices that were planted in the building. We are continuing to hear explosions here downtown…" There is mounting evidence that the buildings were brought down through controlled demolitions. A group of 5 firefighters were filmed as part of the Naudet Brothers' documentary as they talked about hearing multiple explosions, just like detonators were going off on each floor during a deliberate controlled demolition. Stephen Gregory, Assistant Commissioner of the New York Fire Department said: "When I looked in the direction of the Trade Center before it came down, before No. 2 came down, I saw low-level flashes. In my conversation with Lieutenant Evangelista, never mentioning this to him, he questioned me and asked me if I saw low level flashes in front of the building, and I agreed with him because I thought– at that time I didn't know what it was. I mean, it could have been as a result of the building collapsing, things exploding, but I saw a flash, flash, flash and then it looked like the building came down…[in] the lower level of the building. You know, like when they demolish a building, how when they blow up a building, when it falls down? That's what I thought I saw…I'm not going to say it was on the first floor or the second floor, but somewhere in that area I saw to me what appeared to be flashes." Captain Karin DeShore, of Battalion 46, said: "Somewhere around the middle of the World Trade Center, there was this orange and red flash coming out. Initially it was just one flash. Then this flash just kept popping all the way around the building, and that building had started to explode. The popping sound, and with each popping sound it was initially an orange and then red flash came out of the building and then it would just go all around the building on both sides as far as I could see. These popping sounds and the explosions were getting bigger, going both up and down and then all around the building." Ed Cachia, a Fire Fighter from Engine 53, said: "It actually gave at a lower floor, not the floor where the plane hit, because we originally had thought there was an internal detonation explosives, because it went in succession, boom, boom, boom, boom, and then the Tower came down." Daniel Rivera, an EMS Paramedic, said: "It was a frigging noise. At first I thought it was– do you ever see professional demolition where they set the charges on certain floors and then hear, 'pop, pop, pop, pop, pop.' That's exactly what– because I though it was that. When I heard that
186 frigging noise, that's when I saw the building (WTC 2) coming down." Kevin Darnowski, another EMS Paramedic, said: "I started walking up towards Vesey Street. I heard explosions, and then we heard like groaning and grinding, and Tower 2 started to come down." Greg Brady, an EMS EMT from Battalion 6, said: "We were standing underneath and Captain Stone was speaking again. We heard– I heard 3 loud explosions. I look up and the North Tower is coming down now, 1 World Trade Center." Kevin Murphy, of the New York Fire Department, said: "I was standing kind of on the edge of where our elevator bank met the big elevator bank. That was when the, I determined, that's when the North Tower collapses. I heard right before the lights went out, you had heard a distant boom, boom, boom, sounded like three explosions. I don't know what it was. At the time, I would have said they sounded like bombs; but it was boom, boom, boom and then the lights all go out." In all the videos of the collapses, explosions can be seen igniting within the buildings 10-20 floors below the demolition wave, as dust and smoke under high pressure blew out from the windows. At the demolition line, you can see the pressure blowing out every window on the entire floor, and the only way for that to happen, is for all the joints to have been broken simultaneously. The explosives were shattering the Towers slightly faster than the buildings were falling, because explosives were set-off on each floor, so that when the demolition wave hit it, it would freefall. On the video of the second impact, an explosion can be seen bursting from the building 50 feet away from the crash area. Jeff King, an MIT Engineer and research scientist (www.reopen911.org), talked to someone who had retired from the Army Corp. of Engineers, who had done a lot of demolition and construction work, and noted that the horizontal "squibs" or "spools" (jets of smoke) projecting from the buildings, ahead of the demolition line, were actually explosive charges blowing through the exterior walls– a clear sign of controlled demolition. Van Romero, Vice President for Research at the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology said: "My opinion is, based on the videotapes, that after the airplanes hit the World Trade Center there were some explosive devices inside the buildings that caused the Towers to collapse," they were "too methodical to be a chance result of airplanes colliding with the structures." Mysteriously, 10 days later, he changed his mind and said that, "certainly the fire is what caused the building to fail." After talking to Mark Loizeaux, President of Controlled Demolition, Inc, the company who handled the WTC clean-up, the American Free Press reported: "In the basements of the collapsed Towers, where the 47 central support columns connected with the bedrock (supporting the entire gravity load of the structure), hot spots of 'literally molten steel' were discovered more than a month after the collapse. Such persistent and intense residual heat, 70 feet below the surface (at the bottom of the elevator shafts), in an oxygen-starved environment, could explain how these crucial structural supports failed." They also reported that Loizeaux "crawled through 'the pile' with survey parties and descended deep below street level to areas where underground fires still burned and steel flowed in molten steams." Loizeaux also said that molten steel was found at Building 7, which collapsed mysteriously later that day. William Langewiesche, an Atlantic Monthly correspondent, who wrote the book American Ground: Unbuilding the World Trade Center, wrote about, "…the streams of molten metal that
187 leaked from the hot cores and flowed down broken walls inside the foundation hole." Somebody from the New York Air National Guard's 109 Air Wing at Ground Zero (09/22/01 – 10/06/01) said: "One fireman told us that there was still molten steel at the heart of the Towers' remains. Firemen sprayed water to cool the debris down but the heat remained intense enough at the surface to melt their boots." Dr. Keith Eaton reported in the magazine The Structural Engineer (09-03-02): "They showed us many fascinating slides ranging from molten metal which was still red hot weeks after the event, to 4-inch thick steel plates sheared and bent in the disaster." These buildings were constructed to withstand a 150-year storm, the impact of a Boeing 707, and the steel used on the Towers was certified to withstand a 2,000º F fire burning for several hours (possibly as much as 6 hours). Kevin P. Ryan, of Underwriter's Laboratory, who certified the steel used at the WTC, was fired days after writing a letter to Dr. Frank W. Gayle of the (NIST) National Institute of Standards and Technology, where he said: "We know that the steel components were certified to ASTM-E119. The timetemperature curves for this standard require the samples to be exposed to temperatures around 2,000º F for several hours. And as we all agree, the steel applied met those specifications." "Additionally, I think we can all agree that even un-fireproofed steel will not melt until reaching red-hot temperatures of nearly 3,000º F. Why Dr. Brown would imply that 2,000º F would melt the high-grade steel used in those buildings makes no sense at all." Gayle, a metals expert, said in 2005: "Your gut reaction would be the jet fuel is what made the fire so very intense, a lot of people figured that's what melted the steel. Indeed it did not, the steel did not melt." The steel on the Towers had been sprayed with cheap lightweight, fire-proof foam, that was less adhesive and fell off easily. The argument was made that when the planes hit the buildings, the impact would have knocked off huge amounts of the substance, so that flames would have been attacking unprotected steel. The counter-argument was that after the 1993 bombing, the fire-proofing in both buildings were updated considerably, and that because of the building's design, the impact could not have loosened fire-proofing away from the impact site. Irregardless, temperatures from the fuel would have been far too low to have softened to steel enough for failure. The pieces of steel were not cracked and didn't show signs of buckling. They were bent, which is a characteristic of expanding force and the gases of an explosive. Jet fuel, also known as kerosene, is a hydrocarbon that in a pure oxygen environment will burn at a maximum of 2,048º F, but generally only reach a threshold of 1500º F to 1800º F due to its inability to reach optimum conditions because it must get oxygen. The Towers were not ideal conditions. Dark smoke indicated an oxygen-starved fire of no more than 800º F to 1200º F. So the argument was made that steel loses 50% of its strength at 1198º F. The bottom line, is that explosives cause pressures to expand at a tremendous rate and the higher PSI can tear apart steel beams, pulverize concrete, and reach temperatures over 3000º F. After 5 days, on September 16th, a NASA plane flew over the site, recording infrared data of dozens of thermal hot spots at the WTC complex. The hottest area was at the east corner of the South Tower, where a temperature of 1,377º F was recorded. Other readings were 801º F, 819º F and 1017º F. At the North Tower, there were temperatures of 1161º F and 963º F. One part of
188 Building 7 had a temperature of 1,341º and another area, 1034º F. However, the molten steel in the basements were twice as hot as this. After the collapse of the buildings, the ground continued to burn, and 6 weeks later, the fires were still burning as smoke continued to come out of the rubble. The workers said that the closer they got to the bottom, the hotter it got. These incredible temperatures further enhance the argument that explosives were indeed used. They created a very high temperature, and the heat had nowhere to go because it was deep underground. The explosions in the basement had to be massive to break apart the steel beams. Philip Morelli, a construction worker, was in the North Tower's subbasement 4 at the time of the 1st plane strike said: "I go downstairs, the foreman tells me to go to remove the containers. As I'm walking by the main freight car of the building in the corridor, that's when I got blown. I mean, the impact of the explosion of whatever happened had threw me to the floor and that's when everything started happening…I was racing, going towards the bathroom, all of a sudden, I opened the door, I didn't know it was the bathroom, all of a sudden the big impact happened again and all of the ceiling tiles was falling down and the light fixtures were falling, swinging out of the ceiling and I come running out the door and everything, the walls were down. And now I started running towards the parking lots…It was a lot of smoke down there, there was a lot of people screaming. People came with us running up the ramp…" Morelli then ran underground to the South Tower: "And then all of a sudden it happened all over again. Something else hit us to the floor. Right in the basement you felt it. Walls were caving in, everything was going on…I know people got killed in the basement, I know people that got broken legs in the basement. People got reconstructive surgery, because the walls hit 'em in the face." Mike Pecararo, an engineer, was in subbasement 6 and found the parking garage and machine shop reduced to rubble. When the Towers were built, at its foundation, some 70 feet below ground, huge retaining walls were built, referred to as the "bathtub," that held back the ocean and Hudson River. Within these walls were the 7 levels of parking garages, maintenance areas and the New Jersey Path Train. After 9/11, the 3 foot thick slurry walls were found to have shifted 18" inward. The "pancake" effect would not have compromised these walls, so something happened in the subbasements to do this kind of damage. Just as in videos that show buildings being demolished, the Towers and Building 7 had a lot of dust produced at the base, at street level. The very large clouds of thick dust that enveloped the area– thick, dense clouds that ejected at high speed, are known as a "pyroclastic flow." This surge is the result of hot gases carrying dust created by explosive energy. The powerful blast produces a shock wave that exceeds the limit of surrounding air and space, creating a violent force. The only explanation for this is the use of explosives for controlled demolitions. An eyewitness reported: "When the debris started coming down, I was right in the shadow of the [South] Tower, I was less than a hundred yards away…that cloud chasing people down the
189 street was like a tornado, it was like being hit by a wave at the beach, but the wave was intense, it was hot, it was noisy. It was like getting hit in the back by gravel…and the noise kept coming and coming, and one second I was running and the next second I was flying…I had no control over my feet, no choice as to what direction I was going. I was in the air and it seemed like I was being followed by this tornado…" According to a Sr. Blaster who is a demolitions expert: "We blow the basement– all the columns in the basement. Then we crack it up at the top to get it started. We go every other floor…all the way down." There are over a thousand different types of explosions that detonate at various speeds. With the use of timing delays, they can control where debris lands, vibrations and noise levels. Loizeaux explained: "Every explosive has a timer on it– that's why it's 'controlled.' When the columns go, each floor goes down and impacts the one below– and keeps going." He said that the Linear (Chevron or V)- shape charge is what is used in steel-frame buildings and can be "focused at a specific target…it generates around 3 million pounds per square inch pressure at a speed, depending on the explosive inside the shape charge, in excess of 27,000 feet per second."
Notice the angled cut on beam in top middle of the picture
Explosives are used to shatter the joints in a sequence that causes a building to fall downward. With tall buildings, explosives are timed to first destroy the inward walls or central columns, before the exterior walls, causing the interior section to fall first; and then secondary blasts on the base of the external columns pull the exterior walls with it toward the inside– so that the building begins falling in on itself. Tertiary blasts hit the tops of all the support columns, which create a noticeable dip or kink in the roofline. This sort of central crimping can especially be seen in the collapse of WTC 7, when the building started collapsing in the middle, which caused
190 outward walls to collapse inwards, in a smooth, rapid, symmetrical, descent into its own foundation, creating a small pile of rubble, with the exterior walls lying on top. In the Alex Jones video Martial Law 9-11 he pointed out the distinct crease in the middle of the structure after the first second of its descent, and explained: "If you look at other controlled demolitions we see that they first blow one of the central columns so the building falls in on itself. If you don't do this, the building falls outward and can damage surrounding structures," just a few feet away. In addition, core columns were discovered after the collapse with angled cuts, which happen in controlled demolitions using shape charges on beams to control the way they fall. When a series of beams are cut at the same angle that will cause the building to shift over or 'walk.' If the Towers had fallen because of the so-called "pancake" theory, the 47 weight-bearing core columns should have remained standing in the air. They were the primary support for the whole building. There was no fuel in the core. That is where the elevator shafts were located, utility shafts, and stairways– and there really wasn't anything flammable there. The core was specifically designed to prevent the chimney effect, so fire would not have been able to travel down through this area, or for air to come in, because it was a hermetically-sealed system. There were fire shutters in place which were designed to close off the core in the event of a fire– and they were functioning properly. The prevalent smoke was black, which means a cool, oxygen-poor fire. The columns could not have collapsed, because steel maintains its structural integrity, even when heated. The catastrophic loss of mechanical strength could only have been caused by explosives. If the buildings would have fell because of the "pancake" effect, there would have been a huge pile of concrete blocks, instead of powder. Matthys Levy, co-author of the book Why Buildings Fall Down, said that the Towers were perfect examples of a high-rise implosion, because all the vertical columns failed simultaneously. As the buildings fell, jets of smoke flew out of the windows at great velocity for hundreds of feet as they disintegrated. They were steel structures; concrete was only used as flooring material. All the beams were shredded apart into small sections, with only some of the external beams remaining connected together. Steel bends– it does not shatter into pieces. Look at a steel grate in a fireplace, which is exposed to extreme heat for long periods of time– yet it does not shatter. It just causes it to oxidize faster than normal. The majority of the Towers, and its contents had been pulverized into dust, leaving much of Lower Manhattan, from river to river, covered with 23 inches of dust that had to be removed with buckets. The dust was tested and it was shown that the only way for it to have been made that fine, was that it had to be done by explosives. Joe Casaliggi, a Firefighter from Engine 7 said: "You have two 110-story office buildings, you don't find a desk, you don't find a chair, you don't find a telephone, a computer. The biggest piece of a telephone I found was half of the keypad. The building collapsed to dust." Dr. Steven E. Jones, a professor of physics at Brigham Young University, and author of a highly acclaimed 25-page academic paper, Why Indeed Did the WTC Buildings Collapse, said: "It is quite plausible that explosives were pre-planted in all 3 buildings and set-off after the 2 plane crashes which were actually a diversion tactic." David Ray Griffin, Professor Emeritus at the Claremont School of Theology, and author of The New Pearl Harbor and The 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions, said that it "was a controlled demolition brought about by thousands of explosives placed throughout each of the buildings…high-rise steel frame buildings have never before and after nine-eleven been caused to collapse by fire."
191 Molten metal in all 3 basements is proof that a high temperature explosive, like Thermite was used. This is an incendiary used by the military to generate tremendous heat. Thermite (Fe²O³ + 2 Al) is a compound of Iron Oxide and Aluminum that, when ignited, sustains an extreme heat reaction, creating molten iron. In only a couple of seconds, it can reach a reach a temperature of 4500º F, which is enough to melt steel, which will melt at 2750º F. There is video and photographic evidence of what appears to be a Thermite reaction taking place in South Tower. Minutes before it collapsed, whitish-colored molten metal can be seen pouring out of one of the floors. Open air fires can not burn hot enough to melt steel, which is why the metal at the base had melted, because the first by-product of a Thermite reaction is molten iron. A photograph of a sample of the WTC steel being held in a New York warehouse shows where the molten metal had solidified on it. The fresh reddish rust of Iron Oxide on the solidified metal suggests that the molten metal was in large part molten iron. The second bi-product is Aluminum Oxide (Al²O³), which is visible as white smoke. Appendix C of the FEMA report indicated that Iron Sulfide had formed on the surface of the WTC structural steel. Sulfur lowers the melting point even further and produces faster results. Other more conventional cutter-charges like HDX and RDX may have also been used in conjunction with the Thermite, and could have been part of the many explosions that many witnesses reported to have heard throughout the Towers. The buildings fell straight down, into their own footprint, with most of the steel being shredded into 30 foot segments, making it easy to load onto trucks. Controlled Demolition Inc. is a company that demolishes old buildings with explosives. They were the ones that demolished the remaining part of the Federal Building in Oklahoma City, and then cleaned up the site; and they were also hired to clean up the WTC site. They created a special explosive to demolish steel buildings, called DREXS™ that segments steel components into pieces that match the lifting capacity of the equipment available to move it. At the WTC, nearly of the pieces could fit onto trucks– only a few had to be cut down in size. According to Loizeaux of Controlled Demolition, the art of demolition is "to take a building and break it up into a million pieces and put it in the basement." At the WTC complex, there were 16 acres of debris scattered with piles up to 30 feet high. In a 7-story crater, there were 2 million tons of debris. Had the basements not been blown to the extent that they were, where would all that wreckage have went? Explosives have always been the domain of the military. The demolitions of the 2 Trade Center Towers and Building 7 were highly advanced and unconventional, and what took place there is not even fully understood by civilian demolition experts. The debris from the site can no longer be examined, because Mayor Giuliani had it removed in record time (by May, 2002) before investigators could examine the site. The larger pieces were sold to foreign nations as scrap metal, for a very low price, and then sent out of the country to be melted down and recycled. The less valuable were shipped out by barge to be buried. Not even FEMA was allowed into Ground Zero. A crime scene was blocked off so the evidence could be destroyed. The only company allowed in was Controlled Demolition, who was responsible for cleaning up the area. According to the National Institute of Standards and Technology, who was part of what little investigation there was, saved only 200 pieces of the buildings for study, and they had to be retrieved from landfills. Independent investigators have tried to gain access to the samples,
192 because if it can be proven that the molten metal contains large amounts of iron, it would strongly suggest that deliberately planted Thermite charges played a key role in the collapses. The official reports of FEMA and the NIST have not explained the presence, or even the composition, of the molten metal found at ground zero. The dust that covered the area was a mixture of pulverized concrete, glass, metal, lead, mercury, dioxin, benzene, and asbestos. Thomas A. Cahill, Ph.D., professor of Physics and Atmosphere Sciences at the University of California (Davis Campus) said: "What you had was a ground-level municipal incinerator that smoldered for months…burning up the most heavily computerized building in the world." Thousands of rescue workers have since developed lung cancer and other serious permanent health conditions, and many rescue dogs have already died. Jim Woodworth, President of the New York Rescue Workers Detoxification Project said: "Patients have had black paste coming out of their pores…They have reported bowel movements that are blue or green and have smelled like smoke, despite the fact that they have not been at the fire scene for months." How could bombs have been put inside the WTC? Ben Fountain, a financial analyst for Fireman's Funds who worked on the 47th floor of the South Tower, told People magazine that in the weeks before 9/11, there were numerous unannounced and unusual drills, with the 2 Towers and Building 7 being evacuated for security reasons: "How could they let this happen? They knew this building was a target. Over the past few weeks we'd been evacuated a number of times, which is unusual. I think they had an inkling something was going on." Dana Coard, a security guard at the North Tower said that the Security team had been working 12-hour shift for 2 weeks, supposedly because of numerous phone threats, and then on the Thursday before 9/11, bomb-sniffing dogs were removed. Scott Forbes, a Sr. Database Administrator for Fiduciary Trust in the South Tower, also talked about hearing strange noises on the 98th floor above him, similar to what William Rodriguez talked about. "It must have been at least 4 to 6 weeks before 9/11. It was like rebuilding work going on upstairs. The tenants– the people from Aon who had been there were moved somewhere else. The offices were just vacant and there was a lot of heavy machinery building work going on. It was almost like pneumatic drills and lots of hammering. So much so that the floors were shaking– that's how noticeable it was. It was almost as if something heavy was being moved, and then it was being taken off wheels and it was like– boom! Our floor underneath literally shook– you could feel the weight above you. That was how large it was." "On one occasion I opened a door to see what was going on– being nosey. When I opened the door the whole office space was empty. There was nothing there at all. It was quite bizarre, because it was empty. Barren. Nothing. Zero. Not even cables hanging from the ceiling. But there'd been these heavy noises and vibrations above. It was really strange." "It was probably the week leading up to 9/11. Every morning I'd come in around 7 AM and the dust was incredible. It was filthy…Like where the windows were there was a sill which enclosed the radiators. I was sick to death of the dust which was appearing
193 on the window sill. It was dirty gray and very, very noticeable in that week leading up to 9/11. Where was that dust coming from?" It wasn't until after Larry Silverstein took over that all of this strange stuff began happening. Was that dust a tell-tale sign of walls being drilled into to insert explosives? Was this construction that was heard, but not seen, going on all over the Towers? Forbes said his company was given a 3 week notice that they were going to cut-off power in the South Tower for 36 hours during the week-end prior to 9-11, from the 48th floor up, to perform a cable upgrade to increase computer internet bandwidth. He had been there since 1998, and in that time there had never been a power-down, and others who had been there longer than that, said they couldn't remember a time that had ever happened, except in the early 1990s, with that terrorist attack. "We were notified 3 weeks in advance of the power-down by the [New York] Port Authority. It was relatively short notice to plan to shut down all of our banking systems. It was a big deal. It was unprecedented. We had a Data Center on the 97th floor so our originating servers were all there. During that weekend the power-down meant that there was no security and the doors are all open basically. Also the security video cameras were all off. There were guys in overalls carrying huge tool boxes and wheels of cables, walking around the building that weekend." "…a complete loss of power meant a complete loss of systems. For an organization, like my company, it was truly extraordinary." William Rodriguez said: "All the power was shut-down. If there was a power-down that meant that everything was gone in terms of security, in terms of access to the building. So anybody could have come there and do any kind of set-up." A power-down had never been done before, and as a result of having its electricity cut, the WTC security cameras were not operating, and many workmen had unrestricted access to the building. Forbes was convinced that the power-down had something to do with the events of 9/11, and contacted authorities, and even the 9/11 Commission, but was ignored. Who were the workmen, and what were they really doing? Marvin P. Bush, the brother of President George Bush, was on the Board of Directors for Securacom (from 1993-2000), an electronics security company backed by Kuwait American Corporation (now known as Stratesec), which provided security for American Airlines, Dulles International Airport, and from the early 1990s up to 9/11– the World Trade Center. They had an $8.3 million contract to install a new security system there from 1996-2000. Marvin is also a former Director at HCC Insurance Holdings, which insured parts of the WTC. Wirt D. Walker III, a cousin of Bush, was the CEO of Securacom from 1999-2002. The question has been asked, was it just a new security system that was being installed, or was it the wiring for another purpose?
194 The Pentagon and Pennsylvania Crashes PENTAGON American Airlines Flight 77 (AA77, Boeing 757), with 64 passengers (only 55 on the autopsy list), took off from Dulles International Airport in Washington, DC, at 8:20 AM. The takeover occurred at 8:46. Its transponder had been disabled and it vanished from the radar, near Ohio, at 8:57 (other reports say 8:50, 8:56) AM. Air Traffic Controllers immediately called for help. It had changed its course to begin heading south. The FAA notified NORAD of this hijacking at 9:24 AM. The Air Force didn't see it either. A short time later an unidentified blip appeared near the Pentagon, where only military flights are allowed, and the plane hit the headquarters of the Department of Defense in Arlington, Virginia at 9:43 (other reports say 9:37, 9:38) AM near the helicopter landing pad. One witness has reported seeing a military helicopter around the building shortly before seeing the fireball from the impact. Eyewitness descriptions of the aircraft hitting the Pentagon were so varied that it actually did more to muddy the waters. One person said it was an American Airlines 757 jetliner. Jim Sutherland reported, "a 737 airplane 50 feet over Interstate 395." Terry Marin said: "It sounded like a 737." Mary Ann Owens said: "The plane passed perhaps 50 to 75 feet above the roof of my car at great speed." Via Narayanan said: "The jet roared over my head, clearing my car by about 25 feet." Steve Patterson said: "The plane appeared to hold 8 to 12 people," while yet another said it was a 20-passenger corporate jet with no markings. Don Wright said: "It looked like a commuter plane." Steve Eldon said: "You could almost see the people in the windows." Steve Anderson said: "…the plane…banked slightly to the left, drug its wing along the ground and slammed into the west wall of the Pentagon." Christopher Bollyn of the American Free Press talked to Steve Riskus, who saw the plane that hit the Pentagon, and said it flew past his windshield, but he didn't hear much noise. This was in complete contrast to the first impact at the WTC, which was caught on film, only because the cameraman heard it approaching, even though he was over 1,000 feet away. Witnesses at the Pentagon reported that this plane flew right over their cars. If a Boeing 757 would have passed that close to their cars, the noise would have been deafening, and they would have felt vibrations and turbulence from the engines and exhaust. Citizen Investigation Team (CIT, Craig Ranke and Also Marquis), went to the Pentagon, and interviewed eyewitnesses, on camera, on location where they had been standing that morning, and had them draw a diagram of the plane's flight path. They interviewed three Pentagon police officers (Officer William Lagasse, Officer Chadwick Brooks and Officer Roosevelt Roberts Jr.); five Arlington National Cemetery workers (Darrell Stafford, Darius Prather, Donald Carter, William Middleton Sr. and George Aman); auto mechanic Edward Paik; Citgo gas station attendant Robert Turcios; air traffic controller Sean Boger (who was at the Pentagon Heliport at the time of the attack); Terry Morin, a project manager for Sparta (saw the plane from the Navy Annex); courier Levi Stephens (saw the plane from the Pentagon’s south parking lot); and Maria de La Cerda, a career musician with the Army band, who saw the plane from Arlington National Cemetery. They concluded that the plane had not taken the route claimed by the Government, and therefore did not hit the building.
195 Some of the most damning evidence comes from 6 witnesses who were editors or reporters for USA Today, all on the same stretch of Route 27, heading in the same direction at the moment of the attack, late to work at the USA Today building in Rosslyn, VA three miles away. CIT has demonstrated that the Pentagon is not visible for most of that quarter mile stretch. With video (in a ten minute clip available on Google video called The USA Today Parade) taken in a car driving that same route, it is clear that the Pentagon only becomes visible at the point at which the plane would have been over or behind the car. For much of the route, the Pentagon is obscured by large, bushy trees. CIT interviewed USA Today editor Joel Sucherman on camera in his office, and he insisted that he saw the Pentagon at a location which CIT’s video clearly showed does not have a view of the Pentagon. USA Today is owned by the Gannett company, which also owns Army Times, Air Force Times, Marine Corps Times and Navy Times. Pilots for 9/11 Truth is a group of 200 aviation professionals who, after analyzing all the data released by the government, said the government story is not the truth. In August 2006, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) released the Flight Data Recorder data for Flight 77, and according to Rob Balsamo, founder of Pilots for 9/11 Truth, the last recorded altitude for the plane (one second before the alleged impact) shows an altitude of 480 feet above sea level. The top of the Pentagon is 112 feet above sea level. Given this data, the plane cleared the building with 368 feet to spare. The NTSB has repeatedly refused to comment on this.
Scale representation of where there should have been wing damage
In all of the media coverage, we all saw the huge, gaping, smoking hole that was 65 feet wide and 73 feet high. However, a French website called "Hunt the Boeing! And Test Your Perceptions!" showed pictures of the original hole that was made right after the impact, and before the collapse of the upper floors; and it was obvious that a commercial plane could not have caused the damage being attributed to it. Photographs showed a breach 14-16 feet across. Inside that hole, was another hole about the same size (the internal side of the first ring), and at the end, on the internal side of the third ring, was about a 6 foot hole. From wingtip to
196 wingtip a Boeing 757-200 is 124 feet 10 inches; it is 155 feet, 3 inches long; and it is 44 feet, 6 inches high at the tail. There was no way that plane fit in that hole. If the fuselage made the hole, then there would be damage to the building caused by the wings, motors, tail and stabilizers. Pictures of the firefighters on the roof, before the collapse, which showed the upper floors, did not show any impact damage from the plane's tail. In addition, the windows next to the hole which would have been damaged by the wings are completely intact. The collapse came only 20 minutes after the initial impact. Plus, construction spools in front of the hole were not hit either.
Impact location before the collapse
Thierry Meyssan, who created the French website, concluded that the Government was lying about Flight 77, and wrote a book called The Frightening Fraud, which theorized a plane never hit the building, that the damage had been done by a truck bomb. He later wrote another book, The Pentegate, which maintains that a remote-controlled drone hit the building. There were a number of reports about a secondary explosion that was unrelated to the impact of the airplane. April Gallop was working inside the Pentagon's west side, preparing to take her son to daycare, when the building was rocked by an explosion. She was buried in rubble, and thought that it had been caused by a bomb. They crawled out of the hole in the side. She never saw a plane, or any pieces of a plane. A number of people at the Pentagon reported smelling cordite (a compound used in ammunition). Don Parkal told MSNBC: "Even before stepping outside I could smell the cordite. I knew explosives had been set off somewhere." The Guardian reported what Gilah Goldsmith told them: "We saw a huge black cloud of smoke, she said, saying it smelled like cordite, or gunsmoke." All 4 flights that day were transcontinental flights, and therefore had most of their fuel intact when they hit their targets. The amount of fuel that would have been released into the grounds would have caused a level of contamination that Federal Law dictates would have to be removed because it would have been considered hazardous waste. Not one wheelbarrow of dirt was removed.
Before the collapse, nothing to indicate a plane hit and no wreckage
In the book America Attacked! Terrorists Declare War On America, published by University Press (edited by Sarah Jess, Gabriel Beck, and R. Joseph), on page 194 it said that "the jet had plowed a crater 100 feet wide that ripped away the walls of all five stories of the building, collapsing the outer rings, which encircle the Pentagon." We have been expected to believe that the pilot of this flight, Hani Hanjour, approached from the north, descended 7,000 feet in 2½ minutes, executed a 330º (another report says 270º) turn at 530 mph to cross over I-395 and fly at a low altitude at 400 mph into the ground floor of the Pentagon building, hitting telephone poles and bouncing off the lawn before impact. Not only did the photographs and video not show such a crater, whatever it was that hit the Pentagon did not leave any mark, and in fact traveled only inches above the ground to hit the building directly. At first the FBI said that this pilot was a pilot for Saudi Arabia, and then when they found out he was alive in Saudi Arabia, changed their story and said he was an inexperienced pilot. Would training on single-engine planes and flight simulators really prepare them to do what was done, and to negotiate complicated flight maneuvers? This pilot and others were staying at a hotel in Laurel, Maryland. A month before 9/11 he had gone to the Freeway Airport in Bowie, MD to rent a small plane. He already had his commercial pilot's license from a school in Arizona, and according to insurance requirements needed to be checked out to rent an aircraft. When he was failing his courses, he continued to pay for training anyway. The New York Times reported a witness there saying: "He didn't care about the fact that he couldn't get through the course…I'm still to this day amazed that he could have flown into the Pentagon. He could not fly at all." Were the lessons just a smokescreen just to have us believe that these specific terrorists were capable of flying, that they weren't really interested in them actually learning how to fly, but with just getting their licenses.
198 When he went on 3 test runs during the second week of August in a single engine Cessna 172, he had trouble controlling and landing the small plane. The 2 instructors described him as being quiet, not able to speak English well, with average and below average piloting skills. Could this man have piloted the aircraft, which Danielle O'Brien, one of the air traffic controllers at Dulles International Airport remarked: "The speed, the maneuverability, the way that he turned, we all thought in the radar room, all of us experienced air traffic controllers, that it was a military plane." In fact, was it even humanly possible to do it? Captain Russ Wittenburg, a commercial (Pan Am, & United Airlines) and Air Force pilot who has flown 13 different aircraft, including the planes used on 9/11, said on WingTV, that Flight 77 "could not possibly have flown at those speeds which they say it did without going into a high speed stall…The airplane won't go that fast when you start pulling those high G maneuvers. That plane would have fallen out of the sky…" He said that he doubted the terrorists could have flown those planes so accurately into small targets, and that the pilots would have given up their cockpit to a few guys with boxcutters, without at least sending out a distress signal." The plane took out 5 light poles without damaging the wings. And a funny thing about those downed light poles, they are pointed away from the building, and not towards it; and the bases were removed completely without any apparent impact damage, as if they had just popped out of the ground.
One of the Pentagon light poles
Why do satellite photos taken 4 days before show a white marking on the lawn that was nearly the same trajectory as the attack. Was it a coincidence that it was that particular area of the Pentagon that was hit. On the footage and photographs construction material can be seen. The Pentagon is the largest office building in the world, with 20,000 employees, yet they hit the only part of the building that was almost completely empty because it was being renovated. The Los Angeles Times reported (09-16-01) that it "was the only area of the Pentagon [that] had been
199 reconstructed with a web of steel columns and bars to withstand bomb blasts. The area also had blast-resistant windows– 2 inches thick and 2,500 pounds each– that stayed intact during the crash and fire." It would have been a lot easier to hit the other side of the Pentagon, where Donald Rumsfeld's office was located, rather than negotiating the aerial acrobatics to hit where it did. So, basically, the strongest part of the building, with the fewest number of people was hit (125 employees were killed). Of all of the security cameras at the most secure building in the country, the government released only 5 frames from one which only raised more questions. The date and time on the lower left indicated "Sept. 12, 2001, 17:37:19" (they said they didn't know why the time was incorrect) and did not even show the plane. However, it proved that they did have photographic evidence after they said that they didn't. Because of an obstruction in the picture, all that is visible in the first photograph is a trail of white smoke behind the object. That can not be jet engine exhaust– more than likely it was from a missile which produces white smoke because of steam from the exhaust.
One frame of the five frames released by the Pentagon
The next showed the impact and fireball, and the next 3 showed that fireball becoming darker and larger. It was very bright, with no soot. The burning of a hydrocarbon fuel has a distinct characteristic in relationship to an explosion. Wax is a hydrocarbon, just like fuel, but candlewax consists of larger molecules. In the center of the flame is vaporized wax, and at the edge of the flame is the oxidation zone, where it meets with the oxygen of the air. This is the area of the flame which is bright and hot. The flame changes shape because of the prevailing movement of the air– but doesn't expand in size. It will only get larger if more fuel starts to burn. A fireball develops from an airplane crash because some of the fuel splatters into the air, then quickly vaporizes, creating an explosive mixture of fuel and air. When this mixture ignites, it quickly travels through it, creating a low-power explosive. The oxygen in the mixture is quickly consumed, so the initial blast is very brief. Once the oxygen is gone, the flames are greatly decreased, because the fuel is burning along the outside.
White lines indicate the vantage point of the Pentagon camera
The fireball at the South Tower was very large, because a lot of fuel had been ignited. It was orange and full of soot. The fireball at the Pentagon should have matched that at the WTC. The Pentagon camera showed a fireball that was white with no soot, and is characteristic of an explosion, and not a mixture of fuel and oxygen. There are no flames inside a fireball, no extreme heat and no pressure– but you would be roasted by infrared rays coming from the outside flames. You can run into a fireball, but not an explosion. That is what allows you to pass your hand through a flame. There were security cameras at a nearby Citgo gas station and Sheraton Hotel (who at 1.6 miles away reported feeling the blast) that captured the whole event. Jose Velasquez, a Citgo employee told National Geographic (12-11-01): "I've never seen what the pictures looked like. The FBI was here within minutes and took the film." Inside the Ring/Gertz File (09-21-01) reported that "Hotel employees sat watching the film in shock and horror several times before the FBI confiscated" it, warning them not to discuss what they had seen. An amateur photograph was taken from one of the upper floors of the Hotel which showed very little smoke, and a façade that didn't have the same sort of entry holes like the Towers in New York. Much was made of the fire the swept that portion of building, and the heat that was generated, causing the area to collapse. Yet in pictures of the exposed offices, directly along the path of destruction, an undamaged computer monitor sat on a filing cabinet; in another office was a clock; and on another floor, an undamaged book sat on top of a wooden stand. There were many furnishings that should have never survived the type of damage that it has been purported to sustain. How does a plane that big leave no substantial impact damage outside the initial hole, and no wreckage. Impact tests indicate that the wings should have broken off, with the fuselage penetrating the building. We are expected to believe that a 100-ton commercial airliner disappeared into that hole, without leaving any appreciable aircraft debris– no tail, no wings, no
201 fuselage, no wheels, no seats, no engines, no luggage– nothing. The only pieces that were found were light enough to be carried away by hand, except for a large box that was seen being carried away– covered by a blue tarp. This was never identified. Even though there were firefighters at the scene dressed in protective gear, there were also men in white shirts and ties photographed picking up small pieces of scrap. They did not have gloves or work boots, and they are holding the pieces away from their bodies, which means they were concerned about getting dirty. Wearing dress shoes, they were walking around the watersoaked, foam-encrusted area to retrieve the small parts. Who were they, and why were they allowed to be there? If they were FBI investigators, why were they not more appropriately dressed? Jamie McIntyre of CNN News reported: "…there is no evidence of a plane having crashed anywhere near the Pentagon." Pictures of the corridor between the rings did not show any airplane parts. Pictures of the holes on each ring, as well as the interior, did not show any parts. The official report said that the intense heat from the jet fuel vaporized the plane. This was impossible. A Boeing 757 has 2 engines, each 9 feet in diameter, 12 feet long, weighing 6 tons each, which are made of a titanium (Ti) alloy. Titanium has a melting point of 3,070º F, while jet fuel, also known as kerosene, is a hydrocarbon that in a pure oxygen environment will burn at a maximum of 2,048º F, but generally only reach temperatures up to 1800º F. But in this situation, the fuel would have burned off immediately upon impact, and would not have been able to reach that maximum temperature. This means that it is scientifically impossible for 12 tons of titanium to have vaporized. There should have been 60 tons of scrap lying around. Plus, what about the 6,000+ pounds of human body parts? Pictures of a dog brought in to search for bodies did not show it finding anything. If the fire was hot enough to completely vaporize the plane, then how could a team of more than 50 forensic specialists and scientists from the Armed Forces DNA Identification Laboratory identify 184 of 189 (from all 4 flights)? The pathologists published an extensive explanation about their identification, and issued press releases about their amazing results. Although no remains of the terrorists were found, nevertheless, death certificates were issued as 'John Does.' Notice the identification wasn't carried out by any civilian laboratories– it was under the total control of the military. The Boeing that allegedly crashed into the Pentagon uses either a Pratt & Whitney PW2000 series jet engine, or a Rolls Royce RB211 jet engine. Each of the turbofans used in either of these engines is approximately 7 feet in diameter. Nothing this large was found at the Pentagon. However, in some photographs there was something that looked like an engine rotor from a single turbo jet engine that was found inside the building. It was reported to be from an APU mounted in the tail section of a Boeing 757. The GTCP331-200 APU is manufactured by Honeywell, and The American Free Press contacted their Aerospace Division with high resolution photos, and an expert said, speaking under the condition of anonymity: "There's no way that's an APU wheel." He also said: "That turbine disc– there's no way in the world that came out of an APU." They then contacted Pratt & Whitney, and spokesman Mark Sullivan said: "If the aircraft that struck the Pentagon was a Boeing 757-200 owned by American Airlines, then it would have to be a Rolls Royce engine." Christopher Bollyn of The American Free Press reported, that John W. Brown, a spokesman for Rolls Royce (in Indianapolis) said: "It is not a
202 part from any Rolls Royce engine that I'm familiar with, and certainly not the EA3007H made here in Indy."
According to an article written by Karl Schwartz (President & CEO of Patmos Nanotechnologies, LLC), it is believed to have come off of a JT8D turbofan engine from a US Air Force A3 Sky Warrior. There are only a few of these left in operation, and they are stored in Van Nuys, California at what was formerly known as Hughes Aircraft. Also found at the Pentagon was a diffuser casing that did not match the one on a Boeing. They also found a wheel hub, made by B. F. Goodrich's Aerospace Division, who does manufacture the wheels for the 757, which has a much larger radius-to-width ratio than the one that was found; which is more commonly found on carrier-based and rear wheels of smaller military planes– not commercial air liners. A blue and red piece of metal identified as being from the fuselage was seen, but it seemed too thin to have come off of that American Airlines plane– plus it wasn't even singed or scratched. It appeared to have come off of a much smaller craft, such as a drone, like the Global Hawk, which only has a single engine.
203 The Global Hawk is extremely lightweight, so it can remain in the air a very long time (up to 35 hours) to observe activity on the ground– basically, a spy plane. The engine is very quiet, which runs cooler, so it is difficult to hear or pick-up on infrared sensors. It is like an eggshell with an engine. It only weighs 4 tons, with over 50% of it consisting of carbon fiber and resin, rather than aluminum. If most of the non-metallic parts burned, that would leave less than 2 tons of scrap. However, it is doubtful that this is what was used, because it would not have been able to cause the damage that occurred. What could have caused a 14-16 foot hole, and pierced through 3 rings of the Pentagon? Each ring has an outer and inner wall, each about 18 inches thick, for a total of 9 feet of steel reinforced concrete. An airplane could not have done that kind of damage, because the nose of an aircraft is made of lightweight carbon, and is one of the first parts of the plane to be damaged in a crash. The only thing that could do that kind of damage is a cruise missile, such as a Tomahawk. Tom Seibert said: "We heard what sounded like a missile." Lou Rains said: "I was convinced it was a missile. It came in so fast it sounded nothing like an airplane." Michael DiPaula said: "It sounded like a missile." Another eyewitness said: "It was like a cruise missile with wings."
One of the inner rings of the Pentagon
Photos of the clean-up at the Pentagon showed workers in yellow suits and green boots cleaning the people that walked near the crash zone. The primary concern was to scrub everyone's boots. Some workers had disposable yellow boots. This appeared to be a decontamination. Even the dogs had to undergo the process. What happened at the Pentagon that justified that sort of precaution? None of the workers at the WTC had to do that, however, at Shanksville, they also wore protective suits. Was this because of the presence of uranium? Was there a nuclear weapon used?
204 In January, 2003, the American Society of Civil Engineers at Purdue University released their Pentagon Building Performance Report and CNN showed an animated video which illustrated their findings that the plane took out 50 support columns. Not only was that not true, the animation portrayed the plane with its tail intact, which it was not; and also showed it with the engines missing. The photographic evidence clearly disproves the re-enactment video. The National Geographic video Seconds From Disaster showed the wings being broken off before entering the first ring. If this was true, why weren't any parts of the wings seen in photographs of videos of the area. It also showed the plane disintegrating after passing through the first ring. If that was true, how could it continue to damage the next two rings? The BBC had reported that when this crash had occurred, F-16 fighters were still 100 miles away, because they hadn't been scrambled until 9:24 AM. However, on the evening of 9/11, NBC Nightly News reported: "It was after the attack on the Pentagon that the Air Force then decided to scramble F-16s out of the DC National Guard at Andrews Air Force Base to fly a protective cover over Washington, DC." But there were other mystery planes that appeared after the crash. Phillip Thompson said: "Then a gray C-130 flew overhead…" Allen Cleveland said: "I witnessed a military cargo plane fly over the crash site and circle the mushroom cloud." Scott P. Cook described it as "a fourengine propeller plane, which…resembled a C-130, [that] started a steep decent towards the Pentagon." An eyewitness from the Naval Annex that wanted to remain anonymous said: "The only large…aircraft to appear was a gray C-130, which appeared to be a Navy electronic warfare aircraft." Keith Wheelhouse said: "The second plane looked similar to a C-130…" John O'Keefe said: "Then the plane– it looked like a C-130 cargo plane– started turning away from the Pentagon." The other plane was an unmarked white plane or jet, which was also spotted over the White House, which is unusual because that is restricted airspace. Another thing to consider, is that at 9:25 AM the Federal Aviation Administration had grounded all planes– commercial, civilian, law enforcement, and military. SHANKSVILLE, PA At 8:42 AM, United Airlines Flight 93 (UAL93, Boeing 757), left the Newark Airport en route from New Jersey to California with 45 (another report said 44) passengers. At 8:56 AM, it went offcourse in northeast Ohio, and was believed to be on its way to the White House in Washington, DC. At 9:58 AM, the Westmoreland County Emergency Operations Center said it received a cell phone call from a man who said he was a passenger aboard this flight. He had locked himself in a bathroom, and told the 911 dispatchers that the plane had been hijacked, and that he thought the plane was going down. He told them that he heard an explosion and saw white smoke on the plane. Then the line went dead, and the dispatchers contacted the FBI. At 10:00 (other reports say 10:03, or 10:06) AM it crashed into a field in Shanksville, 80 miles southeast of Pittsburgh, PA. Cellphone calls from the passengers conveyed that the hijackers were Arab, and had fatally stabbed a crew member. The now legendary story is that a group of the passengers overwhelmed the hijackers, causing the plane to hit the ground. Did the passengers bring down the plane with their actions, thus sparing the White House; or was it shot down by interceptors, as has been assumed by many. Eyewitness testimony paints a much different picture.
205 Ernie Stuhl, the mayor of Shanksville, who was one of the first to the site, said that the Fire Department was summoned to an airplane crash and there was no airplane. He said: "There was nothing…only this hole." Stuhl also said: "I know of 2 people– I will not mention names– that heard a missile. They both live very close, within a couple hundred yards…This one fellow's served in Vietnam and he says he's heard them, and he heard one that day." Eric Peterson of Lambertsville was working in his friend's auto shop that morning, and they heard a plane, and looked up to see a large airplane close to the ground. As it started to go endover-end, it dropped below the tree line, and explode with a flash, then a mushroom cloud. Other witnesses saw the same thing. There was also an amateur photograph taken of this mushroom cloud. A caller to the Howard Stern show said: "Hey, this is Al, I live in Somerset, Pennsylvania, just outside of Shanksville…We heard a plane, a low level plane…and we heard an explosion…saw smoke coming from the plane in the air, and then there was two other planes that passed right over top of it…" This same kind of mushroom-shaped smoke columns occur after the impact of a bomb.
Picture of mushroom cloud taken by an amateur photographer
Susan Mcelwain, who lives 2 miles from the crash site, saw a white plane rocketing 40-50 feet over her minivan, traveling very fast without making a sound. Then it disappeared behind some trees, and few seconds later there was a huge explosion and fireball, so she figured it crashed. She said: "…it was so low it was virtually on top of me. It was white with no markings, but it was definitely military, it just had that look." She described it as having "2 rear engines, a big fin on the back like a spoiler on the back of a car and with 2 upright fins at the side." But the FBI said there was no other plane. However, other witnesses reported seeing the white plane. Then the FBI changed their story and said it was a civilian Fairchild Falcon 20 that had been asked to descend from 34,000 to 5,000 feet, minutes after the crash to provide coordinates for the location. The trouble is, this is not the type of plane Susan saw. There was no trace of Flight 93, only a crater and broken trees. There was nothing to distinguish that a plane had crashed there– no smoke, no fire. The crater was about 15-20 feet long, 10 feet
206 wide and about 19 feet deep, and surrounding it was only small pieces of debris– nothing larger than a phonebook. The debris was spread over a 3-4 mile area, with some pieces found up to 8 miles away. A section of the engine, weighing a ton, was found a mile away. Nina Lensbouer, who had prepared lunch for the workers at the scrap yard overlooking the crash site was the first person to walk up to the smoking crater and said that it was smaller than the 24-foot trailer in her front yard. She described hearing "an explosion, like an atomic bomb," and not a crash. She told the American Free Press that she didn't see any evidence of a plane then or at any time during the excavation of the site that supposedly recovered 95% of the plane and 10% of the human remains.
The pictures of the crater at the crash site
The pictures of the crater at the crash site
While the scores of media were descending on the area, it was being blocked off. But on the field, there was no wreckage or charred corpses. Dennis Roddy, editor-in-chief of the Pittsburgh Post Gazette, said that the airplane debris was "nothing that I could have recognized." Wally Miller, the Somerset County Coroner, told the Houston Chronicle: "It looked like somebody just dropped a bunch of metal out of the sky." He told the Washington Post: "It looked like someone took a scrap truck, dug a 10-foot ditch and dumped trash into it," and that he "stopped being a coroner after about 20 minutes, because there were no bodies there." It was reported that only 5% of the remains were found, mainly pieces of bones, and no blood. The Arizona Daily Star reported: "There were no remains bigger than a piece of bone, and not a single drop of blood." Miller told the Pittsburgh Review: "I have not, to this day, seen a single drop of blood. Not a drop." Yet the pathologists claimed to identify all the passengers. They were led to believe that the impact of the plane was so great that it just dissolved.
One theory is that the plane was knocked out of the sky with a missile to prevent it from reaching its destination, but when an airplane is hit with a missile, it doesn't just fall from the sky, but breaks up into separate individual parts– but that wasn't the case here. If this crash is what happened to Flight 93, then how do you explain the story carried by ABC affiliate WCPO Channel 9 in Cincinnati, Ohio, and posted on the Internet ("Plane Lands in Cleveland Bomb Feared Aboard") at 11:43:57 AM by Liz Foreman. A Boeing 767 out of Boston made an emergency landing at Cleveland Hopkins International Airport due to concerns that there was a bomb aboard, which United identified as Flight 93. In fact, there were actually 2 flights that made an emergency landing that morning. At approximately 10:00 AM the airport was evacuated amidst rumors that a hijacked plane was going to land. An anonymous e-mail revealed: "People were forced to walk for miles because they weren't allowed to get their cars from the parking lots…They closed all freeway exits and even bus drivers were told that if they attempted to exit, they would be shot." According to the Associated Press and local Ohio newspapers, a plane landed at approximately 10:45 AM. Delta confirmed that their flight (Flight 1989) from Boston had landed at 10:10 AM because of fears that it had been hijacked. An anonymous eyewitness said: "Our plane was directed to an isolated area of the airport, and we waited for over 2 hours in quarantine before FBI agents and bomb-sniffing dogs came out to the plane." No explosives were found on board. According to the Plain Daily newspaper, the plane was evacuated at 12:30 PM, searched for 2 hours, and the passengers questioned. The Akron Beacon reported that a plane was evacuated at 11:15 AM, which would have been the flight that landed at 10:45 AM– Flight 93. Mayor Michael R. White announced that a plane, having 200 passengers, had been moved to a secure area of the airport and evacuated. Since a Delta passenger had said there were about 60 passengers on that flight, the mayor had to be describing Flight 93. A passenger from Delta 1989 said that she had been taken into FAA headquarters, so reports of passengers being taken to the NASA Glenn Research Center near the west end of the airport had to be the passengers of Flight 93. Why did it take so long to evacuate the 60 passengers that landed first (10:10 AM – 12:30 PM), as opposed to the 200 (10:45 AM – 11:15 AM)? If Flight 93 crashed at 10:00 AM in Shanksville, how could it have also been in Ohio? Which flight was the one that crashed? What happened to the passengers of Flight 93? An interesting observation that has been made, is that the combined number of passengers on all 4 flights were 198. Could this have been where all the passengers were taken while substitute flights were used to carry out the attacks? Is it a coincidence that all 4 flights were 5080% empty? It's also interesting to note that on April 10, 2003, Flight 93 was spotted at Chicago's O'Hare Airport by David Freedman, a United Airlines employee who records all of his flights. The tail # N591UA was seen on Flight 1111, a United Airlines 757. According to the FAA, both United Airlines N591UA (Flight 93) and N612UA (Flight 175) are still valid. American Airlines Flights 11 and 77 are listed as destroyed, and they were not even scheduled to fly on 9/11.
209 Unanswered Questions The Generals at NORAD have always had the power to shoot down hijacked aircraft. But on June 1, 2001, Vice President Dick Cheney ordered Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld to allow him to take control of the shoot-down procedure, thus removing that power from NORAD. There are many airbases throughout the United States, but on 9/11, there was no response, and that included the Andrews Air Force Base (home to Air Force One) squadron, which is the closest (12 miles from the White House) and has the longest lead time. It is a huge installation (4,320 acres) that is home to 2 combat-ready squadrons of Interceptors mandated to insure the safety of the US Capital: 121st Fighter Squadron of the 113th Fighter Wing (F-16s) and the 321st Marine Fighter Attack Squadron of the 49th Marine Air Group Detachment A (FA-18s). The 9/11 Commission questioned Norman Mineta, the Secretary of Transportation, who was in a bunker below the White House with the Vice President Dick Cheney, who was in charge, since Bush had been in Florida. He said: "A young man would come in and say to the Vice President, that the plane is 50 miles out, the plane is 30 miles out, when it came to the plane is 10 miles out the young man also said to the Vice President, 'Do the orders still stand?" The Vice President whipped his head around and said, "Of course the order still stands and have you heard anything to the contrary?" This testimony was not in the 9/11 Report. What were the orders that were in place that prevented jets from scrambling to intercept that plane? If different planes were used in the attacks, what happened to the original planes? A commercial plane carries 2 different black boxes, and these boxes would be able to prove if they belonged to the planes being attributed to the attacks. According to the FBI, 7 out of the 8 that day had been damaged beyond repair. Another report said the 4 boxes from United 11 and American 175 were not found, and according to Donald Rumsfeld, Secretary of Defense, the CVR from Flight 77 was badly burned and not recoverable. However, FBI Director Robert Mueller said that Flight 77s FDR provided altitude, speed, headings and other information, but the CVR contained nothing useful, but declined to say what, if anything, was gleaned from the recorders. In the book Behind the Scenes: Ground Zero, Firefighter Nicholas DeMasi is quoted as saying: "At one point I was assigned to take Federal agents around the site to search for the black boxes from the planes. There were a total of 4. We found 3." Another worker, Mike Balone knew that black boxes were found, and physically saw 1. Flight 93 was the only CVR that was recovered. It was played for the families in April of 2002, and the media wasn't allowed in. Before they could listen to it, they were required to sign an agreement that they wouldn't talk about it. They couldn't even take notes. For some reason, the last 3 minutes of the tape was unaccounted for and the FBI offered no explanation for it. The black box is a CSMU (Crash Survivable Memory Unit) housed in a stainless steel shell comprised of titanium and a high temperature insulation of silicate– one of the most resilient and indestructible alloys known to man– and is nearly indestructable. It is designed to withstand heat up to 2012º F for 60 minutes, immersion in salt water for up to 30 days at 20,000 feet (other fluids and fuel for 48 hours), as well as other extraordinary standards in regard to impact, penetration and load-bearing capacity. It can hold either a cockpit voice recorder (CVR) or a flight data recorder (FDR). The CVR records sounds inside the cockpit, as well as engine noise, stall warnings, and other sounds of interest, communications between air traffic control, weather briefings, and conversations between the pilot and crew. The FDR registers at least 28 different parameters, including time, altitude, speed, heading, with some models recording as many as
210 300 other in-flight characteristics– anything from autopilot to smoke alarms. The 2 devices allow investigators to piece together the circumstances regarding the crash of a plane. Ted Lopatkiewicz, spokesman for the NTSB (National Transportation Safety Board) said: "It's extremely rare that we don't get the recorders back. I can't recall another domestic case in which we did not recover the recorders." How did Flight 77 fly from Ohio to Washington, DC off the radar– completely undetected. Just how good is our Air Defense System? And how did the terrorists find the 2 World Trade Center Towers, and the Pentagon without the help of any air traffic controllers. On December 1, 1984, a remote-controlled Boeing took off from Edwards Air Force Base and was crash landed by NASA for fuel research. Prior to that, the plane flew 16 hours and 22 minutes, including 10 take-offs, 69 approaches and 13 landings. And then there are the cell phone calls. There were many emotional calls from the air to the ground to speak to loved ones. They are peculiar in that most are only a couple sentences; or the caller's end the conversation, only to call back again. Flight Attendant Betty Ong allegedly placed a call from Flight 11, and although it lasted 23 minutes, only 4½ minutes were recorded. She talked about 2 people being stabbed, not being able to open the cockpit door, and the cockpit not answering their phone, yet she sounded remarkably calm. In addition, there were no sounds in the background that lent itself to the situation that was happening. Flight Attendant Madelyn Sweeney, also on Flight 11, talked to Ground Manager Michael Woodward for 25 minutes, and described 4 hijackers, while the FBI said there were 5. She said they were in rows 9 and 10, and the FAA said they were in row 8. At the end, when the plane suddenly changed course, she screamed: "I see water and buildings. Oh my God! Oh my God!" This response to the New York skyline seemed out of character for an experienced attendant who had been flying out of Boston for 12 years. Here are samples of some of the statements made by the callers: "It's getting very bad on the plane…the plane is making jerky movements…" (Peter Hanson, Flight 175) "They might come back here. I might have to go." (Brian David Sweeney, Flight 175) "Ted, what can I do? What can I tell the pilot?" (Barbara Olsen, Flight 77) "They're going to kill us, we're going to die…" (Marion Britton, Flight 93) "There's a little problem on the plane, just a little problem…" (Lauren Grandcolas, Flight 93) "My will is in my safe, my safe is in my closet, and this is my combination…" (Linda Greenland, Flight 93)
211 "It hurts me that it's going to be so much harder for you all than it is for me…" (Homer Wainle, Flight 93) "I wouldn't joke like that. I love you. Tell the boys I love them." (Cee Cee Lyles, Flight 93) "We've been hijacked. He had an Islamic look…" (Sandy Bradshaw, Flight 93) A man claiming to be Mark Bingham from Flight 11, called his mother Alice, who was visiting his sister-in-law. When she answered the phone, she gave the phone to his mother: Caller: "Mom? This is Mark Bingham. (This was suspicious right off the bat, because how many times have you given your full name when you talked to your mother.) I just want to tell you that I love you. I'm on a flight from Newark to San Francisco and there are 3 guys on board and they have taken over the plane and they say they have a bomb." Alice: "Who are these guys?" Caller: "I'm calling you from an Airfone…You believe me, don't you Mom?" Alice: "Yes Mark, I believe you. But who are these guys?" Then he was interrupted by someone speaking English, in a low-tone male voice, and then there are muffled voices. Caller: (pause) "I'm calling you from an Airfone..." Alice: "Who are these guys?" Caller: (pause) "You believe me, don't you Mom?" After a pause, the line went dead. A man claiming to be Todd Beamer got through to a Verizon supervisor, telling him about the 3 hijackers onboard, armed with knives, with one claiming to have a bomb. About 13 minutes later he recited the 23rd Psalm from the Bible, dropped the phone, and then turned to utter the now famous rallying cry, "Let's roll." Why would he spend the last few minutes of his life talking to a complete stranger rather than his pregnant wife. Tom Barnett made a call to his wife to say, "…we've been hijacked…there is a bomb on board…call the FBI…a passenger has been killed…call someone and get some help…I have to get off the line now." His wife informed him what was happening, and then he told the passengers. Upon hearing that, Jeremy Glick called his wife Liz at home and said: "It's bad news…I need you to be happy…We're definitely gonna die– but we won't let the hijackers get their way." Then Tom called his wife back and said: "We'll all die if we do nothing, there's nothing else but to act."
212 An experiment on the website www.physics911.net by A. K. Dewdney called Project Achilles had 5 different cellphones taken onboard a Cessna 172 to determine the success rate of outgoing calls as the plane got higher and higher: At 4,000 feet – a .4 success rate At 8,000 feet – a .1 success rate At 32,000 feet – a .006 success rate (less than 1 in a 100 chance) A majority of the cellphone calls on 9/11 were made at cruising altitudes, which is about 33,000 to 35,000 feet and 500 mph. Which means there is a likelihood that these calls were faked, possibly with voice morphing technology, in order to develop the terrorist scenario. There were also Airfones that were attached to the seats. There was a collect call from Barbara Olsen to her husband, Ted, a high-ranking official with the Department of Justice. In this situation, why would she have made a collect call, when the phones take a credit card. And how about those hijackers? Of the 19 hijackers identified by the FBI, at least 9 are known to still be alive. Of the 19, 15 of the hijackers were from Saudi Arabia, and 14 of them based their training in Florida, and the 5 that allegedly hijacked Flight 77 lived in a motel right outside the gates of the NSA. The official autopsy report of the passengers on that flight does not even list those hijackers. Robert Mueller, Director of the FBI, brushed it off, and admitted that the identities of some of the hijackers were in doubt, because they were using stolen passports, and may not have had tickets, so there's no way to know who they actually were. Mohamed Atta al-Sayed (Egyptian, Flight 11) was identified as the leader of the hijackers, and it was also believed that he had connections to various Intelligence organizations. Six days before 9/11, Atta got a $100,000 wire transfer from General Mahmoud Ahmad, the head of the Pakistan military intelligence. On an official visit to Washington (September 4-13, 2001) Ahmad met with Colin Powell, George Tenant (Director of the CIA), and the Chairmen of Committees in the House and Senate. According to the Cairo Times, Atta's father received a phone call from his son on September 12th. Waleed al-Shehri (Saudi Arabian, Flight 11) attended flight school at Dayton Beach in the United States, leaving the country in September 2000 to become a pilot with Saudi Arabian Airlines, and was living in Casablanca, Morocco. According to The Guardian (09-21-01), Salem al-Hazmi (Saudi Arabian, Flight 77) was alive, and worked in a chemical plant in Saudi Arabia. His passport had been stolen by a pickpocket in Cairo 3 years ago. According to The Telegraph (09-23-01), Saeed al-Ghamdi (Saudi Arabian, Flight 93) was training to be a pilot in Tunis and said: "The FBI provided no evidence of my involvement in the attacks. You can't imagine what it's like to be described as [dead terrorist] when you are innocent and alive." Abdul al-Omari (Saudi Arabian, Flight 11) said: "I couldn't believe it when the FBI put me on their list. They gave my name and date of birth, but I am not a suicide bomber. I am here. I am
213 alive. I have no idea how to fly a plane. I had nothing to do with this." He was an engineer with Saudi Telecom, and had lost his passport while studying in Denver. Ahmed al-Ghamdi (Saudi Arabian, Flight 175), was an Administrative Supervisor for Saudi Airlines, and said: "I'm still alive. I had never even heard of Pennsylvania." He never lost his passport and found it very worrying that his identity appeared to have been stolen. According to the Chicago Tribune (10-04-01), Khalid al-Mihdhar (Saudi Arabian, Flight 77), a computer programmer in Mecca, was watching TV at home when friends saw his photograph on the news and began to call to see if he was still alive. He said: "I want to think all this is a mistake." On October 12, 2001, the American Free Press reported: "According to the Orlando Sentinel, the Saudi Arabian embassy confirmed that…Mohand al-Shehri (Saudi Arabian, Flight 175)…[is] not dead and had nothing to do with [9/11]." He is a pilot whose father is a Saudi diplomat in Bombay. According to the Los Angeles Times (09-21-01), Gaafar Allagany from the Saudi Arabian Embassy said: "I personally talked to both father and son today." He was living in Saudi Arabia. The corpses of the terrorists were not found, and their remnants could not be identified, and because the hijackers of the 4 flights never appeared on the official list of the diseased, it will never be known whether they were the ones behind these crashes. Steven Jones said that 95% of all Muslim terrorists in the world were created since Bush's invasion of Iraq. Before that, a large majority of Muslims had a favorable opinion of America– but not now. On December 14, 2001, the Government released a video of Osama bin Laden confessing to the attacks on September 11th, which they claimed to have found in a house in Qandahar, Afghanistan. Even though the tape was of very poor quality, the man neither looked or acted like bin Laden. According to the FBI, he is left-handed, yet in the video, he's writing a note with his right hand. Plus he's wearing a gold ring and watch which is forbidden by Islamic Law, and is never mentioned in the FBI description of him. When the video is compared to 4 of the other known pictures of him, it is plain to see that the man in the video is not bin Ladin. Though President George Bush maintains that bin Ladin was the chief architect of the attacks of 9/11, the official FBI "Wanted" poster only accused him of the attacks on 2 embassies on foreign soil (Dar es Salaam, Tanzania & Nairobi, Kenya)– not for the 9/11 attacks. Osama bin Ladin, after being aided by the US in the Afghanistan war against the Soviet occupiers, cut-off relations with us because we used Arab land as a staging area in our war against Saddam Hussein. Within days of the 9/11 attacks, bin Ladin, issued a statement to Al Jazeera: "The US Government has consistently blamed me for being behind every [attack]. I would like to assure the world that I did not plan the recent attacks, which seems to have been planned by people for personal reasons. I have been living in the Islamic emirate of Afghanistan and following its leader's rules. The current leader does not allow me to exercise such operations." He also said in an interview with Ummat magazine (09-28-01) that he was not "involved in the September 11 attacks in the United States."
214 Catherine Austin Fitts (www.unansweredquestions.org), an official in the first Bush administration, said: "We need to know, cui bono– who benefits?" She also said: "It is clear that a lot of people benefited after 9/11." The day was used to justify substantial interferences in the Stock Market, and a lot of people made a lot of money. The Towers were built by the Government (and thus owned by the taxpayers), yet they saw fit to lease them out, and they passed from public (Port Authority) to private control. On July 21 (another report said the 24th), 2001, Larry Silverstein, who already owned WTC 7, signed a $3.2 billion, 99-year lease for the entire WTC complex, including a $3.55 billion insurance policy specifically covering acts of terrorism. In addition, his agreement allowed him to reserve the right to rebuild them if they were ever destroyed. After he took over, he began to replace the security personnel. After 9/11, he said that each plane was a separate act of terrorism, and he was demanding a double payment on the insurance policy. However, the court only awarded him $2.2 billion. When the Towers were built, asbestos was sprayed on the steel beams, a cancer-causing material that was subsequently banned from buildings in the mid-1980s. Although given several wavers, it was expected to comply with those guidelines. To remove it from every supporting beam would have been virtually impossible, and quotes to do it were over $1 billion, and no insurance company was willing to bear the cost. Tenancy in the Towers had been dropping and they were already big money losers for the Port Authority of New York; with the millions of dollars a year it took for electricity, water, heat, air conditioning, sewage, and even oxygen (as they were air-tight). John Perkins, author of Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, said that they were "…a financial misfit, unsuited to fiber optic and internet technologies…an albatross." The Freedom Tower, that is to replace the twin Towers, is to be built to a height of 1,776 feet. New York Governor George Pataki said: "It is going to be a symbol of our freedom and independence." On September 6, 2001, 3,150 put options (a bet that a stock will fall in value) were placed on United Airlines stock– more than 4 times its daily average. On September 7, 2001, 27,294 put options were placed on Boeing stock– more than 5 times the daily average. On September 10, 2001, 4,516 put options were placed on American Airlines stock– almost 11 times its daily average. Reuters News reported that Convar, a German computer company tasked with restoring data from over 400 computers that were recovered from the rubble. Information from 32 supported suspicions that some of the 9/11 transactions were illegal– suggesting inside trading. Richard Wagner, an expert at Convar said: "There is a suspicion that some people had advance knowledge of the approximate time of the plane crashes in order to move out amounts exceeding $100,000,000…They thought that the records of their transactions could not be traced after the main frames were destroyed." After they were done, the results were to be handed over to the FBI. To date, no prosecutions have taken place. One of the world's largest depositories of gold was under the WTC. In 1993, the value of the gold was estimated at $1 billion, and rumored to be owned by Kuwaiti interests. So, in 2001, it would have far exceeded that value. It was recovered in its entirety in the Fall of 2001– or was it. In November, 2001, it was reported that workers at Ground Zero had discovered hundreds of
215 gold ingots that had been part of the billion dollar cache. Mayor Rudy Giuliani announced that more than $230 million was recovered. The Comex metals trading division of the New York Mercantile Exchange kept 3,800 gold bars, weighing 12 tons, and worth more than $100 million in vaults in the building's basement. In addition, they held almost 800,000 ounces of gold belonging to others, estimated to be worth about $220 million. They also held 102,000,000 million ounces of silver, worth about $430 million. The Comex was also holding gold for the Bank of Nova Scotia (who reported losing $200 million in gold), Chase Manhattan Bank, The Bank of New York, and Hong Kong, Shanghai banking; or a total of $950 million in gold. The total amount of gold stored at the WTC was estimated to be at $160 billion. Mystery surrounds the amount of gold that was stored there, the official amounts that were lost, and the amounts that have been recovered. In November, 2001, Reuters reported that gold was discovered in the back of a 10-wheeled truck, along with several cars, in a delivery tunnel under WTC 5– but no bodies. How did they know to leave it, because the buildings were going to collapse, when the firefighters weren't even expecting it? Newsweek reported that a number of top Pentagon brass had cancelled their flight plans for September 11th. San Francisco mayor Willie Brown got a phone call warning him not to fly the next day– it came from National Security Advisor Condaleeza Rice. Look how long it took to establish investigatory Commissions to investigate important matters: The Sinking of the Titanic (6 days) The Attack on Pearl Harbor (the 1st of 4, 9 days) The JFK Assassination (7 days) NASA Space Shuttle Challenger Disaster (7 days) The 911 Commission (411 days) How about the budgets allocated to certain matters: 1996 Commission On Casino Gambling ($5 million) NASA Space Shuttle Columbia Explosion ($50 million) Clinton's Failed Whitewater Deal ($50 million) The Clinton-Lewinsky Affair ($40 million) The 911 Commission ($3 million, although it was later raised to $15 million) Bush initially had appointed Henry Kissinger to head the 9/11 Commission, according to the New York Times, "to contain an investigation long opposed [by the White House]." Kissinger backed out because of a backlash. Then after 431 days, 2 new co-Chairmen were named– Republicans Thomas H. Kean and Lee Hamilton. According to Washington investigative journalist Joyce Linn, Hamilton should be called "Mr. Cover-up." She said: "He is zero for four in finding any malfeasance in the four previous investigative commissions on which he served." Linn said they "were key-insiders rife with conflicts of interest." Another hand-picked insider was Republican Philip Zelikow (a member of the Bush/Cheney Transition Team), deeply involved in the Bush circle, who was a National Security Council Advisor with Condaleeza Rice in the administration of President George H. W. Bush, and co-authored a book with his personal friend and current National Security Adviser Rice.
216 In a Vanity Fair magazine article, it was written: "The Bush White House…did everything in its power to derail an open inquiry. Then when faced with its inevitability, the President and his aides sought to limit its scope, its access, and its funding." The White House only released 25% of the 11,000 documents requested by the Commission, and even then blacked-out portions of the documents it did release. Bush and Cheney would only meet with the Commission behind closed doors, would not testify under oath, and would not allow their testimony to be recorded or transcripts to be taken. They resisted requests for other administration officials to testify under oath. They tried to rush the Commission deadline. The Commission was criticized as being made up of "part-time scientists on a shoe-string budget." Sen. Mark Dayton (Democrat from Minnesota) said that NORAD's explanations of the timelines on 9/11 were untruthful and amounted to false statements. He talked about the incompetence of individuals to follow established procedures and protocols. For example, NORAD sent fighter jets in the wrong direction. The 3 remaining fighters in Virginia were scrambled and sent to Baltimore, MD, and were farther away from the actual target in Washington, DC, than they were before they started. He called it "unbelievable negligence." In light of the fact that there were no reprimands– were there stand-down orders? It seems that we may be able to categorize 9/11 with other deceptive war-triggering incidents such as the Mexican-American War, the Spanish-American War, and the attack on Pearl Harbor, which were all situations that involved secretly contrived attacks on Americans, planned by the Government. There is evidence in regard to the attack on Pearl Harbor that indicates our government goaded the Japanese into making a response, knew the attack was coming, and did nothing to stop it. On August 2, 1964, in the Gulf of Tomkin, it was reported that North Vietnamese torpedo boats attacked the US Destroyer Maddox. The Associated Press story said: "Three PT boats identified by Secretary of State Dean Rusk in New York as North Vietnamese attacked a US Navy destroyer off the coast of North Vietnam on Sunday." Later, a 2nd destroyer was attacked. Though there were no American casualties, and the report was used to whip up antiVietnamese sentiment. President Lyndon B. Johnson went on television to get support for the War, and in 2 days it was approved unanimously by the House of Representatives, and 88-2 by the Senate. According to former Admiral James Stockdale (from his book In Love and War), on the night in question, he was at the controls of a fighter jet that was flying cover for the 2 destroyers, and he didn't see any attack by the North Vietnamese. It appears to have been a scheme cooked up by Johnson, Rusk, and Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara, to stage the Vietnam, which ended up killing 58,000 Americans and 3 million Vietnamese. And then there were the circumstances behind Desert Storm and the first Iraqi war. On August 2, 1990, Iraq attacked Kuwait because they were slant drilling into Iraqi oil fields. President George H. W. Bush pushed for a land war against Iraq, but the American public did not support it. Then came the eye witness testimony before a Congressional committee by a 15-year old Kuwaiti girl who couldn't be identified because of the fear of reprisal. She testified that Iraqi soldiers went into a hospital and took babies out of incubators and left them on the floor to die. The public was outraged, and support for a war increased, and Desert Storm was launched.
217 Another Kuwaiti man testified of the event, and President Bush constantly described the incident. The problem is, the incident never happened. The Canadian Broadcasting Corporation's investigative flagship program The Fifth Estate revealed that the girl was the Kuwait Ambassador's daughter, who was given her lines and coached by the large American public relations firm Hill and Knowlton. It appears that 9/11 was a "false-flag" operation to make it look like it was done by somebody else. Michael Ruppert, believes that the motive for 9/11 had to do with securing the last remaining oil reserves on the planet. The invasion had to be done, and the country had to be scared into it. At 8:30 PM on 9/11, President Bush addressed the nation on TV, hinting that the situation required a strong US response against the "terrorists who committed these acts and those who harbor them." 9/11 was a covert operation to rewrite the Laws of the United States. Because of 9/11, we got the Patriot Act (HR 3162), to "deter and punish terrorist acts in the United States and around the world, to enhance law enforcement investigatory tools, and for other purposes," the Department of Homeland Security, the preemptive strikes and subsequent war against Iraq and Afghanistan. Which beckons the question, why, when most of the hijackers were allegedly from Saudi Arabia, did we attack them?
THE EXECUTIVE ORDERS & MARTIAL LAW On April 21, 1935, the New York Times magazine published a plan in which the states would merge into new units called Federal Regions that would be controlled from Washington, DC. In 1959, Nelson Rockefeller called for an Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations (ACIR), which became a federally-funded Rockefeller think-tank within Congress to prepare a working formula for the concept. The ACIR analyzed information produced by the Public Administration Clearing House (also known as the “1313”) and translated it into legislation to develop regional government, which would usurp the power of the local government. The Clearing House, located at the Rockefeller-controlled University of Chicago, represented a group of 26 private organizations which had been infiltrating local government agencies to usurp their power and authority. Some of these organizations are: National Association of Counties, National League of Cities, U.S. Conference of Mayors, American Public Works Association, Public Personnel Association, National Association of Attorney Generals, and the National Governors Conference. Their purpose was to train and place a “new administrative class” in every level of government, which would replace elected officials. On March 27, 1969, as published in the Federal Register, under the direction of his Illuminati advisers, President Nixon announced the “Restructuring of Government Service Systems,” which called for the merging of states into eight federally-controlled regions. An Executive Order, when decreed by the President, is printed in the Federal Register, and then becomes law 15 days later. After Bill Clinton signed Executive Order #13083, Presidential Aide Paul Begala was overheard saying: “Stroke of a pen, law of the land. Kinda cool.” Executive Order #11647 was signed by Nixon on February 10, 1972, establishing Federal Regional Councils for the “development of closer working relationships between major Federal grant-making agencies of State and local government.” In each of the ten standard Federal Regions, there was to be a council made up of the directors of the regional offices of: Dept. of Labor; Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare; Dept. of Housing and Urban Development;
219 Secretarial Representative of the Dept. of Transportation; Office of Economic Opportunity; Environmental Protection Agency; and the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration. The President was to designate one member of each Council as the Chairman. This Executive Order was unconstitutional because Article IV of the U.S. Constitution prohibited the merging of the states, and guaranteed a government represented by elected officials. However, regional government was accepted, because it brought with it, revenue-sharing funds. Here is how the Ten Regions are organized (with the regional offices in parenthesis): 1) Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts (Boston), Connecticut, Rhode Island 2) New York (New York), New Jersey, Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico 3) Pennsylvania (Philadelphia), Maryland, Delaware, West Virginia, Virginia, District of Columbia 4) Kentucky, Tennessee, North Carolina, Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia (Atlanta), South Carolina, Florida 5) Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, Illinois (Chicago), Indiana, Ohio 6) New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas (Dallas-Ft. Worth), Arkansas, Louisiana 7) Nebraska, Iowa, Kansas (Kansas City), Missouri 8) Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Wyoming, Utah, Colorado (Denver) 9) Arizona, Nevada, Hawaii, California (San Francisco), American Samoa, Guam, N. Mariana Islands, Marshall Islands, Micronesia 10) Idaho, Washington (Seattle), Oregon, Alaska In October, 1976, Jimmy Carter said before the National Association of Regional Councils (NARC): “I believe that regional organizations should be strengthened. If elected President, I intend first to upgrade the role of regional councils representing the federal government to assist State and local officials, as well as private citizens, in dealing with federal agencies…I also intend to encourage the development of regional councils representing State and local governments.” Carter expanded the Federal Regional System on July 20, 1979, with Executive Order #12149, to “provide a structure for interagency and intergovernmental cooperation…to establish practical and appropriate liaison functions with State, tribal, regional and local officials.” Each of the Ten Councils were made up of a representative from each of the following agencies: Dept. of the Interior; Dept. of Agriculture; Dept. of Commerce; Dept. of Labor; Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare; Dept. of Housing and Urban Development; Dept. of Transportation; Dept. of Energy; Environmental Protection Agency; Community Services Administration; Office of Personnel Management; General Services Administration; ACTION (Peace Corp., VISTA, senior citizen programs, and other special volunteer programs); Small Business Administration; Federal Emergency Management Agency; U.S. Army Corps of Engineers; and the Regional Action Planning Commission. It included over 550 aid programs and block grants. The Department of Education was added later, after it separated from the Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare (which became the Dept. of Health and Human Services). On the same day, he signed Executive Order #12148– “Federal Emergency Management,” which created the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), an agency within the Department of Justice, which oversees all of the federal agencies that have specific duties during times of emergency, such as the Federal Disaster Assistance Agency, and the Federal
220 Emergency Broadcast System. It seems that only about 10% of its personnel are actually involved in disaster assistance. Being that it has the capability to assume government control if necessary, they have been given police powers which some researchers believe will be used as the enforcement branch of the Regional Government. In other words– a national police force. Its purpose was to merge every community’s police force, transferring control of them to a central government. This was to be done through revenue-sharing funds providing special training programs to the local police, special communications equipment, and other things. The National Guard began receiving SWAT (Special Weapons and Tactical Team) training to be part of this national police force. Located at the National Security Agency building in Fort Meade, MD, it has been reported that FEMA has been actively engaged in developing a computer database, for CAPS (Crisis Action Programs), to collect records on millions of Americans. In addition to dividing the country into Ten Federal Regions, the government has also been making plans for the establishment of a literal dictatorship, which among other things, will freeze prices and wages, close the Stock Exchange, and regulate the amount of money you can withdraw from your checking and savings account. The following Presidential Executive Orders that you can see for yourself in the Federal Register, will accomplish this: #10312 (12-10-51) Gives Government the power to take over all radio stations. #10346 (04-17-52) All Federal Departments and Agencies are required to prepare civil defense plans. #10995 (02-16-62) Gives Government the power to take over all communications and media. #10997 (02-16-62) Gives Government the power to take over all energy and power sources such as electricity, petroleum and natural gas. #10998 (02-16-62) Gives Government the power to take over farms, farm machinery, and food sources; including production, manufacturing, processing, distribution, and retailing. #10999 (02-16-62) Gives Government the power to take over all modes of transportation, seaports, highways, etc. #11000 (02-16-62) Gives Government the authority to mobilize citizens into work forces under Government supervision. #11001 (02-16-62) Gives Government the power to take over all health, welfare and educational functions. #11002 (02-16-62) The Postmaster General will be responsible for registering all Americans. #11003 (02-16-62) Gives Government the power to take over all airports and aircraft. #11004 (02-16-62) Gives Government the power to take over housing and financial institutions, to relocate communities, to erect new housing with public funds, to
221 declare areas to be abandoned because they are unsafe, and to establish new locations for the population. #11005 (02-16-62) Gives Government the power to take over all railroads, inland waterways, and public storage facilities. #11051 (09-27-62) Authorization for these Executives Orders to be put into effect during times of international, economic, or financial crisis, and for the Office of Emergency Planning to carry them out. #11310 (10-11-66) Gives Government the power to use all prisons to administer medical treatment, for mass feeding, and housing. #11490 (10-28-69) was amended by President Richard M. Nixon with the 36-page Executive Order #11921 (6-11-76), which consolidated the following Executive Orders: #10312, #10346, #10997–#11005, #11087–#11095, and #11310. It assigned emergency preparedness functions to most Federal Departments and Agencies to assure the “continuity of the Federal Government.” Executive Order #12919, "National Defense Industrial Resources Preparedness," was signed by President Bill Clinton on June 3, 1994, and delegated authorities, responsibilities and allocations of FEMAs Executive Orders for the confiscation of all property from the American people, and their re-location and assignment to 'labor' camps. This Executive Order also superseded or revoked eleven previous Executive Orders (from 1939 through 1991) and amended Executive Order 10789 and 11790. This Executive Order will mandate the complete suspension of the United States Constitution, all rights and all liberties, as they are now known, during "any national security emergency situation that might confront the government." Here's something else to think about. Phil Schneider, in his presentation on the Deep Underground Military Bases, revealed information that he was given by a man in Portland, Oregon, who worked at Gunderson Steel Fabrication, where they make railroad cars. He said they were going to start "building prison cars." Gunderson, he said, had received a $2 billion contract with the Federal Government to build 107,200 full length railroad cars, each with 143 pairs of shackles. There were 11 subcontractors in this giant project, including Bethlehem Steel and other steel companies. The man even showed Schneider one of the cars in the rail yards in northern Portland.
CHATEAUX DES AMEROIS THE MOTHER OF DARKNESS CASTLE In his writings Bloodlines of the Illuminati (pg. 205) and presentations, Fritz Springmeier talks about a secret castle located near the village of Muno in Belgium. He claims that this castle is the center of the occult. This castle is referred to as the Mother-of-Darkness castle, and there a special large book records in blood the activities of the Illuminati to usher in the reign of the Antichrist. Its real name is Château des Amerois ("Castle of Kings") and it is located in Bouillon (Belgium), near the village of Muno, at the French border about 12 miles as the crow flies from Luxembourg. The castle and its grounds, the Muno forest, belonged to Prince Philippe of SaxeCobourg-Gotha, Count of Flanders and father of King Albert I. He bought the property in 1869 from the Marquis van der Noot d'Assche. The castle, in the Romantic style was built in 1874-77 for Prince Philippe by the architect Gustave Saintenoy. He was born Ferdinand Philippe Maria August Raphael of Saxe-Coburg and Gotha-Koháry, and was the eldest son of August of SaxeCoburg-Kohary and Clémentine of Orléans. It has 365 windows. The chateau is not named in the usual lists of Belgium castles.
Prince Philippe of Saxe-Cobourg-Gotha
223 This castle was later bought by Alice Solvay, niece of the Belgian scientist and industrialist Ernest Solvay and today is apparently still owned by the Solvay's. The Solvay family is one of the leading industrial families of Europe (producer of medicines, plastics, and chemicals like fluor).
Overhead view of the Castle
Denis Solvay (born on July 1,1957) is vice-president of the Solvay Group, Chief Executive Officer of Abelag Aviation and Director of Eurogentec (a biotechnology company, the people who provide us with the controversial antidepressants, Prozac and Paroxetine– drugs which have been responsible for numerous killings taking place in schools and places around the world. Another interesting bit of information is, according to the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg official bulletin (December 28, 2001), Patrick Solvay, a shareholder of the Solvay Group, who lives in the castle (1, Les Amerois, B-6830 Bouillon, Belgium) founded a company with Alexander de Wit, on July 3, 2001. The name of this company is Itaca International, and through this holding company, Patrick is the main shareholder of The Little Gym, which organizes activities for children with summer and holiday camps. On May 1, 2004, Itaca International’s registered office was transferred to Bertrange (5 rue Pletzer, L-8080 Bertrange, Belgium). This address corresponds to The Little Gym, located at the very same place. It seems that the former name of Itaca International was "The LifeSkills Company," which also belonged to Patrick Solvay. This is rather strange when you think about what Fritz Springmeier and a police report of the Dutroux affair said about the Amerois castle. In their 2001 book about the Dutroux affair in Belgium, Dossier pédophilie. Le scandale de l'affaire Dutroux (Pedophilia File: The Scandal of the Dutroux Affair, pg. 259), authors Jean Nicolas and Frédéric Lavachery also mention the castle as a place where Satanic rituals with child sacrifices allegedly took place. This story originated from a series of horrific witness accounts of an alleged pedophile network. The five women and the male transvestite who testified anonymously under the code-name ''X '' described an underworld of snuff movies and
224 sadomasochist torture that was almost impossible to believe. And they said that politicians and other highly placed members of society were involved. It all seemed so incredible, but another book by three crime reporters, The X-Files: What Belgium Was Not Supposed to Know About the Dutroux Affair, was published in French and Dutch, and helped to validate the testimony of the X-witnesses. The cover up was so obvious that 300,000 Belgium citizens went to the streets to protest against the way the investigation was being conducted. At least 3 families of the victims have been convinced there was a massive cover up and at least 20 crucial witnesses have "committed suicide." It seemed to be very hard to get access to these X-files. Maybe that has to do with the fact that many senior officials have been named as participants in the above crimes, including members of the royal family and at least one former European Commissioner (whose name was never made public). A report of the Dutroux affair refers to the letter of a retired gendarme talking about his castle. At the beginning of April 1996, he hosted a Mexican priest. A Dutch friend of the priest came to pick him up. The Dutch mentioned the Château des Amerois as a place where Satanic rituals took place with children sacrifices. An American from NATO, who allegedly took part in one of these parties and felt disgusted, gave this information to the Dutch. The castle was named in late 1996 and early 1997 by at least one 'X' survivor of the Dutroux affair as a place where nasty things happened. Different witnesses who described child torture, child rape, child molestation, child hunting, and child murder have been declared "mad," but only after all the original investigators were suddenly replaced. There were also multiple claims of sex parties that were held in different castles. It didn't matter that the witness accounts included many verifiable corroborative details and helped solve a couple of previous child murders. Michel Nihoul, Marc Dutroux’s accomplice, organized orgies in his Faulx-les-Tombes castle. Children corpses have been exhumed in the park of the Château du Sautou, close to the Belgium border, which was the property of the serial killer Michel Fourniret.
Overhead view of the Castle's grounds
Guards and heavy forest protect the large castle from view. The people in the nearby village of Muno, basically belong to the castle. The castle has a cathedral inside the walls that has a
225 dome with 1,000 lights. The term "1,000 lights" is an Illuminati buzz word. When the President used it in his Inaugural Address (January 20, 1989), to describe the White House's Christmas tree, and in his State of the Union Address (January 29, 1991), hierarchy people knew what he was signaling. He was speaking in code about this place of initiation for the highest initiates of the Satanic pyramid. This Satanic cathedral is a great hall with columns on each side, and between them is the throne of the high priestess of the upper hierarchy– a position known as the Queen Mother. It is rumored that every day a child is sacrificed in the basement.
The entrance to the 'Mother of Darkness' Castle
Closer view of the Castle's architecture
226 MAJOR SOURCES ARTICLES ABOVE TOP SECRET: ET UNDERGROUND BASE CONSPIRACY by James Casbolt
RESEARCHERS RELEASE 9/11 PENTAGON ATTACK REPORT by Sheila Casey
THE TRUTH ABOUT 'FLUORIDE' (OR WHAT EVERY MOTHER SHOULD KNOW) by A. True Ott BOOKS ALIEN AGENDA: INVESTIGATING THE EXTRATERRESTRIAL PRESENCE AMONG US Jim Marrs HarperCollinsPublishers, HarperPaperbacks, New York, NY, © 1998, pgs 44-48 BEHOLD A PALE HORSE Milton William Cooper Light Technology Publishing, Flagstaff, AZ, © 1991, pgs 195-237 THE DAY AFTER ROSWELL Col. Philip J. Corso (Ret.) (with William J. Birnes) Pocket Books, New York, NY, © 1997, 341 pgs. E-BOOKS THE DULCE FILES Branton (October, 1996)
THE OMEGA FILES: GREYS, NAZIS, UNDERGROUND BASES, AND THE NEW WORLD ORDER Branton
LECTURES THE HIDDEN AGENDA: THE FLUORIDE DECEPTION Dr. Stanley Monteith
227 LECTURE ON 9/11 Steven E. Jones (02-01-06, UVSC) UNDERGROUND BASES LECTURE Phil Schneider (May, 1995) VIDEOS 911 EYEWITNESS www.911eyewitness.com Blue Star Media group 911: IN PLANE SITE Power Hour Productions, Hosted by Dave von Kleist 9/11 MYSTERIESS In the Wake Productions Written and Directed by Smallstorm (2006) 9/11/01 REVISITED Directed by Dustin Mugford www.911revisited.com BLASTED REALITY Blasted Reality Films, A Film by Rev. X BUILDING THE WORLD TRADE CENTER The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey CONSPIRACY FILES: 9/11– THE THIRD TOWER BBC FILE 9/11 UNSOLVED:LIES AND TRUTHS ABOUT SEPTEMBER 11, 2001 www.gerhard-wisnewski.de Willy Brunner & Gerhard Wisnewski (2003) FACE THE FACTS www.911truthbristol.com LOOSE CHANGE (original & 2nd Edition) www.loosechange911.com A Louder Than Words Production, Produced by Phil Jayhan & Korey Rowe Written & Directed by Dylan Avery PAINFUL DECEPTIONS: AN ANALYSIS OF THE SEPTEMBER 11TH ATTACK From the book by Eric Hufschmid (July, 2004) SEPTEMBER 11 REVISITED: WERE EXPLOSIVES USED
228 TO BRING DOWN THE BUILDINGS www.911revisited.com THE GREAT CONSPIRACY: THE 9/11 NEWS SPECIAL YOU NEVER SAW Barrie Zwicker (2004) WHAT'S THE TRUTH: HOW INDEED DID THE TWIN TOWERS COLLAPSE? A Truth Inspired Production Written, Produced & Directed by Doug Brown www.911blogger.com